Sample records for line widths alfven

  1. X-ray spectra of Hercules X-1. 1: Iron line fluorescence from a subrelativistic shell

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pravdo, S. H.; Becker, R. H.; Boldt, E. A.; Holt, S. S.; Serlemitsos, P. J.; Swank, J. H.

    1977-01-01

    The X-ray spectrum of Hercules X-1 was observed in the energy range 2-24 keV from August 29 to September 3, 1975. A broad iron line feature is observed in the normal high state spectrum. The line equivalent width is given along with its full-width-half-maximum energy. Iron line fluorescence from an opaque, cool shell of material at the Alfven surface provides the necessary luminosity in this feature. The line energy width can be due to Doppler broadening if the shell is forced to corotate with the pulsar at a radius 800 million cm. Implications of this model regarding physical conditions near Her X-1 are discussed.

  2. Quantification of the Energy Dissipated by Alfven Waves in a Polar Coronal Hole

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hahn, M.; Savin, D. W.

    2013-12-01

    We present a measurement of the energy carried and dissipated by Alfven waves in a polar coronal hole. Alfven waves have been proposed as the energy source that heats the corona and drives the solar wind. Previous work has shown that line widths decrease with height in coronal holes, which is a signature of wave damping, but have been unable to quantify the energy lost by the waves. This is because line widths depend on both the non-thermal velocity vnt and the ion temperature Ti. We have implemented a means to separate the Ti and vnt contributions using the observation that, at low heights, the waves are undamped and the ion temperatures do not change with height. This enables us to determine the amount of energy carried by the waves at low heights, which is proportional to vnt. We find the initial energy flux density present was 6.7×0.7×10^5 erg cm^-2 s^-1, which is sufficient to heat the coronal hole and accelerate the solar wind during the 2007 - 2009 solar minimum. Additionally, we find that about 85% of this energy is dissipated below 1.5 R_sun, sufficiently low that thermal conduction can transport the energy throughout the coronal hole, heating it and driving the fast solar wind. The remaining energy is roughly consistent with what models show is needed to provide the extended heating above the sonic point for the fast solar wind. We have also studied Ti, which we found to be in the range of 1 - 2 MK, depending on the ion species.

  3. Energy dissipation of Alfven wave packets deformed by irregular magnetic fields in solar-coronal arches

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Similon, Philippe L.; Sudan, R. N.

    1989-01-01

    The importance of field line geometry for shear Alfven wave dissipation in coronal arches is demonstrated. An eikonal formulation makes it possible to account for the complicated magnetic geometry typical in coronal loops. An interpretation of Alfven wave resonance is given in terms of gradient steepening, and dissipation efficiencies are studied for two configurations: the well-known slab model with a straight magnetic field, and a new model with stochastic field lines. It is shown that a large fraction of the Alfven wave energy flux can be effectively dissipated in the corona.

  4. Radial energy transport by magnetospheric ULF waves: Effects of magnetic curvature and plasma pressure

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kouznetsov, Igor; Lotko, William

    1995-01-01

    The 'radial' transport of energy by internal ULF waves, stimulated by dayside magnetospheric boundary oscillations, is analyzed in the framework of one-fluid magnetohydrodynamics. (the term radial is used here to denote the direction orthogonal to geomagnetic flux surfaces.) The model for the inhomogeneous magnetospheric plasma and background magnetic field is axisymmetric and includes radial and parallel variations in the magnetic field, magnetic curvature, plasma density, and low but finite plasma pressure. The radial mode structure of the coupled fast and intermediate MHD waves is determined by numerical solution of the inhomogeneous wave equation; the parallel mode structure is characterized by a Wentzel-Kramer-Brillouin (WKB) approximation. Ionospheric dissipation is modeled by allowing the parallel wave number to be complex. For boudnary oscillations with frequencies in the range from 10 to 48 mHz, and using a dipole model for the background magnetic field, the combined effects of magnetic curvature and finite plasma pressure are shown to (1) enhance the amplitude of field line resonances by as much as a factor of 2 relative to values obtained in a cold plasma or box-model approximation for the dayside magnetosphere; (2) increase the energy flux delivered to a given resonance by a factor of 2-4; and (3) broaden the spectral width of the resonance by a factor of 2-3. The effects are attributed to the existence of an 'Alfven buoyancy oscillation,' which approaches the usual shear mode Alfven wave at resonance, but unlike the shear Alfven mode, it is dispersive at short perpendicular wavelengths. The form of dispersion is analogous to that of an internal atmospheric gravity wave, with the magnetic tension of the curved background field providing the restoring force and allowing radial propagation of the mode. For nominal dayside parameters, the propagation band of the Alfven buoyancy wave occurs between the location of its (field line) resonance and that of the fast mode cutoff that exists at larger radial distances.

  5. INTERSTELLAR SONIC AND ALFVENIC MACH NUMBERS AND THE TSALLIS DISTRIBUTION

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tofflemire, Benjamin M.; Burkhart, Blakesley; Lazarian, A.

    2011-07-20

    In an effort to characterize the Mach numbers of interstellar medium (ISM) magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) turbulence, we study the probability distribution functions (PDFs) of spatial increments of density, velocity, and magnetic field for 14 ideal isothermal MHD simulations at a resolution of 512{sup 3}. In particular, we fit the PDFs using the Tsallis function and study the dependency of the fit parameters on the compressibility and magnetization of the gas. We find that the Tsallis function fits PDFs of MHD turbulence well, with fit parameters showing sensitivities to the sonic and Alfven Mach numbers. For three-dimensional density, column density, and Position-Position-Velocitymore » data, we find that the amplitude and width of the PDFs show a dependency on the sonic Mach number. We also find that the width of the PDF is sensitive to the global Alfvenic Mach number especially in cases where the sonic number is high. These dependencies are also found for mock observational cases, where cloud-like boundary conditions, smoothing, and noise are introduced. The ability of Tsallis statistics to characterize the sonic and Alfvenic Mach numbers of simulated ISM turbulence points to it being a useful tool in the analysis of the observed ISM, especially when used simultaneously with other statistical techniques.« less

  6. Cusp Dynamics-Particle Acceleration by Alfven Waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ergun, Robert E.; Parker, Scott A.

    2005-01-01

    Successful results were obtained from this research project. This investigation answered and/or made progresses on each of the four important questions that were proposed: (1) How do Alfven waves propagate on dayside open field lines? (2) How are precipitating electrons influenced by propagating Alfven waves? (3) How are various cusp electron distributions generated? (4) How are Alfven waves modified by electrons? During the first year of this investigation, the input parameters, such as density and temperature altitude profiles, of the gyrofluid code on the cusp field lines were constructed based on 3-point satellite observations. The initial gyrofluid result was presented at the GEM meeting by Dr. Samuel Jones.

  7. Characterizing Ion Flows Across a Dipolarization Front

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arnold, H.; Drake, J. F.; Swisdak, M.

    2017-12-01

    In light of the Magnetospheric Multiscale Mission (MMS) moving to study predominately symmetric magnetic reconnection in the Earth's magnetotail, it is of interest to investigate various methods for determining the relative location of the satellites with respect to the x line or a dipolarization front. We use a 2.5 dimensional PIC simulation to explore the dependence of various characteristics of a front, or flux bundle, on the width of the front in the dawn-dusk direction. In particular, we characterize the ion flow in the x-GSM direction across the front. We find a linear relationship between the width of a front, w, and the maximum velocity of the ion flow in the x-GSM direction, Vxi, for small widths: Vxi/VA=w/di*1/2*(mVA2)/Ti*Bz/Bxwhere m, VA, di, Ti, Bz, and Bx are the ion mass, upstream Alfven speed, ion inertial length, ion temperature, and magnetic fields in the z-GSM and x-GSM directions respectively. However, once the width reaches around 5 di, the relationship gradually approaches the well-known theoretical limit for ion flows, the upstream Alfven speed. Furthermore, we note that there is a reversal in the Hall magnetic field near the current sheet on the positive y-GSM side of the front. This reversal is most likely due to conservation of momentum in the y-GSM direction as the ions accelerate towards the x-GSM direction. This indicates that while the ions are primarily energized in the x-GSM direction by the front, they transfer energy to the electromagnetic fields in the y-GSM direction. The former energy transfer is greater than the latter, but the reversal of the Hall magnetic field drags the frozen-in electrons along with it outside of the front. These simulations should better able researchers to determine the relative location of a satellite crossing a dipolarization front.

  8. Global Hybrid Simulation of Alfvenic Waves Associated with Magnetotail Reconnection and Fast Flows

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheng, L.; Lin, Y.; Wang, X.; Perez, J. D.

    2017-12-01

    Alfvenic fluctuations have been observed near the magnetotail plasma sheet boundary layer associated with fast flows. In this presentation, we use the Auburn 3-D Global Hybrid code (ANGIE3D) to investigate the generation and propagation of Alfvenic waves in the magnetotail. Shear Alfven waves and kinetic Alfven waves (KAWs) are found to be generated in magnetic reconnection in the plasma sheet as well as in the dipole-like field region of the magnetosphere, carrying Poynting flux along magnetic field lines toward the ionosphere, and the wave structure is strongly altered by the flow braking in the tail. The 3-D structure of the wave electromagnetic field and the associated parallel currents in reconnection and the dipole-like field region is presented. The Alfvenic waves exhibit a turbulence spectrum. The roles of these Alfvenic waves in ion heating is discussed.

  9. Parallel inhomogeneity and the Alfven resonance. 1: Open field lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hansen, P. J.; Harrold, B. G.

    1994-01-01

    In light of a recent demonstration of the general nonexistence of a singularity at the Alfven resonance in cold, ideal, linearized magnetohydrodynamics, we examine the effect of a small density gradient parallel to uniform, open ambient magnetic field lines. To lowest order, energy deposition is quantitatively unaffected but occurs continuously over a thickened layer. This effect is illustrated in a numerical analysis of a plasma sheet boundary layer model with perfectly absorbing boundary conditions. Consequences of the results are discussed, both for the open field line approximation and for the ensuing closed field line analysis.

  10. Alfven wave refraction by interplanetary inhomogeneities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Daily, W. D.

    1973-01-01

    Pioneer 6 magnetic data reveals that the propagation direction of Alfven waves in the interplanetary medium is strongly oriented along the ambient field. Magnetic fluctuations of frequencies up to 1/30 sec in the spacecraft frame are shown to satisfy a necessary condition for Alfven wave normal. It appears from this analysis that geometrical hydromagnetics may satisfactorily describe deviation of the wave normal from the background field. The rotational discontinuity is likely also to propagate along the field lines.

  11. Stellar winds driven by Alfven waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Belcher, J. W.; Olbert, S.

    1973-01-01

    Models of stellar winds were considered in which the dynamic expansion of a corona is driven by Alfven waves propagating outward along radial magnetic field lines. In the presence of Alfven waves, a coronal expansion can exist for a broad range of reference conditions which would, in the absence of waves, lead to static configurations. Wind models in which the acceleration mechanism is due to Alfven waves alone and exhibit lower mass fluxes and higher energies per particle are compared to wind models in which the acceleration is due to thermal processes. For example, winds driven by Alfven waves exhibit streaming velocities at infinity which may vary between the escape velocity at the coronal base and the geometrical mean of the escape velocity and the speed of light. Upper and lower limits were derived for the allowed energy fluxes and mass fluxes associated with these winds.

  12. Hybrid Alfven resonant mode generation in the magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling system

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hiraki, Yasutaka; Watanabe, Tomo-Hiko

    2012-10-15

    Feedback unstable Alfven waves involving global field-line oscillations and the ionospheric Alfven resonator (IAR) were comprehensively studied to clarify their properties of frequency dispersion, growth rate, and eigenfunctions. It is discovered that a new mode called here the hybrid Alfven resonant (HAR) mode can be destabilized in the magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling system with a realistic Alfven velocity profile. The HAR mode found in a high frequency range over 0.3 Hz is caused by coupling of IAR modes with strong dispersion and magnetospheric cavity resonances. The harmonic relation of HAR eigenfrequencies is characterized by a constant frequency shift from those of IARmore » modes. The three modes are robustly found even if effects of two-fluid process and ionospheric collision are taken into account and thus are anticipated to be detected by magnetic field observations in a frequency range of 0.3-1 Hz in auroral and polar-cap regions.« less

  13. Direct evidence for magnetic reconnection in the solar wind near 1 AU

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gosling, J. T.; Skoug, R. M.; McComas, D. J.; Smith, C. W.

    2005-01-01

    We have obtained direct evidence for local magnetic reconnection in the solar wind using solar wind plasma and magnetic field data obtained by the Advanced Composition Explorer (ACE). The prime evidence consists of accelerated ion flow observed within magnetic field reversal regions in the solar wind. Here we report such observations obtained in the interior of an interplanetary coronal mass ejection (ICME) or at the interface between two ICMEs on 23 November 1997 at a time when the magnetic field was stronger than usual. The observed plasma acceleration was consistent with the Walen relationship, which relates changes in flow velocity to density-weighted changes in the magnetic field vector. Pairs of proton beams having comparable densities and counterstreaming relative to one another along the magnetic field at a speed of ˜1.4VA, where VA was the local Alfven speed, were observed near the center of the accelerated flow event. We infer from the observations that quasi-stationary reconnection occurred sunward of the spacecraft and that the accelerated flow occurred within a Petschek-type reconnection exhaust region bounded by Alfven waves and having a cross section width of ˜4 × 105 km as it swept over ACE. The counterstreaming ion beams resulted from solar wind plasma entering the exhaust region from opposite directions along the reconnected magnetic field lines. We have identified a limited number (five) of other accelerated flow events in the ACE data that are remarkably similar to the 23 November 1997 event. All such events identified occurred at thin current sheets associated with moderate to large changes in magnetic field orientation (98°-162°) in plasmas characterized by low proton beta (0.01-0.15) and high Alfven speed (51-204 km/s). They also were all associated with ICMEs.

  14. Ion gyroradius effects on particle trapping in kinetic Alfven waves along auroral field lines

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Damiano, P. A.; Johnson, J. R.; Chaston, C. C.

    In this study, a 2-D self-consistent hybrid gyrofluid-kinetic electron model is used to investigate Alfven wave propagation along dipolar magnetic field lines for a range of ion to electron temperature ratios. The focus of the investigation is on understanding the role of these effects on electron trapping in kinetic Alfven waves sourced in the plasma sheet and the role of this trapping in contributing to the overall electron energization at the ionosphere. This work also builds on our previous effort by considering a similar system in the limit of fixed initial parallel current, rather than fixed initial perpendicular electric field.more » It is found that the effects of particle trapping are strongest in the cold ion limit and the kinetic Alfven wave is able to carry trapped electrons a large distance along the field line yielding a relatively large net energization of the trapped electron population as the phase speed of the wave is increased. However, as the ion temperature is increased, the ability of the kinetic Alfven wave to carry and energize trapped electrons is reduced by more significant wave energy dispersion perpendicular to the ambient magnetic field which reduces the amplitude of the wave. This reduction of wave amplitude in turn reduces both the parallel current and the extent of the high-energy tails evident in the energized electron populations at the ionospheric boundary (which may serve to explain the limited extent of the broadband electron energization seen in observations). Here, even in the cold ion limit, trapping effects in kinetic Alfven waves lead to only modest electron energization for the parameters considered (on the order of tens of eV) and the primary energization of electrons to keV levels coincides with the arrival of the wave at the ionospheric boundary.« less

  15. Ion gyroradius effects on particle trapping in kinetic Alfven waves along auroral field lines

    DOE PAGES

    Damiano, P. A.; Johnson, J. R.; Chaston, C. C.

    2016-11-10

    In this study, a 2-D self-consistent hybrid gyrofluid-kinetic electron model is used to investigate Alfven wave propagation along dipolar magnetic field lines for a range of ion to electron temperature ratios. The focus of the investigation is on understanding the role of these effects on electron trapping in kinetic Alfven waves sourced in the plasma sheet and the role of this trapping in contributing to the overall electron energization at the ionosphere. This work also builds on our previous effort by considering a similar system in the limit of fixed initial parallel current, rather than fixed initial perpendicular electric field.more » It is found that the effects of particle trapping are strongest in the cold ion limit and the kinetic Alfven wave is able to carry trapped electrons a large distance along the field line yielding a relatively large net energization of the trapped electron population as the phase speed of the wave is increased. However, as the ion temperature is increased, the ability of the kinetic Alfven wave to carry and energize trapped electrons is reduced by more significant wave energy dispersion perpendicular to the ambient magnetic field which reduces the amplitude of the wave. This reduction of wave amplitude in turn reduces both the parallel current and the extent of the high-energy tails evident in the energized electron populations at the ionospheric boundary (which may serve to explain the limited extent of the broadband electron energization seen in observations). Here, even in the cold ion limit, trapping effects in kinetic Alfven waves lead to only modest electron energization for the parameters considered (on the order of tens of eV) and the primary energization of electrons to keV levels coincides with the arrival of the wave at the ionospheric boundary.« less

  16. Electron acceleration by inertial Alfven waves

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Thompson, B.J.; Lysak, R.L.

    1996-03-01

    Alfven waves reflected by the ionosphere and by inhomogeneities in the Alfven speed can develop an oscillating parallel electric field when electron inertial effects are included. These waves, which have wavelengths of the order of an Earth radius, can develop a coherent structure spanning distances of several Earth radii along geomagnetic field lines. This system has characteristic frequencies in the range of 1 Hz and can exhibit electric fields capable of accelerating electrons in several senses: via Landua resonance, bounce or transit time resonance as discussed by Andre and Eliasson or through the effective potential drop which appears when themore » transit time of the electrons is much smaller than the wave period, so that the electric fields appear effectively static. A time-dependent model of wave propagation is developed which represents inertial Alfven wave propagation along auroral field lines. The disturbance is modeled as it travels earthward, experiences partial reflections in regions of rapid variation, and finally reflects off a conducting ionosphere to continue propagating antiearthward. The wave experiences partial trapping by the ionospheric and the Alfven speed peaks discussed earlier by Polyakov and Rapoport and Trakhtengerts and Feldstein and later by Lysak. Results of the wave simulation and an accompanying test particle simulation are presented, which indicate that inertial Alfven waves are a possible mechanism for generating electron conic distributions and field-aligned particle precipitation. The model incorporates conservation of energy by allowing electrons to affect the wave via Landau damping, which appears to enhance the effect of the interactions which heat electron populations. 22 refs., 14 figs.« less

  17. Magnetic confinement, Alfven wave reflection, and the origins of X-ray and mass-loss 'dividing lines' for late-type giants and supergiants

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rosner, R.; An, C.-H.; Musielak, Z. E.; Moore, R. L.; Suess, S. T.

    1991-01-01

    A simple qualitative model for the origin of the coronal and mass-loss dividing lines separating late-type giants and supergiants with and without hot, X-ray-emitting corona, and with and without significant mass loss is discussed. The basic physical effects considered are the necessity of magnetic confinement for hot coronal material on the surface of such stars and the large reflection efficiency for Alfven waves in cool exponential atmospheres. The model assumes that the magnetic field geometry of these stars changes across the observed 'dividing lines' from being mostly closed on the high effective temperature side to being mostly open on the low effective temperature side.

  18. The Atmospheric Dynamics of alpha Tau (K5 III) - Clues to Understanding the Magnetic Dynamo in Late-Type Giant Stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carpenter, Kenneth G.; Airapetian, Vladimir

    2008-01-01

    Using HST/GHRS, HST/STIS and FUSE archival data for alpha Tau and the CHIANTI spectroscopic code, we have derived line shifts, volumetric emission measures, and plasma density estimates, and calculated filling factors for a number of UV lines forming between 10,000 K and 300,000 K in the outer atmosphere of this red giant star. The data suggest the presence of low-temperature extended regions and high-temperature compact regions, associated with magnetically open and closed structures in the stellar atmosphere, respectively. The signatures of UV lines from alpha Tau can be consistently understood via a model of upward-traveling Alfven waves in a gravitationally stratified atmosphere. These waves cause non-thermal broadening in UV lines due to unresolved wave motions and downward plasma motions in compact magnetic loops heated by resonant Alfven wave heating.

  19. Observational evidence for Alfven waves in the solar atmosphere (Invited)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    De Pontieu, B.

    2013-12-01

    Alfven waves have long been suspected of playing an important role in both heating the corona and accelerating the solar wind. Recently, more and more observational evidence for the presence of such waves has been reported in both the corona and the lower solar atmosphere. I will review observations of the properties and presence of Alfven waves from CoMP, Hinode, AIA and ground-based telescopes in both coronal lines and the lower solar atmosphere. I will discuss our current understanding of the importance of these waves for the energy balance of the corona. I will also present initial results of the Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph (IRIS) which was launched in June 2013 and obtains images and spectra in both the far and near ultraviolet.

  20. Dissipative MHD solutions for resonant Alfven waves in 1-dimensional magnetic flux tubes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goossens, Marcel; Ruderman, Michail S.; Hollweg, Joseph V.

    1995-01-01

    The present paper extends the analysis by Sakurai, Goossens, and Hollweg (1991) on resonant Alfven waves in nonuniform magnetic flux tubes. It proves that the fundamental conservation law for resonant Alfven waves found in ideal MHD by Sakurai, Goossens, and Hollweg remains valid in dissipative MHD. This guarantees that the jump conditions of Sakurai, Goossens, and Hollweg, that connect the ideal MHD solutions for xi(sub r), and P' across the dissipative layer, are correct. In addition, the present paper replaces the complicated dissipative MHD solutions obtained by Sakurai, Goossens, and Hollweg for xi(sub r), and P' in terms of double integrals of Hankel functions of complex argument of order 1/3 with compact analytical solutions that allow a straight- forward mathematical and physical interpretation. Finally, it presents an analytical dissipative MHD solution for the component of the Lagrangian displacement in the magnetic surfaces perpen- dicular to the magnetic field lines xi(sub perpendicular) which enables us to determine the dominant dynamics of resonant Alfven waves in dissipative MHD.

  1. Linear and nonlinear analysis of kinetic Alfven waves in quantum magneto-plasmas with arbitrary temperature degeneracy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sadiq, Nauman; Ahmad, Mushtaq; Farooq, M.; Jan, Qasim

    2018-06-01

    Linear and nonlinear kinetic Alfven waves (KAWs) are studied in collisionless, non-relativistic two fluid quantum magneto-plasmas by considering arbitrary temperature degeneracy. A general coupling parameter is applied to discuss the range of validity of the proposed model in nearly degenerate and nearly non-degenerate plasma limits. Linear analysis of KAWs shows an increase (decrease) in frequency with the increase in parameter ζ ( δ ) for the nearly non-degenerate (nearly degenerate) plasma limit. The energy integral equation in the form of Sagdeev potential is obtained by using the approach of the Lorentz transformation. The analysis reveals that the amplitude of the Sagdeev potential curves and soliton structures remains the same, but the potential depth and width of soliton structure change for both the limiting cases. It is further observed that only density hump structures are formed in the sub-alfvenic region for value Kz 2 > 1 . The effects of parameters ζ, δ on the nonlinear properties of KAWs are shown in graphical plots. New results for comparison with earlier work have also been highlighted. The significance of this work to astrophysical plasmas is also emphasized.

  2. Kinetic Alfven wave explanation of the Hall signals in magnetic reconnection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dai, L.; Wang, C.; Zhang, Y.; Duan, S.; Lavraud, B.; Burch, J. L.; Pollock, C.; Torbert, R. B.

    2017-12-01

    Magnetic reconnection is initiated in a small diffusion region but can drive global-scale dynamics in Earth's magnetosphere, solar flares, and astrophysical systems. Understanding the processes at work in the diffusion region remains a main challenge in space plasma physics. Recent in-situ observations from MMS and THEMIS reveal that the electric field normal to the reconnection current layer, often called the Hall electric field (En), is mainly balanced by the ion pressure gradient. Here we present theoretical explanations indicating that this observation fact is a manifestation of Kinetic Alfven Waves (KAW) physics. The ion pressure gradient represents the finite gyroradius effect of KAW, leading to ion intrusion across the magnetic field lines. Electrons stream along the magnetic field lines to track ions, resulting in field-aligned currents and the associated pattern of the out-of-plane Hall magnetic field (Bm). The ratio En/Bm is on the order of the Alfven speed, as predicted by the KAW theory. The KAW physics further provides new perspectives on how ion intrusion may trigger electric fields suitable for reconnection to occur.

  3. Observing stellar coronae with the Goddard High Resolution Spectrograph. 1: The dMe star AU microscopoii

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maran, S. P.; Robinson, R. D.; Shore, S. N.; Brosius, J. W.; Carpenter, K. G.; Woodgate, B. E.; Linsky, J. L.; Brown, A.; Byrne, P. B.; Kundu, M. R.; White, S.; Brandt, J. C.; Shine, R. A.; Walter, F. M.

    1994-02-01

    We report on an observation of AU Mic taken with the Goddard High Resolution Spectrograph (GHRS) aboard the Hubble Space Telescope. The data consist of a rapid sequence of spectra covering the wavelength range 1345-1375 A with a spectral resolution of 10,000. The observations were originally intended to search for spectral variations during flares. No flares were detected during the 3.5 hr of monitoring. A method of reducing the noise while combining the individual spectra in the time series is described which resulted in the elimination of half of the noise while rejecting only a small fraction of the stellar signal. The resultant spectrum was of sufficient quality to allow the detection of emission lines with an integrated flux of 10-15 ergs/sq cm(sec) or greater. Lines of C I, O I, O V, Cl I, and Fe XXI were detected. This is the first indisputable detection of the 1354 A Fe XXI line, formed at T approximately = 107 K, on a star other than the Sun. The line was well resolved and displayed no significant bulk motions or profile asymmetry. From the upper limit on the observed line width, we derive an upper limit of 38 km/s for the turbulent velocity in the 107 K plasma. An upper limit is derived for the flux of the 1349 A Fe XII line, formed at T approximately = 1.3 x 106 K. These data are combined with contemporaneous GHRS and International Ultraviolet Explorer (IUE) data to derive the volume emission measure distribution of AU Mic over the temperature range 104-107 K. Models of coronal loops in hydrostatic equilibrium are consistent with the observed volume emission measures of the coronal lines. The fraction of the stellar surface covered by the footprints of the loops depends upon the loop length and is less than 14% for lengths smaller than the stellar radius. From the upper limit to the estimated width of the Fe XXI line profile we find that the we cannot rule out Alfven wave dissipation as a possible contributor to the required quiescent loop heating rate.

  4. Effect of double layers on magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lysak, Robert L.; Hudson, Mary K.

    1987-01-01

    The Earth's auroral zone contains dynamic processes occurring on scales from the length of an auroral zone field line which characterizes Alfven wave propagation to the scale of microscopic processes which occur over a few Debye lengths. These processes interact in a time-dependent fashion since the current carried by the Alfven waves can excite microscopic turbulence which can in turn provide dissipation of the Alfven wave energy. This review will first describe the dynamic aspects of auroral current structures with emphasis on consequences for models of microscopic turbulence. A number of models of microscopic turbulence will be introduced into a large-scale model of Alfven wave propagation to determine the effect of various models on the overall structure of auroral currents. In particular, the effects of a double layer electric field which scales with the plasma temperature and Debye length is compared with the effect of anomalous resistivity due to electrostatic ion cyclotron turbulence in which the electric field scales with the magnetic field strength. It is found that the double layer model is less diffusive than in the resistive model leading to the possibility of narrow, intense current structures.

  5. Generation of field-aligned currents and Alfven waves by 3D magnetic reconnection

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ma, Z.W.; Lee, L.C.; Otto, A.

    1995-07-01

    The authors have carried out a three-dimensional compressible MHD simulation to study the generation of field-aligned currents (FAC`s) and Alfven waves by magnetic reconnection for locally antiparallel magnetic fields across the current sheet. Reconnection is triggered by a localized resistivity. The results indicate that both FAC`s and Alfven waves are generated by the three-dimensional reconnection process. Two pairs of FAC`s are generated on each side of current sheet. The polarities of the resulting FAC pair in the leading bulge region are opposite to those of a FAC pair in the trailing quasi-steady region. It is further found that a largemore » portion of the FAC`s ({approximately}40%) is located in the closed field line region. They examine the Walen relation between FAC and parallel vorticity and find that Alfven waves are generated and propagate away from the reconnection site. They discuss the relevance of the results to the observed Region 1 FAC`s at noon. 15 refs., 4 figs.« less

  6. Evolution of Eigenmodes of the Mhd-Waveguide in the Outer Magnetosphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chuiko, Daniil

    EVOLUTION OF EIGENMODES OF THE MHD-WAVEGUIDE IN THE OUTER MAGNETOSPHERE Mazur V.A., Chuiko D.A. Institute of Solar-Terrestrial Physics, Irkutsk, Russia. Geomagnetic field and plasma inhomogeneties in the outer equatorial part of the magnetosphere al-lows for existence of a channel with low Alfven speeds, which spans from the nose to the far flanks of the magnetosphere, in the morning as well as in the evening sectors. This channel plays a role of a waveguide for fast magnetosonic waves. When an eigenmode travels along the waveguide (i.e. in the azimuthal direction) it undergoes certain evolution. The parameters of the waveguide are changing along the way of wave’s propagation and the eigenmode “adapts” to these parameters. Conditions of the Kelvin-Helmholtz instability are changing due to the increment in the solar wind speed along the magnetopause. The conditions of the solar wind hydromagnetic waves penetration to the magnetosphere are changing due to the same increment. As such, the process of the penetration turns to overreflection regime, which abruptly increases the pump level of the magnetospheric waveguide. There is an Alfven resonance deep within the magnetosphere, which corresponds to the propagation of the fast mode along the waveguide. Oscillation energy dissipation takes place in the vicinity of the Alfven resonance. Alfven resonance is a standing Alfven wave along the magnetic field lines, so it reaches the ionosphere and the Earth surface, when the fast modes of the waveguide, localized in the low Alfven speed channel cannot be observed on Earth. The evolution of the waveguide oscillation propagating from the nose to the far tail is theoretically investigated in this work with consideration of all aforementioned effects. The spatial structure var-iation character, spectral composition and amplitude along the waveguide are found.

  7. The Role of Kinetic Alfven Waves in Plasma Transport in an Ion-scale Flux Rope

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tang, B.; Li, W.; Wang, C.; Dai, L.

    2017-12-01

    Magnetic flux ropes, if generated by multiply X-line reconnections, would be born as a crater type one, meaning the plasma density within is relatively high. They will then evolve into typical flux ropes as plasma are transported away along the magnetic field lines [Zhang et al., 2010]. In this study, we report an ion-scale flux rope observed by MMS on November 28, 2016, which is accompanied by strong kinetic Alfven waves (KAW). The related wave parallel electric field can effectively accelerate electrons inside the flux rope by Landau resonance, resulting into a significant decrease of the electron at 90° pitch angle. The change of electron pitch angle distribution would cause the rapid plasma transport along the magnetic field lines, and help the flux rope evolve into a strong magnetic core in a short time. This wave-particle interaction would be a candidate mechanism to explain the rareness of crater flux ropes in reality.

  8. Kinetic Alfven wave with density variation and loss-cone distribution function of multi-ions in PSBL region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tamrakar, Radha; Varma, P.; Tiwari, M. S.

    2018-05-01

    Kinetic Alfven wave (KAW) generation due to variation of loss-cone index J and density of multi-ions (H+, He+ and O+) in the plasma sheet boundary layer region (PSBL) is investigated. Kinetic approach is used to derive dispersion relation of wave using Vlasov equation. Variation of frequency with respect to wide range of k⊥ρi (where k⊥ is wave vector across the magnetic field, ρi is gyroradius of ions and i denotes H+, He+ and O+ ions) is analyzed. It is found that each ion gyroradius and number density shows different effect on wave generation with varying width of loss-cone. KAW is generated with multi-ions (H+, He+ and O+) over wide regime for J=1 and shows dissimilar effect for J=2. Frequency is reduced with increasing density of gyrating He+ and O+ ions. Wave frequency is obtained within the reported range which strongly supports generation of kinetic Alfven waves. A sudden drop of frequency is also observed for H+ and He+ ion which may be due to heavy penetration of these ions through the loss-cone. The parameters of PSBL region are used for numerical calculation. The application of these results are in understanding the effect of gyrating multi-ions in transfer of energy and Poynting flux losses from PSBL region towards ionosphere and also describing the generation of aurora.

  9. Persistent Doppler Shift Oscillations Observed with HINODE-EIS in the Solar Corona: Spectroscopic Signatures of Alfvenic Waves and Recurring Upflows

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tian, Hui; McIntosh, Scott W.; Wang, Tongjiang; Offman, Leon; De Pontieu, Bart; Innes, Davina E.; Peter, Hardi

    2012-01-01

    Using data obtained by the EUV Imaging Spectrometer on board Hinode, we have performed a survey of obvious and persistent (without significant damping) Doppler shift oscillations in the corona. We have found mainly two types of oscillations from February to April in 2007. One type is found at loop footpoint regions, with a dominant period around 10 minutes. They are characterized by coherent behavior of all line parameters (line intensity, Doppler shift, line width, and profile asymmetry), and apparent blueshift and blueward asymmetry throughout almost the entire duration. Such oscillations are likely to be signatures of quasi-periodic upflows (small-scale jets, or coronal counterpart of type-II spicules), which may play an important role in the supply of mass and energy to the hot corona. The other type of oscillation is usually associated with the upper part of loops. They are most clearly seen in the Doppler shift of coronal lines with formation temperatures between one and two million degrees. The global wavelets of these oscillations usually peak sharply around a period in the range of three to six minutes. No obvious profile asymmetry is found and the variation of the line width is typically very small. The intensity variation is often less than 2%. These oscillations are more likely to be signatures of kink/Alfv´en waves rather than flows. In a few cases, there seems to be a p/2 phase shift between the intensity and Doppler shift oscillations, which may suggest the presence of slow-mode standing waves according to wave theories. However, we demonstrate that such a phase shift could also be produced by loops moving into and out of a spatial pixel as a result of Alfv´enic oscillations. In this scenario, the intensity oscillations associated with Alfv´enic waves are caused by loop displacement rather than density change. These coronal waves may be used to investigate properties of the coronal plasma and magnetic field.

  10. Simulation of the westward traveling surge and Pi 2 pulsations during substorms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kan, J. R.; Sun, W.

    1985-01-01

    The westward traveling surge and the Pi2 pulsations are simulated as a consequence of an enhanced magnetospheric convection in a model of magnetosphere coupling. The coupling is characterized by the bouncing of Alfven waves launched by the enhanced convection. The reflection of Alfven waves from the ionosphere is treated in which the height-integrated conductivity is allowed to be highly nonuniform and fully anisotropic. The reflection of Alfven waves from the magnetosphere is characterized by the coefficient Rm, depending on whether the field lines are open or closed. The conductivity in the model is self-consistently enhanced with increasing upward field-aligned current density. The results of the simulation, including the convection pattern, the electrojets, the field-aligned current, the conductivity enhancement, the oscillation of the westward electrojet, and the average speed of the westward surge are in reasonable agreement with the features of the westward traveling surge and the Pi 2 pulsations observed during substorms.

  11. ELF wave production by an electron beam emitting rocket system and its suppression on auroral field lines - Evidence for Alfven and drift waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Winckler, J. R.; Erickson, K. N.; Abe, Y.; Steffen, J. E.; Malcolm, P. R.

    1985-07-01

    Orthogonal probes on a free-flying plasma diagnostics payload are used to study ELF electric disturbances in the auroral ionosphere that are due to the injection of powerful electron beams. Frequency spectrograms are presented for various pitch angles, pulsing characteristics, and other properties of the injected beams; the large scale DC ionospheric convection electric field is measured, together with auroral particle precipitation, visual auroral forms, and ionospheric parameters. In view of the experimental results obtained, it is postulated that the observed ELF waves are in the Alfven and drift modes, and are generated by the positive vehicle potential during beam injection.

  12. Exploring the Alfven-Wave Acceleration of Auroral Electrons in the Laboratory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schroeder, James William Ryan

    Inertial Alfven waves occur in plasmas where the Alfven speed is greater than the electron thermal speed and the scale of wave field structure across the background magnetic field is comparable to the electron skin depth. Such waves have an electric field aligned with the background magnetic field that can accelerate electrons. It is likely that electrons are accelerated by inertial Alfven waves in the auroral magnetosphere and contribute to the generation of auroras. While rocket and satellite measurements show a high level of coincidence between inertial Alfven waves and auroral activity, definitive measurements of electrons being accelerated by inertial Alfven waves are lacking. Continued uncertainty stems from the difficulty of making a conclusive interpretation of measurements from spacecraft flying through a complex and transient process. A laboratory experiment can avoid some of the ambiguity contained in spacecraft measurements. Experiments have been performed in the Large Plasma Device (LAPD) at UCLA. Inertial Alfven waves were produced while simultaneously measuring the suprathermal tails of the electron distribution function. Measurements of the distribution function use resonant absorption of whistler mode waves. During a burst of inertial Alfven waves, the measured portion of the distribution function oscillates at the Alfven wave frequency. The phase space response of the electrons is well-described by a linear solution to the Boltzmann equation. Experiments have been repeated using electrostatic and inductive Alfven wave antennas. The oscillation of the distribution function is described by a purely Alfvenic model when the Alfven wave is produced by the inductive antenna. However, when the electrostatic antenna is used, measured oscillations of the distribution function are described by a model combining Alfvenic and non-Alfvenic effects. Indications of a nonlinear interaction between electrons and inertial Alfven waves are present in recent data.

  13. THE EFFECTS OF LINE-OF-SIGHT INTEGRATION ON MULTISTRAND CORONAL LOOP OSCILLATIONS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    De Moortel, I.; Pascoe, D. J., E-mail: ineke@mcs.st-and.ac.uk

    2012-02-10

    Observations have shown that transverse oscillations are present in a multitude of coronal structures. It is generally assumed that these oscillations are driven by (sub)surface footpoint motions. Using fully three-dimensional MHD simulations, we show that these footpoint perturbations generate propagating kink (Alfvenic) modes which couple very efficiently into (azimuthal) Alfven waves. Using an ensemble of randomly distributed loops, driven by footpoint motions with random periods and directions, we compare the absolute energy in the numerical domain with the energy that is 'visible' when integrating along the line of sight (LOS). We show that the kinetic energy derived from the LOSmore » Doppler velocities is only a small fraction of the actual energy provided by the footpoint motions. Additionally, the superposition of loop structures along the LOS makes it nearly impossible to identify which structure the observed oscillations are actually associated with and could impact the identification of the mode of oscillation.« less

  14. Magnetic Helicity of Alfven Simple Waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Webb, Gary M.; Hu, Q.; Dasgupta, B.; Zank, G. P.; Roberts, D.

    2010-01-01

    The magnetic helicity of fully nonlinear, multi-dimensional Alfven simple waves are investigated, by using relative helicity formulae and also by using an approach involving poloidal and toroidal decomposition of the magnetic field and magnetic vector potential. Different methods to calculate the magnetic vector potential are used, including the homotopy and Biot-Savart formulas. Two basic Alfven modes are identified: (a) the plane 1D Alfven simple wave given in standard texts, in which the Alfven wave propagates along the z-axis, with wave phase varphi=k_0(z-lambda t), where k_0 is the wave number and lambda is the group velocity of the wave, and (b)\\ the generalized Barnes (1976) simple Alfven wave in which the wave normal {bf n} moves in a circle in the xy-plane perpendicular to the mean field, which is directed along the z-axis. The plane Alfven wave (a) is analogous to the slab Alfven mode and the generalized Barnes solution (b) is analogous to the 2D mode in Alfvenic, incompressible turbulence. The helicity characteristics of these two basic Alfven modes are distinct. The helicity characteristics of more general multi-dimensional simple Alfven waves are also investigated. Applications to nonlinear Aifvenic fluctuations and structures observed in the solar wind are discussed.

  15. Riemann solvers and Alfven waves in black hole magnetospheres

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Punsly, Brian; Balsara, Dinshaw; Kim, Jinho; Garain, Sudip

    2016-09-01

    In the magnetosphere of a rotating black hole, an inner Alfven critical surface (IACS) must be crossed by inflowing plasma. Inside the IACS, Alfven waves are inward directed toward the black hole. The majority of the proper volume of the active region of spacetime (the ergosphere) is inside of the IACS. The charge and the totally transverse momentum flux (the momentum flux transverse to both the wave normal and the unperturbed magnetic field) are both determined exclusively by the Alfven polarization. Thus, it is important for numerical simulations of black hole magnetospheres to minimize the dissipation of Alfven waves. Elements of the dissipated wave emerge in adjacent cells regardless of the IACS, there is no mechanism to prevent Alfvenic information from crossing outward. Thus, numerical dissipation can affect how simulated magnetospheres attain the substantial Goldreich-Julian charge density associated with the rotating magnetic field. In order to help minimize dissipation of Alfven waves in relativistic numerical simulations we have formulated a one-dimensional Riemann solver, called HLLI, which incorporates the Alfven discontinuity and the contact discontinuity. We have also formulated a multidimensional Riemann solver, called MuSIC, that enables low dissipation propagation of Alfven waves in multiple dimensions. The importance of higher order schemes in lowering the numerical dissipation of Alfven waves is also catalogued.

  16. Saturation of the Electric Field Transmitted to the Magnetosphere

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lyatsky, Wladislaw; Khazanov, George V.; Slavin, James A.

    2010-01-01

    We reexamined the processes leading to saturation of the electric field, transmitted into the Earth's ionosphere from the solar wind, incorporating features of the coupled system previously ignored. We took into account that the electric field is transmitted into the ionosphere through a region of open field lines, and that the ionospheric conductivity in the polar cap and auroral zone may be different. Penetration of the electric field into the magnetosphere is linked with the generation of the Alfven wave, going out from the ionosphere into the solar wind and being coupled with the field-aligned currents at the boundary of the open field limes. The electric field of the outgoing Alfven wave reduces the original electric field and provides the saturation effect in the electric field and currents during strong geomagnetic disturbances, associated with increasing ionospheric conductivity. The electric field and field-aligned currents of this Alfven wave are dependent on the ionospheric and solar wind parameters and may significantly affect the electric field and field-aligned currents, generated in the polar ionosphere. Estimating the magnitude of the saturation effect in the electric field and field-aligned currents allows us to improve the correlation between solar wind parameters and resulting disturbances in the Earth's magnetosphere.

  17. THE COUPLED EVOLUTION OF ELECTRONS AND IONS IN CORONAL MASS EJECTION-DRIVEN SHOCKS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Manchester IV, W. B.; Van der Holst, B.; Toth, G.

    2012-09-01

    We present simulations of coronal mass ejections (CMEs) performed with a new two-temperature coronal model developed at the University of Michigan, which is able to address the coupled thermodynamics of the electron and proton populations in the context of a single fluid. This model employs heat conduction for electrons, constant adiabatic index ({gamma} = 5/3), and includes Alfven wave pressure to accelerate the solar wind. The Wang-Sheeley-Arge empirical model is used to determine the Alfven wave pressure necessary to produce the observed bimodal solar wind speed. The Alfven waves are dissipated as they propagate from the Sun and heat protonsmore » on open magnetic field lines to temperatures above 2 MK. The model is driven by empirical boundary conditions that includes GONG magnetogram data to calculate the coronal field, and STEREO/EUVI observations to specify the density and temperature at the coronal boundary by the Differential Emission Measure Tomography method. With this model, we simulate the propagation of fast CMEs and study the thermodynamics of CME-driven shocks. Since the thermal speed of the electrons greatly exceeds the speed of the CME, only protons are directly heated by the shock. Coulomb collisions low in the corona couple the protons and electrons allowing heat exchange between the two species. However, the coupling is so brief that the electrons never achieve more than 10% of the maximum temperature of the protons. We find that heat is able to conduct on open magnetic field lines and rapidly propagates ahead of the CME to form a shock precursor of hot electrons.« less

  18. MOA: Magnetic Field Oscillating Amplified Thruster and its Application for Nuclear Electric and Thermal Propulsion

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Frischauf, Norbert; Hettmer, Manfred; Grassauer, Andreas

    More than 60 years after the later Nobel laureate Hannes Alfven had published a letter stating that oscillating magnetic fields can accelerate ionised matter via magneto-hydrodynamic interactions in a wave like fashion, the technical implementation of Alfven waves for propulsive purposes has been proposed, patented and examined for the first time by a group of inventors. The name of the concept, utilising Alfven waves to accelerate ionised matter for propulsive purposes, is MOA - Magnetic field Oscillating Amplified thruster. Alfven waves are generated by making use of two coils, one being permanently powered and serving also as magnetic nozzle, themore » other one being switched on and off in a cyclic way, deforming the field lines of the overall system. It is this deformation that generates Alfven waves, which are in the next step used to transport and compress the propulsive medium, in theory leading to a propulsion system with a much higher performance than any other electric propulsion system. Based on computer simulations, which were conducted to get a first estimate on the performance of the system, MOA is a highly flexible propulsion system, whose performance parameters might easily be adapted, by changing the mass flow and/or the power level. As such the system is capable to deliver a maximum specific impulse of 13116 s (12.87 mN) at a power level of 11.16 kW, using Xe as propellant, but can also be attuned to provide a thrust of 236.5 mN (2411 s) at 6.15 kW of power. While space propulsion is expected to be the prime application for MOA and is supported by numerous applications such as Solar and/or Nuclear Electric Propulsion or even as an 'afterburner system' for Nuclear Thermal Propulsion, other terrestrial applications can be thought of as well, making the system highly suited for a common space-terrestrial application research and utilisation strategy. (authors)« less

  19. Experimental Measurement of the Nonlinear Interaction between Counterpropagating Alfv'en Waves in the LaPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schroeder, J. W. R.; Drake, D. J.; Howes, G. G.; Skiff, F.; Kletzing, C. A.; Carter, T. A.; Dorfman, S.; Auerbach, D.

    2012-10-01

    Turbulence plays an important role in the transport of mass and energy in many space and astrophysical plasmas ranging from galaxy clusters to Earth's magnetosphere. One active topic of research is the application of idealized Alfv'enic turbulence models to plasma conditions relevant to space and astrophysical plasmas. Alfv'enic turbulence models based on incompressible magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) contain a nonlinear interaction that drives the cascade of energy to smaller scales. We describe experiments at the Large Plasma Device (LaPD) that focus on the interaction of an Alfv'en wave traveling parallel to the mean magnetic field with a counterpropagating Alfv'en wave. Theory predicts the nonlinear interaction of the two primary waves will produce a secondary daughter Alfv'en wave. In this study, we present the first experimental identification of the daughter wave generated by nonlinear interactions between the primary Alfv'en waves.

  20. Stimulated Parametric Decay of Large Amplitude Alfv'en waves in the Large Plasma Device (LaPD)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dorfman, S.; Carter, T.; Pribyl, P.; Tripathi, S. K. P.; van Compernolle, B.; Vincena, S.

    2012-10-01

    Alfv'en waves, the fundamental mode of magnetized plasmas, are ubiquitous in lab and space. While the linear behaviour of these waves has been extensively studied, non-linear effects are important in many real systems. In particular, a parametric decay process in which a large amplitude Alfv'en wave decays into an ion acoustic wave and backward propagating Alfv'en wave may be key to the spectrum of solar wind turbulence. The present laboratory experiments aim to stimulate this process by launching counter-propagating Alfv'en waves from antennas placed at either end of the Large Plasma Device (LaPD). The resulting beat response has many properties consistent with an ion acoustic wave including: 1) The beat amplitude peaks when the frequency difference between the two Alfv'en waves is near the value predicted by Alfv'en-ion acoustic wave coupling. 2) This peak beat frequency scales with antenna and plasma parameters as predicted by three wave matching. 3) The beat amplitude peaks at the same location as the magnetic field from the Alfv'en waves. 4) The beat wave is carried by the ions and propagates in the direction of the higher-frequency Alfv'en wave. Strong damping observed after the pump Alfv'en waves are turned off is under investigation.

  1. Evaluating Possible Heating Mechanisms Using the Transition Region Line Profiles of Late-Type Stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wood, Brian E.; Linsky, Jeffrey L.; Ayres, Thomas R.

    1997-01-01

    Our analysis of high-resolution Goddard High-Resolution Spectrograph (GHRS) spectra of late-type stars shows that the Si IV and C IV lines formed near 10(exp 5) K can be decomposed into the sum of two Gaussians, a broad component and a narrow component. We find that the flux contribution of the broad components is correlated with both the C IV and X-ray surface fluxes. For main-sequence stars, the widths of the narrow components suggest subsonic nonthermal velocities, and there appears to be a tight correlation between these nonthermal velocities and stellar surface gravity [xi(sub nc) varies as g(sup (-.68 +/-.07))]. For evolved stars with lower surface gravities, the nonthermal velocities suggested by the narrow components are at or just above the sound speed. Nonthermal velocities computed from the widths of the broad components are always highly supersonic. We propose that the broad components are diagnostics for microflare heating. Turbulent dissipation and Alfven waves are both viable candidates for the narrow component heating mechanism. A solar analog for the broad components might be the 'explosive events' detected by the High-Resolution Telescope and Spectrograph (HRTS) experiment. The broad component we observe for the Si IV lambda 1394 line of alpha Cen A, a star that is nearly identical to the Sun, has a FWHM of 109 +/- 10 km/s and is blueshifted by 9 +/- 3 km/s relative to the narrow component. Both of these properties are consistent with the properties of the solar explosive events. However, the alpha Cen A broad component accounts for 25% +/- 4% of the total Si IV line flux, while solar explosive events are currently thought to account for no more than 5% of the Sun's total transition region emission. This discrepancy must be resolved before the connection between broad components and explosive events can be positively established. In addition to our analysis of the Si IV and C IV lines of many stars, we also provide a more thorough analysis of all of the available GHRS data for alpha Cen A (G2 V) and alpha Cen B (K1 V). We find that the transition region lines of both stars have redshifts almost identical to those observed on the Sun: showing an increase with line formation temperature up to about log T = 5.2 and then a rapid decrease. Using the O IV] lines as density diagnostics, we compute electron densities of log n(sub e) = 9.65 +/- 0.20 and log n(sub e) = 9.50 +/- 0.30 for alpha Cen A and alpha Cen B, respectively.

  2. Winds from Luminous Late-Type Stars: II. Broadband Frequency Distribution of Alfven Waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Airapetian, V.; Carpenter, K. G.; Ofman, L.

    2010-01-01

    We present the numerical simulations of winds from evolved giant stars using a fully non-linear, time dependent 2.5-dimensional magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) code. This study extends our previous fully non-linear MHD wind simulations to include a broadband frequency spectrum of Alfven waves that drive winds from red giant stars. We calculated four Alfven wind models that cover the whole range of Alfven wave frequency spectrum to characterize the role of freely propagated and reflected Alfven waves in the gravitationally stratified atmosphere of a late-type giant star. Our simulations demonstrate that, unlike linear Alfven wave-driven wind models, a stellar wind model based on plasma acceleration due to broadband non-linear Alfven waves, can consistently reproduce the wide range of observed radial velocity profiles of the winds, their terminal velocities and the observed mass loss rates. Comparison of the calculated mass loss rates with the empirically determined mass loss rate for alpha Tau suggests an anisotropic and time-dependent nature of stellar winds from evolved giants.

  3. Kinetic treatment of nonlinear magnetized plasma motions - General geometry and parallel waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Khabibrakhmanov, I. KH.; Galinskii, V. L.; Verheest, F.

    1992-01-01

    The expansion of kinetic equations in the limit of a strong magnetic field is presented. This gives a natural description of the motions of magnetized plasmas, which are slow compared to the particle gyroperiods and gyroradii. Although the approach is 3D, this very general result is used only to focus on the parallel propagation of nonlinear Alfven waves. The derivative nonlinear Schroedinger-like equation is obtained. Two new terms occur compared to earlier treatments, a nonlinear term proportional to the heat flux along the magnetic field line and a higher-order dispersive term. It is shown that kinetic description avoids the singularities occurring in magnetohydrodynamic or multifluid approaches, which correspond to the degenerate case of sound speeds equal to the Alfven speed, and that parallel heat fluxes cannot be neglected, not even in the case of low parallel plasma beta. A truly stationary soliton solution is derived.

  4. Alfven resonance mode conversion in the Phaedrus-T current drive experiments: Modelling and density fluctuations measurements

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vukovic, M.; Harper, M.; Breun, R.

    1995-12-31

    Current drive experiments on the Phaedrus-T tokamak performed with a low field side two-strap fast wave antenna at frequencies below {omega}{sub cH} show loop volt drops of up to 30% with strap phasing (0, {pi}/2). RF induced density fluctuations in the plasma core have also been observed with a microwave reflectometer. It is believed that they are caused by kinetic Alfven waves generated by mode conversion of fast waves at the Alfven resonance. Correlation of the observed density fluctuations with the magnitude of the {Delta}V{sub loop} suggest that the {Delta}V{sub loop} is attributable to current drive/heating due to mode convertedmore » kinetic Alfven waves. The toroidal cold plasma wave code LION is used to model the Alfven resonance mode conversion surfaces in the experiments while the cylindrical hot plasma kinetic wave code ISMENE is used to model the behavior of kinetic Alfven waves at the Alfven resonance location. Initial results obtained from limited density, magnetic field, antenna phase, and impurity scans show good agreement between the RF induced density fluctuations and the predicted behavior of the kinetic Alfven waves. Detailed comparisons between the density fluctuations and the code predictions are presented.« less

  5. Solar Spicules near and at The Limb, Observed from Hinode

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sterling, Alphonse C.

    2009-01-01

    Solar spicules appear as narrow jets emanating from the chromosphere and extending into the corona. They have been observed for over a hundred years,mainly in chromospheric spectral lines such as H-alpha. Because they are at the limit of visibility of ground-based instruments, their nature has long been a puzzle. In recent years however, vast progress has been made in understanding them both theoretically and observationally. Most recently, spicule studies have undergone revolution because of the superior resolution, time cadence, and atmosphere-free observations from the Solar Optical Telescope (SOT) instrument on the Hinode spacecraft. Here we present observations of spicules from {\\sl Hinode} SOT, and consider how the observations from Hinode compare with historical observations. We include data taken in the blue and red wings of Halpha, where the spicules have widths of a few approx.100 kms, and the longest ones reach about 10(exp 4) km in extent,similar to sizes long reported from ground-based instruments. Their dynamics are not easy to generalize, with many showing the upward movement followed by falling or fading, as traditionally reported, but with others showing more dynamic or even ejective aspects. There is a strong transverse component to their motion, as extensively reported previously from the Hinode data as evidence for Alfven waves.

  6. Studies of nonlinear interactions between counter-propagating Alfv'en waves in the LAPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Auerbach, D. W.; Perez, J. C.; Carter, T. A.; Boldyrev, S.

    2007-11-01

    From a weak turbulence point of view, nonlinear interactions between shear Alfv'en waves are fundamental to the energy cascade in low-frequency magnetic turbulence. We report here on an experimental study of counter-propagating Alfv'en wave interactions in the Large Plasma Device (LAPD) at UCLA. Colliding, orthogonally polarized kinetic Alfv'en waves are generated by two antennae, separated by 5m along the guide magnetic field. Magnetic field and langmuir probes record plasma behavior between the antennae. When each antenna is operated separately, linearly polarized Alfv'en waves propagate in opposite directions along the guide field. When two antennae simultaneously excite counter propagating waves, we observe multiple side bands in the frequency domain, whose amplitude scales quadratically with wave amplitude. In the spatial domain we observe non-linear superposition in the 2D structure of the waves and spectral broadening in the perpendicular wave-number spectrum. This indicates the presence of nonlinear interaction of the counter propagating Alfv'en waves, and opens the possiblity to investigate Alfv'enic plasma turbulence in controlled and reproducible laboratory experiments.

  7. Line width resonance of the longitudinal optical phonon in GaAs:N

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mialitsin, Aleksej; Mascarenhas, Angelo

    2013-03-01

    We extend resonant Raman scattering studies of Mascarenhas et al. [PRB68, 233201 (2003)] of GaAs1-xNx to the ultra-dilute nitrogen doping concentrations, whereby we unambiguously resolve the line width resonances of the LO phonon. A discontinuity is observed in the LO phonon line width resonance energy as a function of concentration. With decreasing nitrogen concentration the EW line width resonance energy reduces by ca. 40 meV at x = 0 . 4 % . This value corresponds to the concentration, at which the localized to delocalized transition manifests itself in the electro-reflectance signature line widths.

  8. Evolution of magnetic flux ropes associated with flux transfer events and interplanetary magnetic clouds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wei, C. Q.; Lee, L. C.; Wang, S.; Akasofu, S.-I.

    1991-01-01

    Spacecraft observations suggest that flux transfer events and interplanetary magnetic clouds may be associated with magnetic flux ropes which are magnetic flux tubes containing helical magnetic field lines. In the magnetic flux ropes, the azimuthal magnetic field is superposed on the axial field. The time evolution of a localized magnetic flux rope is studied. A two-dimensional compressible MHD simulation code with a cylindrical symmetry is developed to study the wave modes associated with the evolution of flux ropes. It is found that in the initial phase both the fast magnetosonic wave and the Alfven wave are developed in the flux rope. After this initial phase, the Alfven wave becomes the dominant wave mode for the evolution of the magnetic flux rope and the radial expansion velocity of the flux rope is found to be negligible. Numerical results further show that even for a large initial azimuthal component of the magnetic field, the propagation velocity along the axial direction of the flux rope remains the Alfven velocity. It is also found that the localized magnetic flux rope tends to evolve into two separate magnetic ropes propagating in opposite directions. The simulation results are used to study the evolution of magnetic flux ropes associated with flux transfer events observed at the earth's dayside magnetopause and magnetic clouds in the interplanetary space.

  9. Evaluation of width and width uniformity of near-field electrospinning printed micro and sub-micrometer lines based on optical image processing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Libo; Xia, Yong; Hebibul, Rahman; Wang, Jiuhong; Zhou, Xiangyang; Hu, Yingjie; Li, Zhikang; Luo, Guoxi; Zhao, Yulong; Jiang, Zhuangde

    2018-03-01

    This paper presents an experimental study using image processing to investigate width and width uniformity of sub-micrometer polyethylene oxide (PEO) lines fabricated by near-filed electrospinning (NFES) technique. An adaptive thresholding method was developed to determine the optimal gray values to accurately extract profiles of printed lines from original optical images. And it was proved with good feasibility. The mechanism of the proposed thresholding method was believed to take advantage of statistic property and get rid of halo induced errors. Triangular method and relative standard deviation (RSD) were introduced to calculate line width and width uniformity, respectively. Based on these image processing methods, the effects of process parameters including substrate speed (v), applied voltage (U), nozzle-to-collector distance (H), and syringe pump flow rate (Q) on width and width uniformity of printed lines were discussed. The research results are helpful to promote the NFES technique for fabricating high resolution micro and sub-micro lines and also helpful to optical image processing at sub-micro level.

  10. Coronal heating by the resonant absorption of Alfven waves: The effect of viscous stress tensor

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ofman, L.; Davila, J. M.; Steinolfson, R. S.

    1994-01-01

    The time-dependent linearized magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) equations for a fully compressible, low-beta, viscoresistive plasma are solved numerically using an implicit integration scheme. The full viscosity stress tensor (Braginskii 1965) is included with the five parameters eta(sub i) i = 0 to 4. In agreement with previous studies, the numerical simulations demonstrate that the dissipation on inhomogeneities in the background Alfven speed occurs in a narrow resonant layer. For an active region in the solar corona the values of eta(sub i) are eta(sub o) = 0.65 g/cm/s, eta(sub 1) = 3.7 x 10(exp -12) g/cm/s, eta(sub 2) = 4 eta(sub 1), eta(sub 3) = 1.4 x 10(exp -6) g/cm/s, eta(sub 4) = 2 eta(sub 3), with n = 10(exp 10)/cu cm, T = 2 x 10(exp 6) K, and B = 100 G. When the Lundquist number S = 10(exp 4) and R(sub 1) much greater than S (where R(sub 1) is the dimensionless shear viscous number) the width of the resistive dissipation layer d(sub r) is 0.22a (where a is the density gradient length scale) and d(sub r) approximately S(exp -1/3). When S much greater than R(sub 1) the shear viscous dissipation layer width d(sub r) scales as R(sub 1)(exp -1/3). The shear viscous and the resistive dissipation occurs in an overlapping narrow region, and the total heating rate is independent of the value of the dissipation parameters in agreement with previous studies. Consequently, the maximum values of the perpendicular velocity and perpendicular magnetic field scale as R(sub 1)(exp -1/3). It is evident from the simulations that for solar parameters the heating due to the compressive viscosity (R(sub 0) = 560) is negligible compared to the resistive and the shear viscous (R(sub 1)) dissipation and it occurs in a broad layer of order a in width. In the solar corona with S approximately equals 10(exp 4) and R(sub 1) approximately equals 10(exp 14) (as calculated from the Braginskii expressions), the shear viscous resonant heating is of comparable magnitude to the resistive resonant heating.

  11. Evidence of Ubiquitous Large-Amplitude Alfven waves in the Global Field-Aligned Current System

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pakhotin, I.; Mann, I.; Lysak, R. L.; Knudsen, D. J.; Burchill, J. K.; Gjerloev, J. W.; Rae, J.; Forsyth, C.; Murphy, K. R.; Miles, D.; Ozeke, L.; Balasis, G.

    2017-12-01

    Large-amplitude non-stationarities have been observed during an analysis of a quiescent field-aligned current system crossing using the multi-satellite Swarm constellation. Using simultaneous electric and magnetic field measurements it has been determined that these non-stationarities, reaching tens to hundreds of nanoteslas, are Alfvenic in nature. Evidence suggests that these large-amplitude Alfven waves are a ubiquitous, fundamentally inherent feature of and exist in a continuum with larger-scale field-aligned currents, and both can be explained using the same physical paradigm of reflected Alfven waves.

  12. On reflection of Alfven waves in the solar wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Krogulec, M.; Musielak, Z. E.; Suess, S. T.; Moore, R. L.; Nerney, S. F.

    1993-01-01

    We have revisited the problem of propagation of toroidal and linear Alfven waves formulated by Heinemann and Olbert (1980) to compare WKB and non-WKB waves and their effects on the solar wind. They considered two solar wind models and showed that reflection is important for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one day and longer, and that non-WKB Alfven waves are no more effective in accelerating the solar wind than WKB waves. There are several recently published papers which seem to indicate that Alfven waves with periods of the order of several minutes should be treated as non-WKB waves and that these non-WKB waves exert a stronger acceleration force than WKB waves. The purpose of this paper is to study the origin of these discrepancies by performing parametric studies of the behavior of the waves under a variety of different conditions. In addition, we want to investigate two problems that have not been addressed by Heinemann and Olbert, namely, calculate the efficiency of Alfven wave reflection by using the reflection coefficient and identify the region of strongest wave reflection in different wind models. To achieve these goals, we investigated the influence of temperature, electron density distribution, wind velocity and magnetic field strength on the waves. The obtained results clearly demonstrate that Alfven wave reflection is strongly model dependent and that the strongest reflection can be expected in models with the base temperatures higher than 10(exp 6) K and with the base densities lower than 7 x 10(exp 7) cm(exp -3). In these models as well as in the models with lower temperatures and higher densities, Alfven waves with periods as short as several minutes have negligible reflection so that they can be treated as WKB waves; however, for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one hour or longer reflection is significant, requiring a non-WKB treatment. We also show that non-WKB, linear Alfven waves are always less effective in accelerating the plasma than WKB Alfven waves. Finally, it is evident from our results that the region of strongest wave reflection is usually located at the base of the models, and hence that interpretation of wave reflection based solely on the reflection coefficient can be misleading.

  13. Reflection of Alfven waves in the solar wind

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krogulec, M.; Musielak, Z. E.; Suess, S. T.; Nerney, S. F.; Moore, R. L.

    1994-12-01

    We have revisited the problem of propagation of toroidal and linear Alfven waves formulated by Heinemann and Olbert (1980) to compare Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin (WKB) and non-WKB waves and their effects on the solar wind. They considered two solar wind models and showed that reflection is important for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one day and longer and that non-WKB Alfven waves are no more effective in accelerating the solar wind than in WKB waves. There are several recently published papers that seem to indicate that Alfven waves with periods of the order of several minutes should be treated as non-WKB waves and that these non-WKB waves exert a stronger acceleration force than WKB waves. The purposse of this paper is to study the origin of these discrepancies by performing parametric studies of the behavior of the waves under a variety of different conditions. In addition, we want to investigate two problems that have not been addressed by Heinimann and Olbert, namely, calculate the efficieny of Alfven wave reflection by using the reflection coefficient and identfy the region of strongest wave reflection in different wind models. To achieve these goals, we investigate the influence of temperature, electron desity distribution, wind velocity, and magnetic field strength on te waves. The obtained results clearly demonstrate that Alfven wave reflection is strongly model dependent and that the strongest reflection can be expected in models with the base temperatures higher than 106 K and with the base densities lower than 7 x 107/cu cm. In these models as well as in the models with lower temperatures and higher densities Alfven waves with periods as short as several minutes have negligible reflection so that they can be treated as WKB waves; however, for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one hour or longer reflection is significant, requiring a non-WKB treatment. We also show that non-WKB, linear Alfven waves are always less effective in accelerating the plasma than WKB Alfven waves. Finally, it is evident from our results that the region of strongest wave reflection is usually located at the base of the models and hence that interpretation of wave reflection based soley on the reflection coefficient can be misleading.

  14. Reflection of Alfven waves in the solar wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Krogulec, M.; Musielak, Z. E.; Suess, S. T.; Nerney, S. F.; Moore, R. L.

    1994-01-01

    We have revisited the problem of propagation of toroidal and linear Alfven waves formulated by Heinemann and Olbert (1980) to compare Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin (WKB) and non-WKB waves and their effects on the solar wind. They considered two solar wind models and showed that reflection is important for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one day and longer and that non-WKB Alfven waves are no more effective in accelerating the solar wind than in WKB waves. There are several recently published papers that seem to indicate that Alfven waves with periods of the order of several minutes should be treated as non-WKB waves and that these non-WKB waves exert a stronger acceleration force than WKB waves. The purposse of this paper is to study the origin of these discrepancies by performing parametric studies of the behavior of the waves under a variety of different conditions. In addition, we want to investigate two problems that have not been addressed by Heinimann and Olbert, namely, calculate the efficieny of Alfven wave reflection by using the reflection coefficient and identfy the region of strongest wave reflection in different wind models. To achieve these goals, we investigate the influence of temperature, electron desity distribution, wind velocity, and magnetic field strength on te waves. The obtained results clearly demonstrate that Alfven wave reflection is strongly model dependent and that the strongest reflection can be expected in models with the base temperatures higher than 10(exp 6) K and with the base densities lower than 7 x 10(exp 7)/cu cm. In these models as well as in the models with lower temperatures and higher densities Alfven waves with periods as short as several minutes have negligible reflection so that they can be treated as WKB waves; however, for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one hour or longer reflection is significant, requiring a non-WKB treatment. We also show that non-WKB, linear Alfven waves are always less effective in accelerating the plasma than WKB Alfven waves. Finally, it is evident from our results that the region of strongest wave reflection is usually located at the base of the models and hence that interpretation of wave reflection based soley on the reflection coefficient can be misleading.

  15. On reflection of Alfven waves in the solar wind

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krogulec, M.; Musielak, Z. E.; Suess, S. T.; Moore, R. L.; Nerney, S. F.

    We have revisited the problem of propagation of toroidal and linear Alfven waves formulated by Heinemann and Olbert (1980) to compare WKB and non-WKB waves and their effects on the solar wind. They considered two solar wind models and showed that reflection is important for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one day and longer, and that non-WKB Alfven waves are no more effective in accelerating the solar wind than WKB waves. There are several recently published papers which seem to indicate that Alfven waves with periods of the order of several minutes should be treated as non-WKB waves and that these non-WKB waves exert a stronger acceleration force than WKB waves. The purpose of this paper is to study the origin of these discrepancies by performing parametric studies of the behavior of the waves under a variety of different conditions. In addition, we want to investigate two problems that have not been addressed by Heinemann and Olbert, namely, calculate the efficiency of Alfven wave reflection by using the reflection coefficient and identify the region of strongest wave reflection in different wind models. To achieve these goals, we investigated the influence of temperature, electron density distribution, wind velocity and magnetic field strength on the waves. The obtained results clearly demonstrate that Alfven wave reflection is strongly model dependent and that the strongest reflection can be expected in models with the base temperatures higher than 106 K and with the base densities lower than 7 x 107 cm-3. In these models as well as in the models with lower temperatures and higher densities, Alfven waves with periods as short as several minutes have negligible reflection so that they can be treated as WKB waves; however, for Alfven waves with periods of the order of one hour or longer reflection is significant, requiring a non-WKB treatment. We also show that non-WKB, linear Alfven waves are always less effective in accelerating the plasma than WKB Alfven waves. Finally, it is evident from our results that the region of strongest wave reflection is usually located at the base of the models, and hence that interpretation of wave reflection based solely on the reflection coefficient can be misleading.

  16. Narrow-band generation in random distributed feedback fiber laser.

    PubMed

    Sugavanam, Srikanth; Tarasov, Nikita; Shu, Xuewen; Churkin, Dmitry V

    2013-07-15

    Narrow-band emission of spectral width down to ~0.05 nm line-width is achieved in the random distributed feedback fiber laser employing narrow-band fiber Bragg grating or fiber Fabry-Perot interferometer filters. The observed line-width is ~10 times less than line-width of other demonstrated up to date random distributed feedback fiber lasers. The random DFB laser with Fabry-Perot interferometer filter provides simultaneously multi-wavelength and narrow-band (within each line) generation with possibility of further wavelength tuning.

  17. Kinetic effects on the velocity-shear-driven instability

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, Z.; Pritchett, P. L.; Ashour-Abdalla, M.

    1992-01-01

    A comparison is made between the properties of the low-frequency long-wavelength velocity-shear-driven instability in kinetic theory and magnetohydrodynamics (MHD). The results show that the removal of adiabaticity along the magnetic field line in kinetic theory leads to modifications in the nature of the instability. Although the threshold for the instability in the two formalisms is the same, the kinetic growth rate and the unstable range in wave-number space can be larger or smaller than the MHD values depending on the ratio between the thermal speed, Alfven speed, and flow speed. When the thermal speed is much larger than the flow speed and the flow speed is larger than the Alfven speed, the kinetic formalism gives a larger maximum growth rate and broader unstable range in wave-number space. In this regime, the normalized wave number for instability can be larger than unity, while in MHD it is always less than unity. The normal mode profile in the kinetic case has a wider spatial extent across the shear layer.

  18. Alfven wave transport effects in the time evolution of parallel cosmic-ray modified shocks

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, T. W.

    1993-01-01

    Some of the issues associated with a more complete treatment of Alfven transport in cosmic ray shocks are explored qualitatively. The treatment is simplified in some important respects, but some new issues are examined and for the first time a nonlinear, time dependent study of plane cosmic ray mediated shocks with both the entropy producing effects of wave dissipation and effects due to the Alfven wave advection of the cosmic ray relative to the gas is included. Examination of the direct consequences of including the pressure and energy of the Alfven waves in the formalism began.

  19. Flute Instability of Expanding Plasma Cloud

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dudnikova, Galina; Vshivkov, Vitali

    2000-10-01

    The expansion of plasma against a magnetized background where collisions play no role is a situation common to many plasma phenomena. The character of interaction between expanding plasma and background plasma is depending of the ratio of the expansion velocity to the ambient Alfven velocity. If the expansion speed is greater than the background Alfven speed (super-Alfvenic flows) a collisionless shock waves are formed in background plasma. It is originally think that if the expansion speed is less than Alfvenic speed (sub-Alfvenic flows) the interaction of plasma flows will be laminar in nature. However, the results of laboratory experiments and chemical releases in magnetosphere have shown the development of flute instability on the boundary of expanding plasma (Rayleigh-Taylor instability). A lot of theoretical and experimental papers have been devoted to study the Large Larmor Flute Instability (LLFI) of plasma expanding into a vacuum magnetic field. In the present paper on the base of computer simulation of plasma cloud expansion in magnetizied background plasma the regimes of development and stabilization LLFI for super- and sub-Alfvenic plasma flows are investigated. 2D hybrid numerical model is based on kinetic Vlasov equation for ions and hydrodynamic approximation for electrons. The similarity parameters characterizing the regimes of laminar flows are founded. The stabilization of LLFI takes place with the transition from sub- to super-Alfvenic plasma cloud expansion. The results of the comparision between computer simulation and laboratory simulation are described.

  20. Winds from T Tauri stars. II - Balmer line profiles for inner disk winds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Calvet, Nuria; Hartmann, Lee; Hewett, Robert

    1992-01-01

    Results are presented of calculations of Balmer emission line profiles using escape probability methods for T Tauri wind models with nonspherically symmetric geometry. The wind is assumed to originate in the inner regions of an accretion disk surrounding the T Tauri star, and flows outward in a 'cone' geometry. Two types of wind models are considered, both with monotonically increasing expansion velocities as a function of radial distance. For flows with large turbulent velocities, such as the HF Alfven wave-driven wind models, the effect of cone geometry is to increase the blue wing emission, and to move the absorption reversal close to line center. Line profiles for a wind model rotating with the same angular velocity as the inner disk are also calculated. The Balmer lines of this model are significantly broader than observed in most objects, suggesting that the observed emission lines do not arise in a region rotating at Keplerian velocity.

  1. Uncertainties Associated with Theoretically Calculated N2-Broadened Half-Widths of H2O Lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ma, Q.; Tipping, R. H.; Gamache, R. R.

    2010-01-01

    With different choices of the cut-offs used in theoretical calculations, we have carried out extensive numerical calculations of the N2-broadend Lorentzian half-widths of the H2O lines using the modified Robert-Bonamy formalism. Based on these results, we are able to thoroughly check for convergence. We find that, with the low-order cut-offs commonly used in the literature, one is able to obtain converged values only for lines with large half-widths. Conversely, for lines with small half-widths, much higher cut-offs are necessary to guarantee convergence. We also analyse the uncertainties associated with calculated half-widths, and these are correlated as above. In general, the smaller the half-widths, the poorer the convergence and the larger the uncertainty associated with them. For convenience, one can divide all H2O lines into three categories, large, intermediate, and small, according to their half-width values. One can use this division to judge whether the calculated half-widths are converged or not, based on the cut-offs used, and also to estimate how large their uncertainties are. We conclude that with the current Robert- Bonamy formalism, for lines in category lone can achieve the accuracy requirement set by HITRAN, whereas for lines in category 3, it 'is impossible to meet this goal.

  2. Role of Turbulent Damping in Cosmic Ray Galactic Winds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Holguin, Francisco; Ruszkowski, Mateusz; Lazarian, Alex; Yang, H. Y. Karen

    2018-06-01

    Large-scale galactic winds driven by stellar feedback are one phenomenon that influences the dynamical and chemical evolution of a galaxy, pushing and redistributing material throughout the interstellar medium (ISM) and galactic halo. A detailed understanding of the exact physical mechanisms responsible for these winds is lacking. Non-thermal feedback from galactic cosmic rays (CR), high-energy charged particles accelerated in supernovae and young stars, can impact the efficiency in accelerating the wind. In the self-confinement model, CR stream along magnetic field lines at the Alfven speed due to scattering off self-excited Aflv{é}n waves. However, magneto-hydrodynamic (MHD) turbulence stirred up by stellar feedback dissipates these confining waves, allowing CR to be super Aflvenic. Previous simulations relying on a simplified model of transport have shown that super-Alfv{é}nic streaming of CRs can launch a stronger wind. We perform three-dimensional MHD simulations of a section of a galactic disk, including CR streaming dependent on the local environment, using a realistic model of turbulent dissipation of Alfven waves presented in Lazarian (2016). In this implementation, the CR streaming speed can be super Alfv{é}nic depending on local conditions. We compare results for Alfv{é}nic and locally determined streaming, and find that gas/CR distributions and instantaneous mass loading factor of the wind are different depending on the level of turbulence.Lazarian, A. “Damping of Alfven waves by turbulence and its consequences: from cosmic-ray streaming to launching winds.” ApJ. Vol. 833, Num. 2. (2016).

  3. Global MHD Simulation of the Coronal Mass Ejection on 2011 March 7: from Chromosphere to 1 AU

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jin, M.; Manchester, W.; van der Holst, B.; Oran, R.; Sokolov, I.; Toth, G.; Vourlidas, A.; Liu, Y.; Sun, X.; Gombosi, T. I.

    2013-12-01

    In this study, we present magnetohydrodynamics simulation results of a fast CME event that occurred on 2011 March 7 by using the newly developed Alfven Wave Solar Model (AWSoM) in Space Weather Modeling Framework (SWMF). The background solar wind is driven by Alfven-wave pressure and heated by Alfven-wave dissipation in which we have incorporated balanced turbulence at the top of the closed field lines. The magnetic field of the inner boundary is specified with a synoptic magnetogram from SDO/HMI. In order to produce the physically correct CME structures and CME-driven shocks, the electron and proton temperatures are separated so that the electron heat conduction is explicitly treated in conjunction with proton shock heating. Also, collisionless heat conduction is implemented for getting the correct electron temperature at 1 AU. We initiate the CME by using the Gibson-Low flux rope model and simulate the CME propagation to 1 AU. A comprehensive validation study is performed using remote as well as in-situ observations from SOHO, STEREOA/B, ACE, and WIND. Our result shows that the new model can reproduce most of the observed features and the arrival time of the CME is correctly estimated, which suggests the forecasting capability of the new model. We also examine the simulated CME-driven shock structures that are important for modeling the associated solar energetic event (SEP) with diffusive shock acceleration.

  4. Nonlinear Propagation of Alfven Waves Driven by Observed Photospheric Motions: Application to the Coronal Heating and Spicule Formation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matsumoto, Takuma; Shibata, Kazunari

    We have performed MHD simulations of Alfven wave propagation along an open ux tube in the solar atmosphere. In our numerical model, Alfven waves are generated by the photospheric granular motion. As the wave generator, we used a derived temporal spectrum of the photo-spheric granular motion from G-band movies of Hinode/SOT. It is shown that the total energy ux at the corona becomes larger and the transition region height becomes higher in the case when we use the observed spectrum rather than white/pink noise spectrum as the wave gener-ator. This difference can be explained by the Alfven wave resonance between the photosphere and the transition region. After performing Fourier analysis on our numerical results, we have found that the region between the photosphere and the transition region becomes an Alfven wave resonant cavity. We have conrmed that there are at least three resonant frequencies, 1, 3 and 5 mHz, in our numerical model. Alfven wave resonance is one of the most effective mechanisms to explain the dynamics of the spicules and the sufficient energy ux to heat the corona.

  5. Suppression of Collisionless Magnetic Reconnection in Asymmetric Current Sheets

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liu, Yi-Hsin; Hesse, Michael

    2016-01-01

    Using fully kinetic simulations, we study the suppression of asymmetric reconnection in the limit where the diamagnetic drift speed >> Alfven speed and the magnetic shear angle is moderate. We demonstrate that the slippage between electrons and the magnetic flux mitigates the suppression and can even result in fast reconnection that lacks one of the outflow jets. Through comparing a case where the diamagnetic drift is supported by the temperature gradient with a companion case that has a density gradient instead, we identify a robust suppression mechanism. The drift of the x-line is slowed down locally by the asymmetric nature of the x-line, and then the x-line is run over and swallowed by the faster-moving following flux.

  6. Structural and spectral studies of sunspots. [umbral core modelling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wyller, A. A.

    1974-01-01

    Observations of umbral cores, both by multicolor photometry and by narrow band photometry in the vicinity of the sodium D lines, are described, and evidence is given which supports the validity of many umbral models, each of which describes different aspects of the observed umbral cores. Theoretical studies carried on at the observatory include the following: (1) Zeeman profiles of the sodium D sub 2 line and other lines; (2) turbulent heat conduction, sound waves, and the missing flux in sunspots; (3) chromospheric heating above spots by Alfven waves; (4) magnetic convection in the sun and solar neutrinos; (5) models of starspots on flare stars; (5) starspots on the primaries of contact binary systems; and (6) implications of starspots on red dwarfs.

  7. Dynamical Generation of Quasi-Stationary Alfvenic Double Layers and Charge Holes and Unified Theory of Quasi-Static and Alfvenic Auroral Arc Formation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Y.; Lysak, R. L.

    2015-12-01

    Parallel E-fields play a crucial role for the acceleration of charged particles, creating discrete aurorae. However, once the parallel electric fields are produced, they will disappear right away, unless the electric fields can be continuously generated and sustained for a fairly long time. Thus, the crucial question in auroral physics is how to generate such a powerful and self-sustained parallel electric fields which can effectively accelerate charge particles to high energy during a fairly long time. We propose that nonlinear interaction of incident and reflected Alfven wave packets in inhomogeneous auroral acceleration region can produce quasi-stationary non-propagating electromagnetic plasma structures, such as Alfvenic double layers (DLs) and Charge Holes. Such Alfvenic quasi-static structures often constitute powerful high energy particle accelerators. The Alfvenic DL consists of localized self-sustained powerful electrostatic electric fields nested in a low density cavity and surrounded by enhanced magnetic and mechanical stresses. The enhanced magnetic and velocity fields carrying the free energy serve as a local dynamo, which continuously create the electrostatic parallel electric field for a fairly long time. The generated parallel electric fields will deepen the seed low density cavity, which then further quickly boosts the stronger parallel electric fields creating both Alfvenic and quasi-static discrete aurorae. The parallel electrostatic electric field can also cause ion outflow, perpendicular ion acceleration and heating, and may excite Auroral Kilometric Radiation.

  8. Alfven Waves in the Solar Corona

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tomczyk, S.; McIntosh, S. W.; Keil, S. L.; Judge, P. G.; Schad, T.; Seeley, D. H.; Edmondson, J.

    2007-12-01

    We present observations of the coronal intensity, line-of-sight velocity, and linear polarization obtained in the FeXIII 1074.7 nm coronal emission line with the Coronal Multi-channel Polarimeter (CoMP) instrument. Analysis of these observations reveal ubiquitous upward propagating waves with phase speeds of 1-4 Mm/s and trajectories consistent with the direction of the magnetic field inferred from the linear polarization measurements. We can definitively identify these as Alfvén waves. An estimate of the energy carried by the waves that we spatially resolve indicates that they are unable to heat the solar corona, however, unresolved waves may carry sufficient energy.

  9. Resonant behaviour of MHD waves on magnetic flux tubes. III - Effect of equilibrium flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goossens, Marcel; Hollweg, Joseph V.; Sakurai, Takashi

    1992-01-01

    The Hollweg et al. (1990) analysis of MHD surface waves in a stationary equilibrium is extended. The conservation laws and jump conditions at Alfven and slow resonance points obtained by Sakurai et al. (1990) are generalized to include an equilibrium flow, and the assumption that the Eulerian perturbation of total pressure is constant is recovered as the special case of the conservation law for an equilibrium with straight magnetic field lines and flow along the magnetic field lines. It is shown that the conclusions formulated by Hollweg et al. are still valid for the straight cylindrical case. The effect of curvature is examined.

  10. MMS Observations of Reconnection at Dayside Magnetopause Crossings During Transitions of the Solar Wind to Sub-Alfvenic Flow

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Farrugia, C. J.; Lugaz, N.; Alm, L.; Vasquez, B. J.; Argall, M. R.; Kucharek, H.; Matsui, H.; Torbert, R. B.; Lavraud, B.; Le Contel, O.; Shuster, J. R.; Burch, J. L.; Khotyaintsev, Y. V.; Giles, B. L.; Fuselier, S. A.; Gershman, D. J.; Ergun, R.; Eastwood, J. P.; Cohen, I. J.; Dorelli, J.; Lindqvist, P. A.; Strangeway, R. J.; Russell, C. T.; Marklund, G. T.; Paulson, K.; Petrinec, S.; Phan, T.; Pollock, C.

    2017-12-01

    We present MMS) observations during two dayside magnetopause crossingsunder hitherto unexamined conditions: (i) when the bow shock is weakening and the solar wind transitioning to sub-Alfvenic flow, and (ii) when it is reforming. Interplanetary conditions consist of a magnetic cloud with (i) a strong B ( 20 nT) pointing south, and (ii) a density profile with episodic decreases to values of 0.3 /cc followed by moderate recovery. During the crossings he magnetosheath magnetic field is stronger than the magnetosphere field by a factor of 2.2. As a result, during the outbound crossing through the ion diffusion region, MMS observed an inversion of relative positions of the X and stagnation (S) lines from that typically the case: the S line was closer to the magnetosheath side. The S-line appears in the form of a slow expansion fan near which most of the energy dissipation is taking place. While in the magnetosphere between the crossings, MMS observed strong field and flow perturbations, which we argue to be due kinetic Alfvén waves.During the reconnection interval, whistler mode waves generated by an electron temperature anisotropy (Tperp>Tpar) were observed. Another aim of the paper isto distinguish bow shock-induced field and flow perturbations from reconnection-related signatures.The high resolution MMS data together with 2D hybrid simulations of bow shock dynamics helped us to distinguish between the two sources. We show examples of bow shock-related effects (such as heating) and reconnection effects such as accelerated flows satisfying the Walen relation.

  11. Three-Dimensional MHD Simulation of FTEs Produced by Merging at an Isolated Point in a Sheared Magnetic Field Configuration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Santos, J. C.; Sibeck, D. G.; Buchner, J.; Gonzalez, W. D.; Ferreira, J. L.

    2014-01-01

    We present predictions for the evolution of FTEs generated by localized bursts of reconnection on a planar magnetopause that separates a magnetosheath region of high densities and weak magnetic field from a magnetospheric region of low densities and strong magnetic field. The magnetic fields present a shear angle of 105 degrees. Reconnection forms a pair of FTEs each crossing the magnetopause in the field reversal region and bulging into the magnetosphere and magnetosheath. At their initial stage they can be characterized as flux tubes since the newly reconnected magnetic field lines are not twisted. Reconnection launches Alfvenic perturbations that propagate along the FTEs generating high-speed jets, which move the pair of FTEs in opposite directions. As the FTE moves, it displaces the ambient magnetic field and plasma producing bipolar magnetic field and plasma velocity signatures normal to the nominal magnetopause in the regions surrounding the FTE. The combination of the ambient plasma with the FTE flows generates a vortical velocity pattern around the reconnected field lines. During its evolution the FTE evolves to a flux rope configuration due to the twist of the magnetic field lines. The alfvenic perturbations propagate faster along the part of the FTE bulging into the magnetosphere than in the magnetosheath, and due to the differences between the plasma and magnetic field properties the perturbations have slightly different signatures in the two regions. As a consequence, the FTEs have different signatures depending on whether the satellite encounters the part bulging into the magnetosphere or into the magnetosheath.

  12. Continuous modulations of femtosecond laser-induced periodic surface structures and scanned line-widths on silicon by polarization changes.

    PubMed

    Han, Weina; Jiang, Lan; Li, Xiaowei; Liu, Pengjun; Xu, Le; Lu, YongFeng

    2013-07-01

    Large-area, uniform laser-induced periodic surface structures (LIPSS) are of wide potential industry applications. The continuity and processing precision of LIPSS are mainly determined by the scanning intervals of adjacent scanning lines. Therefore, continuous modulations of LIPSS and scanned line-widths within one laser scanning pass are of great significance. This study proposes that by varying the laser (800 nm, 50 fs, 1 kHz) polarization direction, LIPSS and the scanned line-widths on a silicon (111) surface can be continuously modulated with high precision. It shows that the scanned line-width reaches the maximum when the polarization direction is perpendicular to the scanning direction. As an application example, the experiments show large-area, uniform LIPSS can be fabricated by controlling the scanning intervals based on the one-pass scanned line-widths. The simulation shows that the initially formed LIPSS structures induce directional surface plasmon polaritons (SPP) scattering along the laser polarization direction, which strengthens the subsequently anisotropic LIPSS fabrication. The simulation results are in good agreement with the experiments, which both support the conclusions of continuous modulations of the LIPSS and scanned line-widths.

  13. On WKB expansions for Alfven waves in the solar wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hollweg, Joseph V.

    1990-01-01

    The WKB expansion for 'toroidal' Alfven waves in solar wind, which is described by equations of Heinemann and Olbert (1980), is examined. In this case, the multiple scales method (Nayfeh, 1981) is used to obtain a uniform expansion. It is shown that the WKB expansion used by Belcher (1971) and Hollweg (1973) for Alfven waves in the solar wind is nonuniformly convergent.

  14. On WKB expansions for Alfven waves in the solar wind

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hollweg, Joseph V.

    1990-09-01

    The WKB expansion for 'toroidal' Alfven waves in solar wind, which is described by equations of Heinemann and Olbert (1980), is examined. In this case, the multiple scales method (Nayfeh, 1981) is used to obtain a uniform expansion. It is shown that the WKB expansion used by Belcher (1971) and Hollweg (1973) for Alfven waves in the solar wind is nonuniformly convergent.

  15. Decorrelation dynamics and spectra in drift-Alfven turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fernandez Garcia, Eduardo

    Motivated by the inability of one-fluid magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) to explain key turbulence characteristics in systems ranging from the solar wind and interstellar medium to fusion devices like the reversed field pinch, this thesis studies magnetic turbulence using a drift-Alfven model that extends MHD by including electron density dynamics. Electron effects play a significant role in the dynamics by changing the structure of turbulent decorrelation in the Alfvenic regime (where fast Alfvenic propagation provides the fastest decorrelation of the system): besides the familiar counter-propagating Alfvenic branches of MHD, an additional branch tied to the diamagnetic and eddy-turn- over rates enters in the turbulent response. This kinematic branch gives hydrodynamic features to turbulence that is otherwise strongly magnetic. Magnetic features are observed in the RMS frequency, energy partitions, cross-field energy transfer and in the turbulent response, whereas hydrodynamic features appear in the average frequency, self-field transfer, turbulent response and finally the wavenumber spectrum. These features are studied via renormalized closure theory and numerical simulation. The closure calculation naturally incorporates the eigenmode structure of the turbulent response in specifying spectral energy balance equations for the magnetic, kinetic and internal (density) energies. Alfvenic terms proportional to cross correlations and involved in cross field transfer compete with eddy-turn-over, self transfer, auto-correlation terms. In the steady state, the kinematic terms dominate the energy balances and yield a 5/3 Kolmogorov spectrum (as observed in the interstellar medium) for the three field energies in the strong turbulence, long wavelength limit. Alfvenic terms establish equipartition of kinetic and magnetic energies. In the limit where wavelengths are short compared to the gyroradius, the Alfvenic terms equipartition the internal and magnetic energies resulting in a steep (-2) spectrum fall-off for those energies while the largely uncoupled kinetic modes still obey a 5/3 law. From the numerical simulations, the response function of drift-Alfven turbulence is measured. Here, a statistical ensemble is constructed from small perturbations of the turbulent amplitudes at fixed wavenumber. The decorrelation structure born out of the eigenmode calculation is verified in the numerical measurement.

  16. Minimum line width of ion beam-modified polystyrene by negative carbon ions for nerve-cell attachment and neurite extension

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sommani, P.; Tsuji, H.; Sato, H.; Kitamura, T.; Hattori, M.; Gotoh, Y.; Ishikawa, J.

    2007-04-01

    The minimum line width of the negative-ion-modified polystyrene (PS) for guidance and immobilizations of nerve-cell body and neurite extension have been investigated. Carbon negative ions were implanted into PS at fluence of 3 × 1015 ions/cm2 and energy of 5-20 keV through the various triangle apertures of the micro-pattern mask. After in vitro culture of the nerve-like cells of rat adrenal pheochromocytoma (PC12h), results showed that the minimum line widths for a single cell attachment and for neurite extension were 5-7 and 3-5 μm, respectively. While the minimum line width for attachment of cell group with long neurite was about 20 μm. The suitable widths for a large number of cells and for neurite extension were 20 and 5 μm, respectively. Therefore, the guidance for a clear separation of the attachment size of cell body and neurite extension could be achieved by the different modified line widths.

  17. Resonant-cavity antenna for plasma heating

    DOEpatents

    Perkins, Jr., Francis W.; Chiu, Shiu-Chu; Parks, Paul; Rawls, John M.

    1987-01-01

    Disclosed is a resonant coil cavity wave launcher for energizing a plasma immersed in a magnetic field. Energization includes launching fast Alfven waves to excite ion cyclotron frequency resonances in the plasma. The cavity includes inductive and capacitive reactive members spaced no further than one-quarter wavelength from a first wall confinement chamber of the plasma. The cavity wave launcher is energized by connection to a waveguide or transmission line carrying forward power from a remote radio frequency energy source.

  18. Comparing the Chromospheric Response to Different Flare Energy Transport Mechanisms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kerr, G. S.; Reep, J. W.; Allred, J. C.; Russell, A. J. B.; Leake, J. E.; Tarr, L.

    2017-12-01

    The chromosphere is the origin of the bulk of the enhanced radiative output during solar flares, and so the mechanism(s) by which energy is transported from the release site to the chromosphere is a crucial ingredient in our understanding of flare physics. In the standard model of solar flares, non-thermal particle beams (typically electrons) transport energy from the corona to the chromosphere. While this model has been supported by flare observations, and while flare simulations employing this model have been successful in reproducing the observational characteristics of flares, there have been suggestions that electron beams are not the sole energy transport mechanism at play. Originally proposed by Emslie and Sturrock (1982), and revisited by Fletcher and Hudson (2008) the dissipation of downward propagating Alfvénic waves have been posited as an additional, or alternative, energy transport mechanism. Reep & Russell (2016) and Kerr et al (2016) used the WKB approximation to simulate flares in which energy was transported via Alfven waves. This model has been further developed to more realistically model wave energy transport by including the wave travel time (Reep et al, in prep). We present the radiative response of the solar chromosphere to energy input using both the standard electron beam mechanism, and using the updated Alfven wave mechanism, simulated using the radiation hydrodynamics code RADYN. We will show the formation properties of the Mg II and C II resonance lines, and the Mg II subordinate lines, all of which can be observed by the IRIS spacecraft, and the Ca II 8542 line which can be routinely observed from ground based observatories, commenting on any key differences in the formation of these lines in the different simulations that may be present. Finally we discuss other, less observed, chromospheric spectral lines such as Ly-alpha and He II 304 and their potential as tools to discriminate between the models, in order to determine what future observations may of particular use.

  19. Experimental studies of interactions between Alfv'en waves and striated density depletions in the LAPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Auerbach, D. W.; Carter, T. A.; Vincena, S.

    2008-11-01

    Satellite measurements in the earth's magnetosphere have associated Alfv'en frequency fluctuations with density depletions striated along the geomagnetic field. This poster presents laboratory studies in the LADP experiment at UCLA modeling this phenomena. Density depletions are pre-formed in the plasma column by selectively blocking a portion of the drive beam, and Alfv'en waves are driven in the cavity by means of an inserted antenna. Relevant experimental parameters include an ion cyclotron radius around a mm, alfven parallel wavelength several meters, electron inertial length around 6 mm, and electron thermal speeds about a third of the alfv'en speed. We report here on modifications to the wave propagation due to the density depletion. We also report on the details of the interactions between the driven wave and the secondary drift-alfv'en wave instabilities that arise on the density boundary, including wave-wave interactions and possible turbulent broadening effects on the main wave.

  20. Propagation analysis of the helicity-drive Alfven wave in the HIST spherical torus plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hyobu, T.; Hanao, T.; Hirono, H.; Ito, K.; Matsumoto, K.; Nakayama, T.; Kikuchi, Y.; Fukumoto, N.; Nagata, M.

    2012-10-01

    Coaxial Helicity Injection is an efficient current-drive method used in spherical torus experiments. It is a key issue to investigate the dynamo mechanism required to maintain the plasmas. The behavior of a low frequency Alfven wave being possibly related to the dynamo current drive has been studied on HIST. The observed magnetic fluctuation with about 80 kHz propagates along the open flux column (OFC) region, spreading toward the core region. The parallel phase velocity is estimated at 321 km/s from the propagation velocity measured axially along the OFC. The parallel phase velocity agrees well to the Alfven velocity. The radial perpendicular propagation of the Alfven wave can be calculated by a theory based on cold or warm plasma approximation with the Hall term. The theoretical calculation indicates that there are two resonance points and is a cut-off point. These resonance and cut-off points agree well with the magnetic measurement. A part of fluctuation propagates slowly beyond the first resonance point. The wave polarization is left-handed near the resonance point and then converts to be nearly liner outside the resonance point. From these results, we speculate that the torsional Alfven wave evolves to the kinetic Alfven wave during the radial propagation.

  1. Spatial nonlinear absorption of Alfven waves by dissipative plasma taking account bremsstrahlung

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Taiurskii, A. A.; Gavrikov, M. B.

    2016-10-01

    We study numerically the nonlinear absorption of a plane Alfven wave falling on the stationary boundary of dissipative plasma. This absorption is caused by such factors as the magnetic viscosity, hydrodynamic viscosity, and thermal conductivity of electrons and ions, bremsstrahlung and energy exchange between plasma components. The relevance of this investigation is due to some works, published in 2011, with regard to the heating mechanism of the solar corona and solar wind generation as a result of the absorption of plasma Alfven waves generated in the lower significantly colder layers of the Sun. Numerical analysis shows that the absorption of Alfven waves occurs at wavelengths of the order of skin depth, in which case the classical MHD equations are inapplicable. Therefore, our research is based on equations of two-fluid magnetohydrodynamics that take into account the inertia of the electrons. The implicit difference scheme proposed here for calculating plane-parallel flows of two-fluid plasma reveals a number of important patterns of absorption and thus allows us to study the dependence of the absorption on the Alfven wave frequency and the electron thermal conductivity and viscosity, as well as to evaluate the depth and the velocity of plasma heating during the penetration of Alfven waves interacting with dissipative plasma.

  2. Line width determination using a biomimetic fly eye vision system.

    PubMed

    Benson, John B; Wright, Cameron H G; Barrett, Steven F

    2007-01-01

    Developing a new vision system based on the vision of the common house fly, Musca domestica, has created many interesting design challenges. One of those problems is line width determination, which is the topic of this paper. It has been discovered that line width can be determined with a single sensor as long as either the sensor, or the object in question, has a constant, known velocity. This is an important first step for determining the width of any arbitrary object, with unknown velocity.

  3. Real-time line-width measurements: a new feature for reticle inspection systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eran, Yair; Greenberg, Gad; Joseph, Amnon; Lustig, Cornel; Mizrahi, Eyal

    1997-07-01

    The significance of line width control in mask production has become greater with the lessening of defect size. There are two conventional methods used for controlling line widths dimensions which employed in the manufacturing of masks for sub micron devices. These two methods are the critical dimensions (CD) measurement and the detection of edge defects. Achieving reliable and accurate control of line width errors is one of the most challenging tasks in mask production. Neither of the two methods cited above (namely CD measurement and the detection of edge defects) guarantees the detection of line width errors with good sensitivity over the whole mask area. This stems from the fact that CD measurement provides only statistical data on the mask features whereas applying edge defect detection method checks defects on each edge by itself, and does not supply information on the combined result of error detection on two adjacent edges. For example, a combination of a small edge defect together with a CD non- uniformity which are both within the allowed tolerance, may yield a significant line width error, which will not be detected using the conventional methods (see figure 1). A new approach for the detection of line width errors which overcomes this difficulty is presented. Based on this approach, a new sensitive line width error detector was developed and added to Orbot's RT-8000 die-to-database reticle inspection system. This innovative detector operates continuously during the mask inspection process and scans (inspects) the entire area of the reticle for line width errors. The detection is based on a comparison of measured line width that are taken on both the design database and the scanned image of the reticle. In section 2, the motivation for developing this new detector is presented. The section covers an analysis of various defect types, which are difficult to detect using conventional edge detection methods or, alternatively, CD measurements. In section 3, the basic concept of the new approach is introduced together with a description of the new detector and its characteristics. In section 4, the calibration process that took place in order to achieve reliable and repeatable line width measurements is presented. The description of an experiments conducted in order to evaluate the sensitivity of the new detector is given in section 5, followed by a report of the results of this evaluation. The conclusions are presented in section 6.

  4. The Mean Metal-line Absorption Spectrum of Damped Ly α Systems in BOSS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mas-Ribas, Lluís; Miralda-Escudé, Jordi; Pérez-Ràfols, Ignasi

    We study the mean absorption spectrum of the Damped Ly α (DLA) population at z ∼ 2.6 by stacking normalized, rest-frame-shifted spectra of ∼27,000 DLA systems from the DR12 of the Baryon Oscillation Spectroscopic Survey (BOSS)/SDSS-III. We measure the equivalent widths of 50 individual metal absorption lines in five intervals of DLA hydrogen column density, five intervals of DLA redshift, and overall mean equivalent widths for an additional 13 absorption features from groups of strongly blended lines. The mean equivalent width of low-ionization lines increases with N {sub H} {sub i}, whereas for high-ionization lines the increase is much weaker.more » The mean metal line equivalent widths decrease by a factor ∼1.1–1.5 from z ∼ 2.1 to z ∼ 3.5, with small or no differences between low- and high-ionization species. We develop a theoretical model, inspired by the presence of multiple absorption components observed in high-resolution spectra, to infer mean metal column densities from the equivalent widths of partially saturated metal lines. We apply this model to 14 low-ionization species and to Al iii, S iii, Si iii, C iv, Si iv, N v, and O vi. We use an approximate derivation for separating the equivalent width contributions of several lines to blended absorption features, and infer mean equivalent widths and column densities from lines of the additional species N i, Zn ii, C ii*, Fe iii, and S iv. Several of these mean column densities of metal lines in DLAs are obtained for the first time; their values generally agree with measurements of individual DLAs from high-resolution, high signal-to-noise ratio spectra when they are available.« less

  5. Possible 6-qubit NMR quantum computer device material; simulator of the NMR line width

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hashi, K.; Kitazawa, H.; Shimizu, T.; Goto, A.; Eguchi, S.; Ohki, S.

    2002-12-01

    For an NMR quantum computer, splitting of an NMR spectrum must be larger than a line width. In order to find a best device material for a solid-state NMR quantum computer, we have made a simulation program to calculate the NMR line width due to the nuclear dipole field by the 2nd moment method. The program utilizes the lattice information prepared by commercial software to draw a crystal structure. By applying this program, we can estimate the NMR line width due to the nuclear dipole field without measurements and find a candidate material for a 6-qubit solid-state NMR quantum computer device.

  6. The effect of lane line width and contrast upon lanekeeping.

    PubMed

    McKnight, A S; McKnight, A J; Tippetts, A S

    1998-09-01

    The combined effect of lane line width and line-pavement contrast upon lanekeeping was studied through simulation. Some 124 subjects, ages 17-79 (x = 56.30), 52% male, each performed 42 trials over road segments representing three levels of width crossed with 14 line-pavement contrast ratios. Lanekeeping performance was recorded in terms of heading error, position error, lane excursions and road excursions. Subjects were stratified into two levels of ability on a combined measure of visual, attentional and psychomotor variables known to decline with age. Contrast and width had a negligible effect upon performance except at very low contrast ratios, ca 1.02 at high pavement luminance levels (e.g. concrete) and 1.04 for very low luminance levels (e.g. asphalt). These ratios are similar to those encountered at night on wet roads. Mean overall performance error at the low contrast ratios increased by a factor of 1.6, 1.8 and 2.2 for 8, 6 and 4" widths, respectively. Lower ability subjects exhibited greater error at almost all contrast ratios, with no consistent relationship between degree of decrement and either width or contrast. The results suggest that lane line width and contrast have a negligible effect upon lanekeeping performance except at extremely low levels of contrast, where both have large effects. Further research in the roadway environment is needed to determine the relationships of line width and contrast ratio to lanekeeping on normal and degraded surface conditions.

  7. Energy densities of Alfven waves between 0.7 and 1.6 AU. [in interplanetary medium

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Belcher, J. W.; Burchsted, R.

    1974-01-01

    Plasma and field data from Mariner 4 and 5 between 0.7 and 1.6 AU are used to study the radial dependence of the levels of microscale fluctuation associated with interplanetary Alfven waves. The observed decrease of these levels with increasing distance from the sun is consistent with little or no local generation or damping of the ambient Alfven waves over this range of radial distance.

  8. Feedback instability of the ionospheric resonant cavity

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lysak, Robert L.

    1991-01-01

    A model is developed that provides a theoretical basis for previous numerical results showing a feedback instability with frequencies characteristic of Alfven travel times within the region of the large increase of Alfven speed above the ionosphere. These results have been extended to arbitrary ionospheric conductivity by developing a numerical solution of the cavity dispersion relation that involves Bessel functions of complex order and argument. It is concluded that the large contrast between the magnetospheric and ionospheric Alfven speed leads to the formation of resonant cavity modes with frequencies ranging from 0.1 to 1 Hz. The presence of the cavity leads to a modification of the reflection characteristics of Alfven waves with frequencies that compare to the cavity's normal modes.

  9. Alfven waves in spiral interplanetary field

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Whang, Y. C.

    1973-01-01

    A theoretical study is presented of the Alfven waves in the spiral interplanetary magnetic field. The Alfven waves under consideration are arbitrary, large amplitude, non-monochromatic, microscale waves of any polarization. They superpose on a mesoscale background flow of thermally anisotropic plasma. Using WKB approximation, an analytical solution for the amplitude vectors is obtained as a function of the background flow properties: density, velocity, Alfven speed, thermal anisotropy, and the spiral angel. The necessary condition for the validity of the WKB solution is discussed. The intensity of fluctuations is calculated as a function of heliocentric distance. Relative intensity of fluctuations as compared with the magnitude of the background field has its maximum in the region near l au. Thus outside of this region, the solar wind is less turbulent.

  10. Small amplitude Kinetic Alfven waves in a superthermal electron-positron-ion plasma

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adnan, Muhammad; Mahmood, Sahahzad; Qamar, Anisa; Tribeche, Mouloud

    2016-11-01

    We are investigating the propagating properties of coupled Kinetic Alfven-acoustic waves in a low beta plasma having superthermal electrons and positrons. Using the standard reductive perturbation method, a nonlinear Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) type equation is derived which describes the evolution of Kinetic Alfven waves. It is found that nonlinearity and Larmor radius effects can compromise and give rise to solitary structures. The parametric role of superthermality and positron content on the characteristics of solitary wave structures is also investigated. It is found that only sub-Alfvenic and compressive solitons are supported in the present model. The present study may find applications in a low β electron-positron-ion plasma having superthermal electrons and positrons.

  11. Analysis and gyrokinetic simulation of MHD Alfven wave interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nielson, Kevin Derek

    The study of low-frequency turbulence in magnetized plasmas is a difficult problem due to both the enormous range of scales involved and the variety of physics encompassed over this range. Much of the progress that has been made in turbulence theory is based upon a result from incompressible magnetohydrodynamics (MHD), in which energy is only transferred from large scales to small via the collision of Alfven waves propagating oppositely along the mean magnetic field. Improvements in laboratory devices and satellite measurements have demonstrated that, while theories based on this premise are useful over inertial ranges, describing turbulence at scales that approach particle gyroscales requires new theory. In this thesis, we examine the limits of incompressible MHD theory in describing collisions between pairs of Alfven waves. This interaction represents the fundamental unit of plasma turbulence. To study this interaction, we develop an analytic theory describing the nonlinear evolution of interacting Alfven waves and compare this theory to simulations performed using the gyrokinetic code AstroGK. Gyrokinetics captures a much richer set of physics than that described by incompressible MHD, and is well-suited to describing Alfvenic turbulence around the ion gyroscale. We demonstrate that AstroGK is well suited to the study of physical Alfven waves by reproducing laboratory Alfven dispersion data collected using the LAPD. Additionally, we have developed an initialization alogrithm for use with AstroGK that allows exact Alfven eigenmodes to be initialized with user specified amplitudes and phases. We demonstrate that our analytic theory based upon incompressible MHD gives excellent agreement with gyrokinetic simulations for weakly turbulent collisions in the limit that k⊥rho i << 1. In this limit, agreement is observed in the time evolution of nonlinear products, and in the strength of nonlinear interaction with respect to polarization and scale. We also examine the effect of wave amplitude upon the validity of our analytic solution, exploring the nature of strong turbulence. In the kinetic limit where k⊥ rhoi ≳ 1 where incompressible MHD is no longer a valid description, we illustrate how the nonlinear evolution departs from our analytic expression. The analytic theory we develop provides a framework from which more sophisticated of weak and strong inertial-range turbulence theories may be developed. Characterization of the limits of this theory may provide guidance in the development of kinetic Alfven wave turbulence.

  12. Modeling the excitation of global Alfven modes by an external antenna in the Joint European Torus (JET)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huysmans, G.T.A.; Kerner, W.; Borba, D.

    1995-05-01

    The active excitation of global Alfven modes using the saddle coils in the Joint European Torus (JET) [{ital Plasma} {ital Physics} {ital and} {ital Controlled} {ital Nuclear} {ital Fusion} {ital Research} 1984, Proceedings of the 10th International Conference, London (International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1985), Vol. 1, p. 11] as the external antenna, will provide information on the damping of global modes without the need to drive the modes unstable. For the modeling of the Alfven mode excitation, the toroidal resistive magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) code CASTOR (Complex Alfven Spectrum in TORoidal geometry) [18{ital th} {ital EPS} {ital Conference} {ital On} {italmore » Controlled} {ital Fusion} {ital and} {ital Plasma} {ital Physics}, Berlin, 1991, edited by P. Bachmann and D. C. Robinson (The European Physical Society, Petit-Lancy, 1991), Vol. 15, Part IV, p. 89] has been extended to calculate the response to an external antenna. The excitation of a high-performance, high beta JET discharge is studied numerically. In particular, the influence of a finite pressure is investigated. Weakly damped low-{ital n} global modes do exist in the gaps in the continuous spectrum at high beta. A pressure-driven global mode is found due to the interaction of Alfven and slow modes. Its frequency scales solely with the plasma temperature, not like a pure Alfven mode with a density and magnetic field.« less

  13. Heating mechanism(s) for transition layers in giants

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bohm-Vitense, Erika; Mena-Werth, Jose

    1991-01-01

    The emission-line fluxes of lines originating in the lower parts of the transition layers between stellar chromospheres and coronas are studied. Simon and Drake (1989) suspect different heating mechanisms for 'hot' and cool stars. Changes in the flux ratios for the C IV to C II emission lines support this suspicion. Large C IV/C II line flux ratios appear to be indicative of magnetically controlled heating. A correlation between excess continuum flux around 1950 A and C II emission-line fluxes are confirmed for the cooler giants (late F and cooler). Excess continuum flux correlates positively with large C IV/C II line flux ratio. The excess continuum flux corresponds to an increase in temperature by several hundred degrees in layers with a mean optical depth of about 0.03. For chromospherically active stars these layers experience a mechanical flux deposition of the order of 1 percent of the total radiative flux. This flux is tentatively identified as an MHD wave flux similar to Alfven waves.

  14. Neonatal line width in deciduous incisors from Neolithic, mediaeval and modern skeletal samples from north-central Poland.

    PubMed

    Kurek, Marta; Żądzińska, Elżbieta; Sitek, Aneta; Borowska-Strugińska, Beata; Rosset, Iwona; Lorkiewicz, Wiesław

    2016-01-01

    The neonatal line is usually the first accentuated incremental line visible on the enamel. The prenatal environment significantly contributes to the width of the neonatal line, influencing the pace of reaching post-delivery homeostasis by the newborn's organism. Studies of the enamel of the earliest developing deciduous teeth can provide an insight into the prenatal development and the perinatal conditions of children of past human populations, thus being an additional source contributing to consideration of the influence of prenatal and perinatal factors modifying growth processes. The aim of this study was to examine whether the neonatal line, reflecting the conditions of the prenatal and perinatal environment, differed between the Neolithic, the mediaeval and the modern populations from the Kujawy region in north-central Poland. The material consisted of longitudinally ground sections of 57 human deciduous incisors obtained from children aged 1.0-7.5 years representing three archaeological series from Brześć Kujawski site. All teeth were sectioned in the labio-linqual plane using a diamond blade (Buechler IsoMet 1000). Final specimens were observed with the microscope Delta Optical Evolution 300 at 10× and 40× magnifications. For each tooth, linear measurements of the neonatal line width were performed on its labial surface at the three levels from the cemento-enamel junction. No significant difference was found in the mean neonatal line width depending on the tooth type and archaeological site, although the thickest neonatal line characterised children from the Neolithic series. In all analysed series, the neonatal line width was diversified depending on the child's age at death. The value of Spearman's rank correlation coefficient calculated for the correlation between the child's age at death and the neonatal line width was statistically significant. A clear increase in the width of the neonatal line was thus observed along with a decrease in the child's age at death. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.

  15. Observations of reconnection of interplanetary and lobe magnetic field lines at the high-latitude magnetopause

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gosling, J. T.; Thomsen, M. F.; Bame, S. J.; Elphic, R. C.; Russell, C. T.

    1991-01-01

    Results are presented of ISEE 2 observations of plasma accelerations obtained at the high-latitude (lobe) magnetopause at a time when the local magnetosheath and magnetospheric magnetic fields were nearly oppositely directed and the flow speed in the magnetosheath, V(s), was nearly equal to the local Alfven speed, V(A). The observations provide direct evidence for the rereconnection of the open field lines of the tail lobes with the IMF, when the magnetic field shear is large. It is pointed out, however, that, since V(s) was almost equal to V(A), it is unlikely that the rereconnection is associated with the strong sunward convection in the polar cap.

  16. M3D-K Simulations of Beam-Driven Alfven Eigenmodes in ASDEX-U

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Ge; Fu, Guoyong; Lauber, Philipp; Schneller, Mirjam

    2013-10-01

    Core-localized Alfven eigenmodes are often observed in neutral beam-heated plasma in ASDEX-U tokamak. In this work, hybrid simulations with the global kinetic/MHD hybrid code M3D-K have been carried out to investigate the linear stability and nonlinear dynamics of beam-driven Alfven eigenmodes using experimental parameters and profiles of an ASDEX-U discharge. The safety factor q profile is weakly reversed with minimum q value about qmin = 3.0. The simulation results show that the n = 3 mode transits from a reversed shear Alfven eigenmode (RSAE) to a core-localized toroidal Alfven eigenmode (TAE) as qmin drops from 3.0 to 2.79, consistent with results from the stability code NOVA as well as the experimental measurement. The M3D-K results are being compared with those of the linear gyrokinetic stability code LIGKA for benchmark. The simulation results will also be compared with the measured mode frequency and mode structure. This work was funded by the Max-Planck/Princeton Center for Plasma Physics.

  17. Heating and background plasma modification associated with large amplitude kinetic Alfv'en wave launch in LAPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carter, T. A.; Auerbach, D. W.; Brugman, B. T.

    2007-11-01

    Large amplitude kinetic Alfv'en waves (δB/B ˜1% > k/k) are generated in the Large Plasma Device (LAPD) at UCLA using loop antennas. Substantial electron heating is observed, localized to the wave current channels. The Poynting flux associated with the Alfv'en waves is substantial and the observed heating may be at least in part due to collisional and Landau damping of these waves. However, heating by antenna near inductive electric fields may also be responsible for the observations. A discussion of both possibilities will be presented, including measurements of near fields of the antenna. The heating structures the background plasma and results in the excitation of drift-Alfv'en waves. These drift waves then interact with the incident Alfv'en wave, causing sideband generation which results in a nearly broadband state at high wave power. This process may represent an alternate mechanism by which unidirectional kinetic Alfv'en waves can nonlinearly generate a turbulent spectrum. In addition to electron heating, evidence for background density modification and electron acceleration is observed and will be presented.

  18. Mitigation of Alfvenic activity by 3D magnetic perturbations on NSTX

    DOE PAGES

    Kramer, G. J.; Bortolon, A.; Ferraro, N. M.; ...

    2016-07-05

    Observations on the National Spherical Torus eXperiment (NSTX) indicate that externally applied non-axisymmetric magnetic perturbations (MP) can reduce the amplitude of Toroidal Alfven Eigenmodes (TAE) and Global Alfven Eigenmodes (GAE) in response to pulsed n=3 non-resonant fields. From full-orbit following Monte Carlo simulations with the 1- and 2-fluid resistive MHD plasma response to the magnetic perturbation included, it was found that in response to MP pulses the fast-ion losses increased and the fast-ion drive for the GAEs was reduced. The MP did not affect the fast-ion drive for the TAEs significantly but the Alfven continuum at the plasma edge wasmore » found to be altered due to the toroidal symmetry breaking which leads to coupling of different toroidal harmonics. The TAE gap was reduced at the edge creating enhanced continuum damping of the global TAEs, which is consistent with the observations. Furthermore, the results suggest that optimized non-axisymmetric MP might be exploited to control and mitigate Alfven instabilities by tailoring the fast-ion distribution function and/or continuum structure.« less

  19. Alfven Waves Underlying Ionospheric Destabilization: Ground-Based Observations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hirsch, Michael

    During geomagnetic storms, terawatts of power in the million mile-per-hour solar wind pierce the Earth's magnetosphere. Geomagnetic storms and substorms create transverse magnetic waves known as Alfven waves. In the auroral acceleration region, Alfven waves accelerate electrons up to one-tenth the speed of light via wave-particle interactions. These inertial Alfven wave (IAW) accelerated electrons are imbued with sub-100 meter structure perpendicular to geomagnetic field B. The IAW electric field parallel to B accelerates electrons up to about 10 keV along B. The IAW dispersion relation quantifies the precipitating electron striation observed with high-speed cameras as spatiotemporally dynamic fine structured aurora. A network of tightly synchronized tomographic auroral observatories using model based iterative reconstruction (MBIR) techniques were developed in this dissertation. The TRANSCAR electron penetration model creates a basis set of monoenergetic electron beam eigenprofiles of auroral volume emission rate for the given location and ionospheric conditions. Each eigenprofile consists of nearly 200 broadband line spectra modulated by atmospheric attenuation, bandstop filter and imager quantum efficiency. The L-BFGS-B minimization routine combined with sub-pixel registered electron multiplying CCD video stream at order 10 ms cadence yields estimates of electron differential number flux at the top of the ionosphere. Our automatic data curation algorithm reduces one terabyte/camera/day into accurate MBIR-processed estimates of IAW-driven electron precipitation microstructure. This computer vision structured auroral discrimination algorithm was developed using a multiscale dual-camera system observing a 175 km and 14 km swath of sky simultaneously. This collective behavior algorithm exploits the "swarm" behavior of aurora, detectable even as video SNR approaches zero. A modified version of the algorithm is applied to topside ionospheric radar at Mars and broadcast FM passive radar. The fusion of data from coherent radar backscatter and optical data at order 10 ms cadence confirms and further quantifies the relation of strong Langmuir turbulence and streaming plasma upflows in the ionosphere with the finest spatiotemporal auroral dynamics associated with IAW acceleration. The software programs developed in this dissertation solve the century-old problem of automatically discriminating finely structured aurora from other forms and pushes the observational wave-particle science frontiers forward.

  20. Electron Stark Broadening Database for Atomic N, O, and C Lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liu, Yen; Yao, Winifred M.; Wray, Alan A.; Carbon, Duane F.

    2012-01-01

    A database for efficiently computing the electron Stark broadening line widths for atomic N, O, and C lines is constructed. The line width is expressed in terms of the electron number density and electronatom scattering cross sections based on the Baranger impact theory. The state-to-state cross sections are computed using the semiclassical approximation, in which the atom is treated quantum mechanically whereas the motion of the free electron follows a classical trajectory. These state-to-state cross sections are calculated based on newly compiled line lists. Each atomic line list consists of a careful merger of NIST, Vanderbilt, and TOPbase line datasets from wavelength 50 nm to 50 micrometers covering the VUV to IR spectral regions. There are over 10,000 lines in each atomic line list. The widths for each line are computed at 13 electron temperatures between 1,000 K 50,000 K. A linear least squares method using a four-term fractional power series is then employed to obtain an analytical fit for each line-width variation as a function of the electron temperature. The maximum L2 error of the analytic fits for all lines in our line lists is about 5%.

  1. Disparity of spectral behavior of RR Tel and RX Pup in the UV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sanad, M. R.

    2010-07-01

    The main aim of this study is to use archival low-dispersion spectra from the International Ultraviolet Explorer (IUE) in an attempt to follow up the spectral behavior of two symbiotic Mira systems RR Tel and RX Pup of the period from 1978-1995 and 1979-1989 for two systems respectively. We concentrated on studying N IV 1486 Å intercombination line, coming from the emission nebulae ( Bryan and Kwok, 1991; Muerset et al., 1991; Murset and Nussbaumer, 1994), by calculating the line fluxes and line widths of N IV 1486 Å. We found that there is a disparity of spectral variability for these physical parameters at different times for both systems. For RR Tel, both line fluxes and line widths are increasing with the phase, while for RX Pup, both line fluxes and line widths are decreasing with the phase. There is a relation between the parameters of this emission line (line flux, line width) and phase, which we attribute to the variations of temperature of the emission nebulae at different times, as a result of the activity of the hot component.

  2. The Atmospheric Dynamics of Alpha Tau (K5 III) - Clues to Understanding the Magnetic Dynamo in Late-Type Giant Stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carpenter, Kenneth G.; Airapetian, Vladimir

    2008-01-01

    Using HST/GHRS, HST/STIS and FUSE archival data for a Tau and the CHIANTI spectroscopic code, we have derived line shifts, volumetric emission measures, and plasma density estimates, and calculated filling factors for a number of UV lines forming between 10,000 K and 300,000 K in the outer atmosphere of this red giant star. The data suggest the presence of low-temperature extended regions and high-temperature compact regions, associated with magnetically open and closed structures in the stellar atmosphere, respectively. The signatures of UV lines from a Tau can be consistently understood via a model of upward-traveling Alfv6n waves in a gravitationally stratified atmosphere. These waves cause nonthermal broadening in UV lines due to unresolved wave motions and downward plasma motions in compact magnetic loops heated by resonant Alfven wave heating.

  3. Formation of quasiparallel Alfven solitons

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hamilton, R. L.; Kennel, C. F.; Mjolhus, E.

    1992-01-01

    The formation of quasi-parallel Alfven solitons is investigated through the inverse scattering transformation (IST) for the derivative nonlinear Schroedinger (DNLS) equation. The DNLS has a rich complement of soliton solutions consisting of a two-parameter soliton family and a one-parameter bright/dark soliton family. In this paper, the physical roles and origins of these soliton families are inferred through an analytic study of the scattering data generated by the IST for a set of initial profiles. The DNLS equation has as limiting forms the nonlinear Schroedinger (NLS), Korteweg-de-Vries (KdV) and modified Korteweg-de-Vries (MKdV) equations. Each of these limits is briefly reviewed in the physical context of quasi-parallel Alfven waves. The existence of these limiting forms serves as a natural framework for discussing the formation of Alfven solitons.

  4. Determination of natural line widths of Kα X-ray lines for some elements in the atomic range 50≤Z≤65 at 59.5 keV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kündeyi, Kadriye; Aylıkcı, Nuray Küp; Tıraşoǧlu, Engin; Kahoul, Abdelhalim; Aylıkcı, Volkan

    2017-02-01

    The semi-empirical determination of natural widths of Kα X-ray lines (Kα1 and Kα2) were performed for Sn, Sb, Te, I, Ba, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd and Tb. For the semi-empirical determination of the line widths, K shell fluorescence yields of elements were measured. The samples were excited by 59.5 keV γ rays from a 241Am annular radioactive source in order to measure the K shell fluorescence yields. The emitted K X-rays from the samples were counted by an Ultra-LEGe detector with a resolution of 150 eV at 5.9 keV. The measured K shell fluorescence yields were used for the calculation of K shell level widths. Finally, the natural widths of K X-ray lines were determined as the sums of levels which involved in the transition. The obtained values were compared with earlier studies.

  5. Super-alfvenic propagation of cosmic rays: The role of streaming modes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Morrison, P. J.; Scott, J. S.; Holman, G. D.; Ionson, J. A.

    1980-01-01

    Numerous cosmic ray propagation and acceleration problems require knowledge of the propagation speed of relativistic particles through an ambient plasma. Previous calculations indicated that self-generated turbulence scatters relativistic particles and reduces their bulk streaming velocity to the Alfven speed. This result was incorporated into all currently prominent theories of cosmic ray acceleration and propagation. It is demonstrated that super-Alfvenic propagation is indeed possible for a wide range of physical parameters. This fact dramatically affects the predictions of these models.

  6. Line shape parameters of PH3 transitions in the Pentad near 4-5 μm: Self-broadened widths, shifts, line mixing and speed dependence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malathy Devi, V.; Benner, D. Chris; Kleiner, Isabelle; Sams, Robert L.; Fletcher, Leigh N.

    2014-08-01

    Accurate knowledge of spectroscopic line parameters of PH3 is important for remote sensing of the outer planets, especially Jupiter and Saturn. In a recent study, line positions and intensities for the Pentad bands of PH3 have been reported from analysis of high-resolution, high signal-to noise room-temperature spectra recorded with two Fourier transform spectrometers (2014) [1]. The results presented in this study were obtained during the analysis of positions and intensities, but here we focus on the measurements of spectral line shapes (e.g. widths, shifts, line mixing) for the 2ν4, ν2 + ν4, ν1 and ν3 bands. A multispectrum nonlinear least squares curve fitting technique employing a non-Voigt line shape to include line mixing and speed dependence of the Lorentz width was employed to fit the spectra simultaneously. The least squares fittings were performed on five room-temperature spectra recorded at various PH3 pressures (∼2-50 Torr) with the Bruker IFS-125HR Fourier transform spectrometer (FTS) located at the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL), in Richland, Washington. Over 840 Lorentz self-broadened half-width coefficients, 620 self-shift coefficients and 185 speed dependence parameters were measured. Line mixing was detected for transitions in the 2ν4, ν1 and ν3 bands, and their values were quantified for 10 A+A- pairs of transitions via off-diagonal relaxation matrix element formalism. The dependences of the measured half-width coefficients on the J and K rotational quanta of the transitions are discussed. The self-width coefficients for the ν1 and ν3 bands from this study are compared to the self-width coefficients for transitions with the same rotational quanta (J, K) reported for the Dyad (ν2 and ν4) bands. The measurements from present study should be useful for the development of a reliable theoretical modeling of pressure-broadened widths, shifts and line mixing in symmetric top molecules with C3v symmetry in general, and of PH3 in particular.

  7. Line shape parameters of PH 3 transitions in the Pentad near 4–5 μm: Self-broadened widths, shifts, line mixing and speed dependence

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Malathy Devi, V.; Benner, D. C.; Kleiner, Isabelle

    2014-08-01

    Accurate knowledge of spectroscopic line parameters of PH 3 is important for remote sensing of the outer planets, especially Jupiter and Saturn. In a recent study, line positions and intensities for the Pentad bands of PH 3 have been reported from analysis of high-resolution, high signal-to noise room-temperature spectra recorded with two Fourier transform spectrometers (2014) [1]. The results presented in this study were obtained during the analysis of positions and intensities, but here we focus on the measurements of spectral line shapes (e.g. widths, shifts, line mixing) for the 2ν 4, ν 2 + ν 4, ν 1 andmore » ν 3 bands. A multispectrum nonlinear least squares curve fitting technique employing a non-Voigt line shape to include line mixing and speed dependence of the Lorentz width was employed to fit the spectra simultaneously. The least squares fittings were performed on five room-temperature spectra recorded at various PH 3 pressures (~2–50 Torr) with the Bruker IFS-125HR Fourier transform spectrometer (FTS) located at the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL), in Richland, Washington. Over 840 Lorentz self-broadened half-width coefficients, 620 self-shift coefficients and 185 speed dependence parameters were measured. Line mixing was detected for transitions in the 2ν 4, ν 1 and ν 3 bands, and their values were quantified for 10 A+A- pairs of transitions via off-diagonal relaxation matrix element formalism. The dependences of the measured half-width coefficients on the J and K rotational quanta of the transitions are discussed. The self-width coefficients for the ν 1 and ν 3 bands from this study are compared to the self-width coefficients for transitions with the same rotational quanta (J, K) reported for the Dyad (ν 2 and ν 4) bands. The measurements from present study should be useful for the development of a reliable theoretical modeling of pressure-broadened widths, shifts and line mixing in symmetric top molecules with C 3v symmetry in general, and of PH 3 in particular.« less

  8. Amide I SFG Spectral Line Width Probes the Lipid-Peptide and Peptide-Peptide Interactions at Cell Membrane In Situ and in Real Time.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Baixiong; Tan, Junjun; Li, Chuanzhao; Zhang, Jiahui; Ye, Shuji

    2018-06-13

    The balance of lipid-peptide and peptide-peptide interactions at cell membrane is essential to a large variety of cellular processes. In this study, we have experimentally demonstrated for the first time that sum frequency generation vibrational spectroscopy can be used to probe the peptide-peptide and lipid-peptide interactions in cell membrane in situ and in real time by determination of the line width of amide I band of protein backbone. Using a "benchmark" model of α-helical WALP23, it is found that the dominated lipid-peptide interaction causes a narrow line width of the amide I band, whereas the peptide-peptide interaction can markedly broaden the line width. When WALP23 molecules insert into the lipid bilayer, a quite narrow line width of the amide I band is observed because of the lipid-peptide interaction. In contrast, when the peptide lies down on the bilayer surface, the line width of amide I band becomes very broad owing to the peptide-peptide interaction. In terms of the real-time change in the line width, the transition from peptide-peptide interaction to lipid-peptide interaction is monitored during the insertion of WALP23 into 1,2-dipalmitoyl- sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'- rac-glycerol) (DPPG) lipid bilayer. The dephasing time of a pure α-helical WALP23 in 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl- sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'- rac-glycerol) and DPPG bilayer is determined to be 2.2 and 0.64 ps, respectively. The peptide-peptide interaction can largely accelerate the dephasing time.

  9. Generation of Alfvenic Double Layers, Formation of Auroral Arcs, and Their Impact on Energy and Momentum Transfer in M-I Coupling System

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Y.; Lysak, R. L.

    2017-12-01

    Parallel electrostatic electric fields provide a powerful mechanism to accelerate auroral particles to high energy in the auroral acceleration region (AAR), creating both quasi-static and Alfvenic discrete aurorae. The total field-aligned current can be written as J||total=J||+J||D, where the displacement current is denoted as J||D=(1/4π)(∂E||/∂t), which describes the E||-generation (Song and Lysak, 2006). The generation of the total field-aligned current is related to spatial gradients of the parallel vorticity caused by the axial torque acting on field-aligned flux tubes in M-I coupling system. It should be noticed that parallel electric fields are not produced by the field-aligned current. In fact, the E||-generation is caused by Alfvenic interaction in the M-I coupling system, and is favored by a low plasma density and the enhanced localized azimuthal magnetic flux. We suggest that the nonlinear interaction of incident and reflected Alfven wave packets in the AAR can create reactive stress concentration, and therefore can generate the parallel electrostatic electric fields together with a seed low density cavity. The generated electric fields will quickly deepen the seed low density cavity, which can effectively create even stronger electrostatic electric fields. The electrostatic electric fields nested in a low density cavity and surrounded by enhanced azimuthal magnetic flux constitute Alfvenic electromagnetic plasma structures, such as Alfvenic Double Layers (DLs). The Poynting flux carried by Alfven waves can continuously supply energy from the generator region to the auroral acceleration region, supporting and sustaining Alfvenic DLs with long-lasting electrostatic electric fields which accelerate auroral particles to high energy. The generation of parallel electric fields and the formation of auroral arcs can redistribute perpendicular mechanical and magnetic stresses in auroral flux tubes, decoupling the magnetosphere from ionosphere drag locally. This may enhance the magnetotail earthward shear flows and rapidly buildup stronger parallel electric fields in the auroral acceleration region, leading to a sudden and violent tail energy release, if there is accumulated free magnetic energy in the tail.

  10. Stormtime and Interplanetary Magnetic Field Drivers of Wave and Particle Acceleration Processes in the Magnetosphere-Ionosphere Transition Region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hatch, Spencer Mark

    The magnetosphere-ionosphere (M-I) transition region is the several thousand-kilometer stretch between the cold, dense and variably resistive region of ionized atmospheric gases beginning tens of kilometers above the terrestrial surface, and the hot, tenuous, and conductive plasmas that interface with the solar wind at higher altitudes. The M-I transition region is therefore the site through which magnetospheric conditions, which are strongly susceptible to solar wind dynamics, are communicated to ionospheric plasmas, and vice versa. We systematically study the influence of geomagnetic storms on energy input, electron precipitation, and ion outflow in the M-I transition region, emphasizing the role of inertial Alfven waves both as a preferred mechanism for dynamic (instead of static) energy transfer and particle acceleration, and as a low-altitude manifestation of high-altitude interaction between the solar wind and the magnetosphere, as observed by the FAST satellite. Via superposed epoch analysis and high-latitude distributions derived as a function of storm phase, we show that storm main and recovery phase correspond to strong modulations of measures of Alfvenic activity in the vicinity of the cusp as well as premidnight. We demonstrate that storm main and recovery phases occur during 30% of the four-year period studied, but together account for more than 65% of global Alfvenic energy deposition and electron precipitation, and more than 70% of the coincident ion outflow. We compare observed interplanetary magnetic field (IMF) control of inertial Alfven wave activity with Lyon-Fedder-Mobarry global MHD simulations predicting that southward IMF conditions lead to generation of Alfvenic power in the magnetotail, and that duskward IMF conditions lead to enhanced prenoon Alfvenic power in the Northern Hemisphere. Observed and predicted prenoon Alfvenic power enhancements contrast with direct-entry precipitation, which is instead enhanced postnoon. This situation reverses under dawnward IMF. Despite clear observational and simulated signatures of dayside Alfvenic power, the generation mechanism remains unclear. Last, we present premidnight FAST observations of accelerated precipitation that is best described by a kappa distribution, signaling a nonthermal source population. We examine the implications for the commonly used Knight Relation.

  11. Discovery of Ubiquitous Fast Propagating Intensity Disturbances by the Chromospheric Lyman Alpha Spectropolarimeter (CLASP)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kubo, M.; Katsukawa, Y.; Suematsu, Y.; Kano, R.; Bando, T.; Narukage, N.; Ishikawa, R.; Hara, H.; Giono, G.; Tsuneta, S.; hide

    2016-01-01

    High cadence observations by the slit-jaw (SJ) optics system of the sounding rocket experiment known as the Chromospheric Lyman Alpha SpectroPolarimeter (CLASP) reveal ubiquitous intensity disturbances that recurrently propagate in one or both of the chromosphere or transition region at a speed much higher than the sound speed. The CLASP/SJ instrument provides a time series of 2D images taken with broadband filters centered on the Ly(alpha) line at a 0.6 s cadence. The fast propagating intensity disturbances are detected in the quiet Sun and in an active region, and at least 20 events are clearly detected in the field of view of 527'' x 527'' during the 5-minute observing time. The apparent speeds of the intensity disturbances range from 150 to 350 km/s, and they are comparable to the local Alfven speed in the transition region. The intensity disturbances tend to propagate along bright elongated structures away from areas with strong photospheric magnetic fields. This suggests that the observed propagating intensity disturbances are related to the magnetic canopy structures. The maximum distance traveled by the intensity disturbances is of about 10'', and the widths are a few arcseconds, which is almost determined by the pixel size of 1.''03. The timescale of each intensity pulse is shorter than 30 s. One possible explanation of the fast propagating intensity disturbances observed by CLASP is magneto-hydrodynamic fast mode waves.

  12. Laboratory measurements of VUV N2 photoabsorption cross sections and line widths: applications to planetary atmospheric transmission models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smith, P. L.; Stark, G.; Yoshino, K.

    2003-05-01

    The analyses of VUV occultation measurements of the N2-rich atmospheres of Titan and Triton are hampered by the lack of fundamental spectroscopic data for N2. There is a need for reliable photoabsorption cross sections and line widths for the 100 electronic bands of N2 in the 80 to 100 nm wavelength region. We present analyses of new measurements of individual line strengths and widths in N2 bands in the region 94 to 100 nm. Within individual bands, we find significant departures from the predicted line strength distributions based on isolated band models. Line width analyses within each band indicate that predissociation-broadening is often highly dependent on the rotational quantum number. We illustrate the importance of N2 line widths in the analysis of occultation measurements via N2 transmission models over selected wavelength regions. We have continued to compile on-line molecular spectroscopic atlas based on our N2 laboratory data: http://cfa-www.harvard.edu/amdata/ampdata/N2ARCHIVE/n2home.html. The archive includes published and unpublished 14N2, 14N15N, and 15N2 line lists and spectroscopic identifications, excited state energy levels, band and line f-values, a summary of published band f-value and line width measurements, and a cross-referenced summary of the relevant N2 literature. The listings are searchable by wavelength interval or band identification and are suitable for down-loading in a convenient format. We gratefully acknowledge funding support from NASA grant NAG5-9059 and the Smithsonian Institution Atherton-Seidell Grant Program.

  13. Electric Field Observations of Plasma Convection, Shear, Alfven Waves, and other Phenomena Observed on Sounding Rockets in the Cusp and Boundary Layer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pfaff, R. F.

    2009-01-01

    On December 14,2002, a NASA Black Brant X sounding rocket was launched equatorward from Ny Alesund, Spitzbergen (79 N) into the dayside cusp and subsequently cut across the open/closed field line boundary, reaching an apogee of771 km. The launch occurred during Bz negative conditions with strong By negative that was changing during the flight. SuperDarn (CUTLASS) radar and subsequent model patterns reveal a strong westward/poleward convection, indicating that the rocket traversed a rotational reversal in the afternoon merging cell. The payload returned DC electric and magnetic fields, plasma waves, energetic particle, suprathermal electron and ion, and thermal plasma data. We provide an overview of the main observations and focus on the DC electric field results, comparing the measured E x B plasma drifts in detail with the CUTLASS radar observations of plasma drifts gathered simultaneously in the same volume. The in situ DC electric fields reveal steady poleward flows within the cusp with strong shears at the interface of the closed/open field lines and within the boundary layer. We use the observations to discuss ionospheric signatures of the open/closed character of the cusp/low latitude boundary layer as a function of the IMF. The electric field and plasma density data also reveal the presence of very strong plasma irregularities with a large range of scales (10 m to 10 km) that exist within the open field line cusp region yet disappear when the payload was equatorward of the cusp on closed field lines. These intense low frequency wave observations are consistent with strong scintillations observed on the ground at Ny Alesund during the flight. We present detailed wave characteristics and discuss them in terms of Alfven waves and static irregularities that pervade the cusp region at all altitudes.

  14. Correction to the Alfven-Lawson criterion for relativistic electron beams

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dodin, I. Y.; Fisch, N. J.

    2006-10-15

    The Alfven-Lawson criterion for relativistic electron beams is revised. The parameter range is found, in which a stationary beam can carry arbitrarily large current, regardless of its transverse structure.

  15. Magnetospheric filter effect for Pc 3 Alfven mode waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhang, X.; Comfort, R. H.; Gallagher, D. L.; Green, J. L.; Musielak, Z. E.; Moore, T. E.

    1995-01-01

    We present a ray-tracing study of the propagation of Pc 3 Alfven mode waves originating at the dayside magnetopause. This study reveals interesting features of magnetospheric filter effect for these waves. Pc 3 Alfven mode waves cannot penetrate to low Earth altitudes unless the wave frequency is below approximately 30 mHz. Configurations of the dispersion curves and the refractive index show that the gyroresonance and pseudo-cutoff introduced by the heavy ion O(+) block the waves. When the O(+) concentration is removed from the plasma composition, the barriers caused by the O(+) no longer exist, and waves with much higher frequencies than 30 mHz can penetrate to low altitudes. The result that the 30 mHz or lower frequency Alfven waves can be guided to low altitudes agrees with ground-based power spectrum observation at high altitudes.

  16. Magnetospheric filter effect for Pc 3 Alfven mode waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zhang, X.; Comfort, R. H.; Gallagher, D. L.; Green, J. L.; Musielak, Z. E.; Moore, T. E.

    1994-01-01

    We present a ray-tracing study of the propagation of Pc 3 Alfven mode waves originating at the dayside magnetopause. This study reveals interesting features of a magnetospheric filter effect for these waves. Pc 3 Alfven mode waves cannot penetrate to low Earth altitudes unless the wave frequency is below approximately 30 mHz. Configurations of the dispersion curves and the refractive index show that the gyroresonance and pseudo-cutoff introduced by the heavy ion O(+) block the waves. When the O(+) concentration is removed from the plasma composition, the barriers caused by the O(+) no longer exist, and waves with much higher frequencies than 30 mHz can penetrate to low altitudes. The result that the 30 mHz or lower frequency Alfven waves can be guided to low altitudes agrees with ground-based power spectrum observations at high latitudes.

  17. Edge turbulence and divertor heat flux width simulations of Alcator C-Mod discharges using an electromagnetic two-fluid model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, B.; Xu, X. Q.; Xia, T. Y.; Porkolab, M.; Edlund, E.; LaBombard, B.; Terry, J.; Hughes, J. W.; Mao, S. F.; Ye, M. Y.; Wan, Y. X.

    2017-11-01

    The BOUT++ code has been exploited in order to improve the understanding of the role of turbulent modes in controlling edge transport and resulting scaling of the scrape-off layer (SOL) heat flux width. For the C-Mod enhanced D_α (EDA) H-mode discharges, BOUT++ six-field two-fluid nonlinear simulations show a reasonable agreement of upstream turbulence and divertor target heat flux behavior: (a) the simulated quasi-coherent modes show consistent characteristics of the frequency versus poloidal wave number spectra of the electromagnetic fluctuations when compared with experimental measurements: frequencies are around 60-120 kHz (experiment: about 70-110 kHz), k_θ are around 2.0 cm-1 which is similar to the phase contrast imaging data; (b) linear spectrum analysis is consistent with the nonlinear phase relationship calculation which indicates the dominance of resistive-ballooning modes and drift-Alfven wave instabilities; (c) the SOL heat flux width λq versus current I p scaling is reproduced by turbulent transport: the simulations yield similar λq to experimental measurements within a factor of 2. However the magnitudes of divertor heat fluxes can be varied, depending on the physics models, sources and sinks, sheath boundary conditions, or flux limiting coefficient; (d) Simple estimate by the ‘2-point model’ for λq is consistent with simulation. Moreover, blobby turbulent spreading is confirmed for these relatively high B p shots.

  18. Folded inflatable protective device and method for making same

    DOEpatents

    Behr, V.L.; Nelsen, J.M.; Gwinn, K.W.

    1998-10-20

    An apparatus and method are disclosed for making an inflatable protective device made of lightweight material that can withstand the initial stress from inflation and enhance radial inflation. The device includes a cushion and an inflator port. The invention further includes several stacks of folded cushion material including a combination of full-width stacks and half-width stacks: a first full-width stack defined by one or more fan folds in a first lateral half of the cushion wherein the folds are substantially centered above a first center line and are substantially over the inflator port; a second full-width stack defined by one or more fan folds in a second lateral half of the cushion wherein the folds are substantially centered above the first center line and substantially over the inflator port in the first full-width stack; a first half-width stack defined by a plurality of fan folds in the bottom of the cushion where neither edge of each fold extends substantially over the second center line; and a second half-width stack defined by a plurality of fan folds in the top of the cushion wherein neither edge of each fold extends substantially over the second center line. 22 figs.

  19. Folded inflatable protective device and method for making same

    DOEpatents

    Behr, Vance L.; Nelsen, James M.; Gwinn, Kenneth W.

    1998-01-01

    An apparatus and method for making an inflatable protective device made of lightweight material that can withstand the initial stress from inflation and enhance radial inflation. The device includes a cushion and an inflator port. The invention further includes several stacks of folded cushion material including a combination of full-width stacks and half-width stacks: a first full-width stack defined by one or more fan folds in a first lateral half of the cushion wherein the folds are substantially centered above a first center line and are substantially over the inflator port; a second full-width stack defined by one or more fan folds in a second lateral half of the cushion wherein the folds are substantially centered above the first center line and substantially over the inflator port in the first full-width stack; a first half-width stack defined by a plurality of fan folds in the bottom of the cushion where neither edge of each fold extends substantially over the second center line; and a second half-width stack defined by a plurality of fan folds in the top of the cushion wherein neither edge of each fold extends substantially over the second center line.

  20. Development of a Two-Dimensional Hybrid-Kinetic Code for Simulations of Low-Altitude Auroral Flux-Tubes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sydorenko, D.; Rankin, R.; Kabin, K.

    2009-12-01

    This paper presents initial results based on kinetic extensions of a nonlinear two-dimensional (2D) multi-fluid (three ion species and fluid electrons) MHD model that is designed to study propagation of shear Alfven waves in low-altitude auroral flux tubes. It is intended to use the model for scientific support of the “enhanced polar outflow probe” e-POP/CASSIOPE spacecraft mission (launch scheduled in 2010). Effects of gravity, thermal pressure, and geomagnetic field curvature are included, while the parallel electric field along geomagnetic field lines is calculated under the assumption of plasma quasineutrality. The model has been used successfully to study excitation of eigenmodes of the ionospheric Alfven resonator (IAR) by an Alfven wave packet injected from the magnetospheric end of the simulated plasma region. The formation of density cavities due to the ponderomotive force of standing oscillations in the IAR [Sydorenko, Rankin, and Kabin, 2008], and excitation of double layers and ion-acoustic wave packets, has been demonstrated. The kinetic extension of the multi-fluid code involves replacing the fluid electron model with a kinetic module that solves the simplified drift-kinetic Vlasov equation for the electron velocity distribution function (EVDF). To avoid undue complexity, it is assumed that (i) the electrons move only along geomagnetic field lines and (ii) the electron magnetic moment is conserved. As a result, the evolution of the EVDF is reduced to the problem of advection in 2D phase space “distance along the field line - velocity along the field line”. This problem is solved using a semi-Lagrangian algorithm [Staniforth and Cote, 1991]. The kinetic simulation starts from the initial equilibrium state similar to [Ergun et al., 2000]. The equilibrium assumes that the plasma consists of two electron populations: cold electrons with isotropic EVDF originating from the ionosphere, and hot anisotropic electrons with a loss-cone EVDF coming from the high-altitude end. The loss-cone distribution is prone to strong numerical dispersion, which is compensated by tracing the interface of the EVDF in the coordinate-velocity phase space. Ergun R. E., C. W. Carlson, J. P. McFadden, F. S. Mozer, and R. J. Strangeway (2000), Geophys. Res. Lett., 27, 4053-4056. Staniforth A. and J. Cote (1991), Mon. Wea. Rev., 119, 2206-2223 Sydorenko, D., R. Rankin, and K. Kabin (2008), J. Geophys. Res., 113, A10206, doi:10.1029/2008JA013579.

  1. Alfven waves associated with long cylindrical satellites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Venkataraman, N. S.; Gustafson, W. A.

    1973-01-01

    The Alfven wave excited by a long cylindrical satellite moving with a constant velocity at an angle relative to a uniform magnetic field has been calculated. Assuming a plasma with infinite conductivity, the linearized momentum equation and Maxwell's equations are applied to a cylindrical satellite carrying a variable current. The induced magnetic field is determined, and it is shown that the Alfven disturbance zone is of limited extent, depending on the satellite shape. The wave drag coefficient is calculated and shown to be small compared to the induction drag coefficient at all altitudes considered.

  2. Numerical simulation of MHD turbulence in three dimensions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldstein, M. L.; Roberts, D. A.; Deane, A.

    1997-01-01

    The evolution of Alfvenic turbulence in 3D spherical geometry can now be studied. In simulations, a fast stream is sandwiched between two slower streams. The inflow is both supersonic and superAlfvenic. Alfven waves entering the box are convected into the medium and interact nonlinearly with the velocity shear and with any structures (i.e., flux tubes) that might be present. These initial simulations suggest that velocity shear, even in spherical geometry, is able to drive a turbulent cascade which results in approximately Kolmogoroff-like power spectra.

  3. Detection of Ionospheric Alfven Resonator Signatures in the Equatorial Ionosphere

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Simoes, Fernando; Klenzing, Jeffrey; Ivanov, Stoyan; Pfaff, Robert; Freudenreich, Henry; Bilitza, Dieter; Rowland, Douglas; Bromund, Kenneth; Liebrecht, Maria Carmen; Martin, Steven; hide

    2012-01-01

    The ionosphere response resulting from minimum solar activity during cycle 23/24 was unusual and offered unique opportunities for investigating space weather in the near-Earth environment. We report ultra low frequency electric field signatures related to the ionospheric Alfven resonator detected by the Communications/Navigation Outage Forecasting System (C/NOFS) satellite in the equatorial region. These signatures are used to constrain ionospheric empirical models and offer a new approach for monitoring ionosphere dynamics and space weather phenomena, namely aeronomy processes, Alfven wave propagation, and troposphere24 ionosphere-magnetosphere coupling mechanisms.

  4. Exploring the Use of Alfven Waves in Magnetometer Calibration at Geosynchronous Orbit

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bentley, John; Sheppard, David; RIch, Frederick; Redmon, Robert; Loto'aniu, Paul; Chu, Donald

    2016-01-01

    An Alfven wave is a type magnetohydrodynamicwave that travels through a conducting fluid under the influence of a magnetic field. Researchers have successfully calculated offset vectors of magnetometers in interplanetary space by optimizing the offset to maximize certain Alfvenic properties of observed waves (Leinweber, Belcher). If suitable Alfven waves can be found in the magnetosphere at geosynchronous altitude then these techniques could be used to augment the overall calibration plan for magnetometers in this region such as on the GOES spacecraft, possibly increasing the time between regular maneuvers. Calibration maneuvers may be undesirable because they disrupt the activities of other instruments. Various algorithms to calculate an offset using Alfven waves were considered. A new variation of the Davis-Smith method was derived because it can be mathematically shown that the Davis-Smith method tolerates filtered data, which expands potential applications. The variant developed was designed to find only the offset in the plane normal to the main field because the overall direction of Earth's magnetic field rarely changes, and theory suggests the Alfvenic disturbances occur transverse to the main field. Other variations of the Davis-Smith method encounter problems with data containing waves that propagate in mostly the same direction. A searching algorithm was then designed to look for periods of time with potential Alfven waves in GOES 15 data based on parameters requiring that disturbances be normal to the main field and not change field magnitude. Final waves for calculation were hand-selected. These waves produced credible two-dimensional offset vectors when input to the Davis-Smith method. Multiple two-dimensional solutions in different planes can be combined to get a measurement of the complete offset. The resulting three dimensional offset did not show sufficient precision over several years to be used as a primary calibration method, but reflected changes in the offset fairly well, suggesting that the method could be helpful in monitoring trends of the offset vector when maneuvers cannot be used.

  5. THE ROLE OF TORSIONAL ALFVEN WAVES IN CORONAL HEATING

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Antolin, P.; Shibata, K., E-mail: antolin@astro.uio.n, E-mail: shibata@kwasan.kyoto-u.ac.j

    In the context of coronal heating, among the zoo of magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) waves that exist in the solar atmosphere, Alfven waves receive special attention. Indeed, these waves constitute an attractive heating agent due to their ability to carry over the many different layers of the solar atmosphere sufficient energy to heat and maintain a corona. However, due to their incompressible nature these waves need a mechanism such as mode conversion (leading to shock heating), phase mixing, resonant absorption, or turbulent cascade in order to heat the plasma. Furthermore, their incompressibility makes their detection in the solar atmosphere very difficult. Newmore » observations with polarimetric, spectroscopic, and imaging instruments such as those on board the Japanese satellite Hinode, or the Crisp spectropolarimeter of the Swedish Solar Telescope or the Coronal Multi-channel Polarimeter, are bringing strong evidence for the existence of energetic Alfven waves in the solar corona. In order to assess the role of Alfven waves in coronal heating, in this work we model a magnetic flux tube being subject to Alfven wave heating through the mode conversion mechanism. Using a 1.5 dimensional MHD code, we carry out a parameter survey varying the magnetic flux tube geometry (length and expansion), the photospheric magnetic field, the photospheric velocity amplitudes, and the nature of the waves (monochromatic or white-noise spectrum). The regimes under which Alfven wave heating produces hot and stable coronae are found to be rather narrow. Independently of the photospheric wave amplitude and magnetic field, a corona can be produced and maintained only for long (>80 Mm) and thick (area ratio between the photosphere and corona >500) loops. Above a critical value of the photospheric velocity amplitude (generally a few km s{sup -1}) the corona can no longer be maintained over extended periods of time and collapses due to the large momentum of the waves. These results establish several constraints on Alfven wave heating as a coronal heating mechanism, especially for active region loops.« less

  6. Shock-tube studies of atomic silicon emission in the spectral range 180 to 300 nm. [environment simulation for Jupiter probes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Prakash, S. G.; Park, C.

    1978-01-01

    Emission spectroscopy of shock-heated atomic silicon was performed in the spectral range 180 to 300 nm, in an environment simulating the ablation layer expected around a Jovian entry probe with a silica heat shield. From the spectra obtained at temperatures from 6000 to 10,000 K and electron number densities from 1 quadrillion to 100 quadrillion per cu cm, the Lorentzian line-widths were determined. The results showed that silicon lines are broadened significantly by both electrons (Stark broadening) and hydrogen atoms (Van der Waals broadening), and the combined line-widths are much larger than previously assumed. From the data, the Stark and the Van der Waals line-widths were determined for 34 silicon lines. Radiative transport through a typical shock layer was computed using the new line-width data. The computations showed that silicon emission in the hot region is large, but it is mostly absorbed in the colder region adjacent to the wall.

  7. Cooling of a sunspot

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Boruta, N.

    1977-01-01

    The question of whether a perturbed photospheric area can grow into a region of reduced temperature resembling a sunspot is investigated by considering whether instabilities exist that can lead to a growing temperature change and corresponding magnetic-field concentration in some region of the photosphere. After showing that Alfven cooling can lead to these instabilities, the effect of a heat sink on the temperature development of a perturbed portion of the photosphere is studied. A simple form of Alfven-wave cooling is postulated, and computations are performed to determine whether growing modes exist for physically relevant boundary conditions. The results indicate that simple inhibition of convection does not give growing modes, but Alfven-wave production can result in cooling that leads to growing field concentration. It is concluded that since growing instabilities can occur with strong enough cooling, it is quite possible that energy loss through Alfven waves gives rise to a self-generating temperature change and sunspot formation.

  8. A gyrofluid description of Alfvenic turbulence and its parallel electric field

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bian, N. H.; Kontar, E. P.

    2010-06-15

    Anisotropic Alfvenic fluctuations with k{sub ||}/k{sub perpendicular}<<1 remain at frequencies much smaller than the ion cyclotron frequency in the presence of a strong background magnetic field. Based on the simplest truncation of the electromagnetic gyrofluid equations in a homogeneous plasma, a model for the energy cascade produced by Alfvenic turbulence is constructed, which smoothly connects the large magnetohydrodynamics scales and the small 'kinetic' scales. Scaling relations are obtained for the electromagnetic fluctuations, as a function of k{sub perpendicular} and k{sub ||}. Moreover, a particular attention is paid to the spectral structure of the parallel electric field which is produced bymore » Alfvenic turbulence. The reason is the potential implication of this parallel electric field in turbulent acceleration and transport of particles. For electromagnetic turbulence, this issue was raised some time ago in Hasegawa and Mima [J. Geophys. Res. 83, 1117 (1978)].« less

  9. Gyrokinetic particle simulations of the effects of compressional magnetic perturbations on drift-Alfvenic instabilities in tokamaks

    DOE PAGES

    Dong, Ge; Bao, Jian; Bhattacharjee, Amitava; ...

    2017-08-10

    The compressional component of magnetic perturbation δB- || to can play an important role in drift-Alfvenic instabilities in tokamaks, especially as the plasma β increases (β is the ratio of kinetic pressure to magnetic pressure). In this work, we have formulated a gyrokinetic particle simulation model incorporating δB- ||, and verified the model in kinetic Alfven wave simulations using the Gyrokinetic Toroidal Code in slab geometry. Simulations of drift-Alfvenic instabilities in tokamak geometry shows that the kinetic ballooning mode (KBM) growth rate decreases more than 20% when δB- || is neglected for β e = 0.02, and that δB- ||more » to has stabilizing effects on the ion temperature gradient instability, but negligible effects on the collisionless trapped electron mode. Lastly, the KBM growth rate decreases about 15% when equilibrium current is neglected.« less

  10. LETTER: Investigation of the effect of Alfven resonance mode conversion on fast wave current drive in ITER

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alava, M. J.; Heikkinen, J. A.; Hellsten, T.

    1995-07-01

    In order to reduce or to avoid ion cyclotron damping, the use of frequencies below the ion cyclotron frequency of minority ion species or the second harmonic of majority ion species has been proposed for fast wave current drive based on direct electron absorption. For these scenarios, the Alfven or ion-ion hybrid resonance can appear on the high field side of a tokamak. The presence of these resonances causes parasitic absorption, competing with the electron Landau damping and transit time magnetic pumping responsible for the fast wave current drive. In the present study, neglecting effects from toroidicity, the mode conversion at the Alfven resonance is shown to be of the order of 5 to 10% in the current drive scenarios for the planned ITER experiment. If the single pass absorption in the centre can be made sufficiently high, the conversion at the Alfven resonance becomes negligible

  11. Investigation of the effect of Alfven resonance absorption on fast wave current drive in ITER

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alava, M. J.; Heikkinen, J. A.; Hellsten, T.

    The use of frequencies below the ion cyclotron frequency of minority ion species or second harmonic of majority species has been proposed for fast wave current drive in order to reduce or to avoid ion cyclotron damping. For these scenarios, the Alfven resonance can appear on the high field side of a tokamak. The presence of this resonance causes parasitic absorption competing with the electron Landau damping and transit time magnetic pumping responsible for the fast wave current drive. In the present study, the mode conversion at the Alfven resonance is shown to be of the order of 5 to 10 percent in the current drive scenarios for the planned International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor (ITER) experiment. However, if the single pass absorption in the center can be made sufficiently high, the conversion at the Alfven resonance becomes negligible.

  12. Voigt equivalent widths and spectral-bin single-line transmittances: Exact expansions and the MODTRAN®5 implementation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berk, Alexander

    2013-03-01

    Exact expansions for Voigt line-shape total, line-tail and spectral bin equivalent widths and for Voigt finite spectral bin single-line transmittances have been derived in terms of optical depth dependent exponentially-scaled modified Bessel functions of integer order and optical depth independent Fourier integral coefficients. The series are convergent for the full range of Voigt line-shapes, from pure Doppler to pure Lorentzian. In the Lorentz limit, the expansion reduces to the Ladenburg and Reiche function for the total equivalent width. Analytic expressions are derived for the first 8 Fourier coefficients for pure Lorentzian lines, for pure Doppler lines and for Voigt lines with at most moderate Doppler dependence. A strong-line limit sum rule on the Fourier coefficients is enforced to define an additional Fourier coefficient and to optimize convergence of the truncated expansion. The moderate Doppler dependence scenario is applicable to and has been implemented in the MODTRAN5 atmospheric band model radiative transfer software. Finite-bin transmittances computed with the truncated expansions reduce transmittance residuals compared to the former Rodgers-Williams equivalent width based approach by ∼2 orders of magnitude.

  13. Interferometric investigation of emission lines from the solar corona

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Marshall, P.M.; Henderson, G.

    1973-11-01

    The profiles of the Fe XN, lambda 5303, and Fe X, lambda 6374, emission lines of the solar corona were observed at different posttions using a photoelectric scanning Fabry -- Perot interferometer. These profiles were obtained during the eclipse of 7th March 1970, in Mexico and at the Pic-du-Midi coronagraph in October, 1970. The half-widths of these profiles were determined for both the coronal lines and temperatures were derived from these widths. No systematic temperature variation was discovered, however there was some suggestion of the existence of a fluctuation with time in the width of the emission lines. (auth)

  14. Semiclassical perturbation Stark widths of singly charged argon spectral lines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamdi, Rafik; Ben Nessib, Nabil; Sahal-Bréchot, Sylvie; Dimitrijević, Milan S.

    2018-03-01

    Using a semiclassical perturbation approach with the impact approximation, Stark widths for singly charged argon (Ar II) spectral lines have been calculated. Energy levels and oscillator strengths needed for this calculation have been determined using the Hartree-Fock method with relativistic corrections. Our Stark widths are compared with experimental results for 178 spectral lines. Our results may be of interest not only for laboratory plasma, lasers and technological plasmas but also for white dwarfs and A- and B-type stars.

  15. Generation of Alfvenic Waves and Turbulence in Magnetic Reconnection Jets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hoshino, M.

    2014-12-01

    The magneto-hydro-dynamic (MHD) linear stability for the plasma sheet with a localized bulk plasma flow parallel to the neutral sheet is investigated. We find three different unstable modes propagating parallel to the anti-parallel magnetic field line, and we call them as "streaming tearing'', "streaming sausage'', and "streaming kink'' mode. The streaming tearing and sausage modes have the tearing mode-like structure with symmetric density fluctuation to the neutral sheet, and the streaming kink mode has the asymmetric fluctuation. The growth rate of the streaming tearing mode decreases with increasing the magnetic Reynolds number, while those of the streaming sausage and kink modes do not strongly depend on the Reynolds number. The wavelengths of these unstable modes are of the order of the thickness of plasma sheet, which behavior is almost same as the standard tearing mode with no bulk flow. Roughly speaking the growth rates of three modes become faster than the standard tearing mode. The situation of the plasma sheet with the bulk flow can be realized in the reconnection exhaust with the Alfvenic reconnection jet, and the unstable modes may be regarded as one of the generation processes of Alfvenic turbulence in the plasma sheet during magnetic reconnection.

  16. On a new coordinate system with astrophysical application: Spiral coordinates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campos, L. M. B. C.; Gil, P. J. S.

    In this presentation are introduced spiral coordinates, which are a particular case of conformal coordinates, i.e. orthogonal curvelinear coordinates with equal factors along all coordinate axis. The spiral coordinates in the plane have as coordinate curves two families of logarithmic spirals, making a constant angle, respectively phi and pi / 2-phi, with all radial lines, where phi is a parameter. They can be obtained from a complex function, representing a spiral potential flow, due to the superposition of a source/sink with a vortex; the parameter phi in this case specifies the ratio of the ass flux of source/sink to the circulation of the vortex. Regardless of hydrodynamical or other interpretations, spiral coordinates are particulary convenient in situation where physical quantities vary only along a logarithmicspiral. The example chosen is the propagation of Alfven waves along a logarithmic spiral, as an approximation to Parker's spiral. The equation of dissipative MHD are written in spiral coordinates, and eliminated to specify the Alfven wave equation in spiral coordinates; the latter is solved exactly in terms of Bessel functions, and the results analyzed for values of the parameters corresponding to the solar wind.

  17. Relativistic redshifts in quasar broad lines

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tremaine, Scott; Shen, Yue; Liu, Xin

    2014-10-10

    The broad emission lines commonly seen in quasar spectra have velocity widths of a few percent of the speed of light, so special- and general-relativistic effects have a significant influence on the line profile. We have determined the redshift of the broad Hβ line in the quasar rest frame (determined from the core component of the [O III] line) for over 20,000 quasars from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey Data Release 7 quasar catalog. The mean redshift as a function of line width is approximately consistent with the relativistic redshift that is expected if the line originates in a randomlymore » oriented Keplerian disk that is obscured when the inclination of the disk to the line of sight exceeds ∼30°-45°, consistent with simple active galactic nucleus unification schemes. This result also implies that the net line-of-sight inflow/outflow velocities in the broad-line region are much less than the Keplerian velocity when averaged over a large sample of quasars with a given line width.« less

  18. Symmetries of the TDNLS equations for weakly nonlinear dispersive MHD waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Webb, G. M.; Brio, M.; Zank, G. P.

    1995-01-01

    In this paper we consider the symmetries and conservation laws for the TDNLS equations derived by Hada (1993) and Brio, Hunter and Johnson, to describe the propagation of weakly nonlinear dispersive MHD waves in beta approximately 1 plasmas. The equations describe the interaction of the Alfven and magnetoacoustic modes near the triple umbilic, where the fast magnetosonic, slow magnetosonic and Alfven speeds coincide and a(g)(exp 2) = V(A)(exp 2) where a(g) is the gas sound speed and V(A) is the Alfven speed. We discuss Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations, and similarity solutions for the equations.

  19. Sawtooth Stabilization and Onset of Alfvenic Instabilities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nishimura, Y.; Cheng, C. Z.

    2011-10-01

    Tokamak sawtooth instabilities can be stabilized by high energy particles as a consequence of conservation of the third adiabatic invariant.On the other hand, termination of the stabilized period is reported due to the onset of Alfvenic instabilities (and thus the absence of the stabilizing mechanism). In this work, employing a kinetic-fluid model, the interaction of m=1 resistive kink mode and high energy particles is investigated. The onset of Alfvenic instabilities is examined as a function of the inversion radius location. D.J. Campbell et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 60, 2148 (1988); F. Porcelli, Plasma Phys. Controlled Fusion 33, 1601 (1991).

  20. The soliton transform and a possible application to nonlinear Alfven waves in space

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hada, T.; Hamilton, R. L.; Kennel, C. F.

    1993-01-01

    The inverse scattering transform (IST) based on the derivative nonlinear Schroedinger (DNLS) equation is applied to a complex time series of nonlinear Alfven wave data generated by numerical simulation. The IST describes the long-time evolution of quasi-parallel Alfven waves more efficiently than the Fourier transform, which is adapted to linear rather than nonlinear problems. When dissipation is added, so the conditions for the validity of the DNLS are not strictly satisfied, the IST continues to provide a compact description of the wavefield in terms of a small number of decaying envelope solitons.

  1. Focused interplanetary transport of solar energetic particles through self-generated Alfven waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ng, C. K.; Reames, D. V.

    1991-01-01

    The coupled evolution of solar-flare protons and interplanetary Alfven waves based on the quasi-linear theory implies an order of magnitude amplification (damping) in the outward (inward) propagating left helical resonant Alfven waves at less than 0.4-AU helioradius, if the proton intensity at 1 AU exceeds 300 particles/(sq cm s sr MeV) at 1 MeV, and the initial wave intensities give mean free paths of more than 0.5 AU. The wave growth significantly retards solar-particle transport, and has implications on the nature of solar-wind turbulence.

  2. Suppression of Alfven Modes on the National Spherical Torus Experiment Upgrade with Outboard Beam Injection [Suppression of Alfven Modes on the NSTX-U with Outboard Beam Injection

    DOE PAGES

    Fredrickson, E. D.; Belova, E. V.; Battaglia, D. J.; ...

    2017-06-29

    In this paper we present data from experiments on the National Spherical Torus Experiment Upgrade, where it is shown for the first time that small amounts of high pitch-angle beam ions can strongly suppress the counterpropagating global Alfven eigenmodes (GAE). GAE have been implicated in the redistribution of fast ions and modification of the electron power balance in previous experiments on NSTX. The ability to predict the stability of Alfven modes, and developing methods to control them, is important for fusion reactors like the International Tokamak Experimental Reactor, which are heated by a large population of nonthermal, super-Alfvenic ions consistingmore » of fusion generated alpha's and beam ions injected for current profile control. We present a qualitative interpretation of these observations using an analytic model of the Doppler-shifted ion-cyclotron resonance drive responsible for GAE instability which has an important dependence on k(perpendicular to rho L). A quantitative analysis of this data with the HYM stability code predicts both the frequencies and instability of the GAE prior to, and suppression of the GAE after the injection of high pitch-angle beam ions.« less

  3. Quantum effects on compressional Alfven waves in compensated semiconductors

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Amin, M. R.

    2015-03-15

    Amplitude modulation of a compressional Alfven wave in compensated electron-hole semiconductor plasmas is considered in the quantum magnetohydrodynamic regime in this paper. The important ingredients of this study are the inclusion of the particle degeneracy pressure, exchange-correlation potential, and the quantum diffraction effects via the Bohm potential in the momentum balance equations of the charge carriers. A modified nonlinear Schrödinger equation is derived for the evolution of the slowly varying amplitude of the compressional Alfven wave by employing the standard reductive perturbation technique. Typical values of the parameters for GaAs, GaSb, and GaN semiconductors are considered in analyzing the linearmore » and nonlinear dispersions of the compressional Alfven wave. Detailed analysis of the modulation instability in the long-wavelength regime is presented. For typical parameter ranges of the semiconductor plasmas and at the long-wavelength regime, it is found that the wave is modulationally unstable above a certain critical wavenumber. Effects of the exchange-correlation potential and the Bohm potential in the wave dynamics are also studied. It is found that the effect of the Bohm potential may be neglected in comparison with the effect of the exchange-correlation potential in the linear and nonlinear dispersions of the compressional Alfven wave.« less

  4. Characterization of lunar ferromagnetic phases by the effective linewidth method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Patton, C. E.; Schmidt, H.

    1978-01-01

    The effective line-width technique, first developed to study the physics of microwave relaxation in ferrites, has been successfully applied to lunar matter. Effective line-width measurements have been made on two selected samples containing disperse spherical metallic iron particles below 40 microns in diam. The data were obtained for fields from 7 to 12 kOe and a temperature range 125 - 300 K. The effective line width was field-independent and temperature-independent at 650 - 750 Oe. The high-field tails of the ferromagnetic resonance absorption were highly Lorentzian. From the relatively large and temperature-independent high-field effective line widths, it appears that (1) the metallic iron phases in lunar soil are rather impure; (2) the impurities are passive, in that there is no evidence for a temperature peak process; and (3) these samples contain no appreciable magnetite.

  5. Comparison of Trajectory Models in Calculations of N2-broadened Half-widths and N2-induced Line Shifts for the Rotational Band of H2O-16 and Comparison with Measurements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lamouroux, J.; Gamache, R. R.; Laraia, A. L.; Ma, Q.; Tipping, R. H.

    2012-01-01

    In this work, Complex Robert-Bonamy calculations of half-widths and line shifts were done for N2-broadening of water for 1639 transitions in the rotational band using two models for the trajectories. The first is a model correct to second order in time, the Robert-Bonamy parabolic approximation. The second is the solution of Hamilton's equations. Both models use the isotropic part of the atom-atom potential to determine the trajectories. The present calculations used an intermolecular potential expanded to 20th order to assure the convergence of the half-widths and line shifts. The aim of the study is to assess if the difference in the half-widths and line shifts determined from the two trajectory models is greater than the accuracy requirements of the spectroscopic and remote sensing communities. The results of the calculations are compared with measurements of the half-widths and line shifts. It is shown that the effects of the trajectory model greatly exceed the needs of current remote sensing measurements and that line shape parameters calculated using trajectories determined by solving Hamilton's equations agree better with measurement.

  6. Numerical study on wave-induced beam ion prompt losses in DIII-D tokamak

    DOE PAGES

    Feng, Zhichen; Zhu, Jia; Fu, Guo -Yong; ...

    2017-08-30

    A numerical study is performed on the coherent beam ion prompt losses driven by Alfven eigenmodes (AEs) in DIII-D plasmas using realistic parameters and beam ion deposition profiles. The synthetic signal of a fast-ion loss detector (FILD) is calculated for a single AE mode. The first harmonic of the calculated FILD signal is linearly proportional to the AE amplitude with the same AE frequency in agreement with the experimental measurement. The calculated second harmonic is proportional to the square of the first harmonic for typical AE amplitudes. The coefficient of quadratic scaling is found to be sensitive to the AEmore » mode width. The second part of this work considers the AE drive due to coherent prompt loss. As a result, it is shown that the loss-induced mode drive is much smaller than the previous estimate and can be ignored for mode stability.« less

  7. Auroral particle acceleration: An example of a universal plasma process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Haerendel, G.

    1980-06-01

    The occurrence of discrete and narrow auroral arcs is attributed to a sudden release of magnetic tensions set up in a magnetospheric-ionospheric current circuit of high strength. At altitudes of several 1000 km the condition of frozen in magnetic fields can be broken temporarily in thin regions corresponding to the observed width of auroral arcs. This implies magnetic field-aligned potential drops of several kilovolts supported by certain anomalous transport processes which can only be maintained in a quasi-stationary fashion if the current density exceeds a critical limit. The region of field aligned potential drops is structured by two pairs of standing waves which are generalized Alfven waves of large amplitude across which the parallel electric field has a finite jump. The waves are emitted from the leading edge of the acceleration region which propagates slowly into the stressed magnetic field.

  8. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Xu, Siyao; Lazarian, A.; Yan, Huirong, E-mail: hryan@pku.edu.cn

    We address the problem of the different line widths of coexistent neutrals and ions observed in molecular clouds and explore whether this difference can arise from the effects of magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) turbulence acting on partially ionized gas. Among the three fundamental modes of MHD turbulence, we find that fast and slow modes do not contribute to line width differences. We focus on the Alfvénic component, and consider the damping of Alfvén modes by taking into account both neutral-ion collisions and neutral viscosity. We confirm that the line width difference can be explained by the differential damping of the Alfvénic turbulencemore » in ions and the hydrodynamic turbulence in neutrals, and find it strongly depends on the properties of MHD turbulence. We consider various regimes of turbulence corresponding to different media magnetizations and turbulent drivings. In the case of super-Alfvénic turbulence, when the damping scale of Alfvénic turbulence is below the Alfvénic scale l{sub A}, the line width difference does not depend on magnetic field strength. In other turbulence regimes, however, the dependence is present and evaluation of magnetic field from the observed line width difference is possible.« less

  9. CA II K-line metallicity indicator for field RR Lyrae stars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Clementini, Gisella; Tosi, Monica; Merighi, Roberto

    In order to check and, possibly, improve the Preston's Delta S calibration scale, CCD spectra have been obtained for 25 field RR Lyrae variables. Eleven of the program stars have values of (Fe/H) derived by Butler and Deming (1979) from the Fe II lines' strength. For them we find that the equivalent width of the Ca II K line is extremely well correlated to the (Fe/H) values, the best fit relation being: (Fe/H) = 0.43W(K) - 2.75 where W(K) is the equivalent width of the K line. We conclude that the use of the K line equivalent width is at present the best method to derive the (Fe/H) abundance of the RR Lyrae stars.

  10. Simulations of the Mg II K and Ca II 8542 Lines From an Alfvén Wave-Heated Flare Chromosphere

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kerr, Graham S.; Fletcher, Lyndsay; Russell, Alexander J. B.; Allred, Joel C.

    2016-01-01

    We use radiation hydrodynamic simulations to examine two models of solar flare chromospheric heating: Alfven wave dissipation and electron beam collisional losses. Both mechanisms are capable of strong chromospheric heating, and we show that the distinctive atmospheric evolution in the mid-to-upper chromosphere results in Mg II k-line emission that should be observably different between wave-heated and beam-heated simulations. We also present Ca II 8542 A profiles that are formed slightly deeper in the chromosphere. The Mg II k-line profiles from our wave-heated simulation are quite different from those from a beam-heated model and are more consistent with Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph observations. The predicted differences between the Ca II 8542 A in the two models are small. We conclude that careful observational and theoretical study of lines formed in the mid-to-upper chromosphere holds genuine promise for distinguishing between competing models for chromospheric heating inflares.

  11. MMS Observations of Electron-Scale Filamentary Currents in the Reconnection Exhaust and Near the X Line

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Phan, T. D.; Eastwood, J. P.; Cassak, P. A.; Oieroset, M.; Gosling, J. T.; Gershman, D. J.; Mozer, F. S.; Shay, M. A.; Fujimoto, M.; Daughton, W.; hide

    2016-01-01

    We report Magnetospheric Multiscale observations of macroscopic and electron-scale current layers in asymmetric reconnection. By intercomparing plasma, magnetic, and electric field data at multiple crossings of a reconnecting magnetopause on 22 October 2015, when the average interspacecraft separation was approximately 10 km, we demonstrate that the ion and electron moments are sufficiently accurate to provide reliable current density measurements at 30ms cadence. These measurements, which resolve current layers narrower than the interspacecraft separation, reveal electron-scale filamentary Hall currents and electron vorticity within the reconnection exhaust far downstream of the X line and even in the magnetosheath. Slightly downstream of the X line, intense (up to 3 µA/m2) electron currents, a super-Alfvenic outflowing electron jet, and nongyrotropic crescent shape electron distributions were observed deep inside the ion-scale magnetopause current sheet and embedded in the ion diffusion region. These characteristics are similar to those attributed to the electron dissipation/diffusion region around the X line.

  12. The Atmospheric Dynamics of Alpha Tau (K5 III) -- Clues to Understanding the Magnetic Dynamo

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carpenter Kenneth G.

    2008-01-01

    Using HST/GHRS, HST/STIS and FUSE archival data for (alpha) Tau and the CHIANTI spectroscopic code, we have derived line shifts, volumetric emission measures, and plasma density estimates, and calculated filling factors for a number of UV lines forming between 10,000 K and 300,000 K in the outer atmosphere of this red giant star. The data suggest the presence of low-temperature extended regions and high-temperature compact regions, associated with magnetically open and closed structures in the stellar atmosphere, respectively. The signatures of UV lines from Alpha Tau can be consistently understood via a model of upward-traveling Alfven waves in a gravitationally stratified atmosphere. These wakes cause non-thermal broadening in UV lines due to unresolved wave motions and downward plasma motions in compact magnetic loops heated by resonant .4lf\\en wave heating. We discuss implications of this interpretation for understanding the nature of magnetic dynamos operating in late-type giants.

  13. Mechanisms for the Dissipation of Alfven Waves in Near-Earth Space Plasma

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Singh, Nagendra; Khazanov, George; Krivorutsky, E. N.; Davis, John M. (Technical Monitor)

    2002-01-01

    Alfven waves are a major mechanism for the transport of electromagnetic energy from the distant part of the magnetosphere to the near-Earth space. This is especially true for the auroral and polar regions of the Earth. However, the mechanisms for their dissipation have remained illusive. One of the mechanisms is the formation of double layers when the current associated with Alfven waves in the inertial regime interact with density cavities, which either are generated nonlinearly by the waves themselves or are a part of the ambient plasma turbulence. Depending on the strength of the cavities, weak and strong double layers could form. Such double layers are transient; their lifetimes depend on that of the cavities. Thus they impulsively accelerate ions and electrons. Another mechanism is the resonant absorption of broadband Alfven- wave noise by the ions at the ion cyclotron frequencies. But this resonant absorption may not be possible for the very low frequency waves, and it may be more suited for electromagnetic ion cyclotron waves. A third mechanism is the excitation of secondary waves by the drifts of electrons and ions in the Alfven wave fields. It is found that under suitable conditions, the relative drifts between different ion species and/or between electrons and ions are large enough to drive lower hybrid waves, which could cause transverse accelerations of ions and parallel accelerations of electrons. This mechanism is being further studied by means of kinetic simulations using 2.5- and 3-D particle-in-cell codes. The ongoing modeling efforts on space weather require quantitative estimates of energy inputs of various kinds, including the electromagnetic energy. Our studies described here contribute to the methods of determining the estimates of the input from ubiquitous Alfven waves.

  14. Dissipation of Alfven Waves at Fluid Scale through Parametric Decay Instabilities in Low-beta Turbulent Plasma

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fu, X.; Li, H.; Guo, F.; Li, X.; Roytershteyn, V.

    2017-12-01

    The solar wind is a turbulent magnetized plasma extending from the upper atmosphere of the sun to the edge of the heliosphere. It carries charged particles and magnetic fields originated from the Sun, which have great impact on the geomagnetic environment and human activities in space. In such a magnetized plasma, Alfven waves play a crucial role in carrying energy from the surface of the Sun, injecting into the solar wind and establishing power-law spectra through turbulent energy cascades. On the other hand, in compressible plasmas large amplitude Alfven waves are subject to a parametric decay instability (PDI) which converts an Alfven wave to another counter-propagating Alfven wave and an ion acoustic wave (slow mode). The counter-propagating Alfven wave provides an important ingredient for turbulent cascade, and the slow-mode wave provides a channel for solar wind heating in a spatial scale much larger than ion kinetic scales. Growth and saturation of PDI in quiet plasma have been intensively studied using linear theory and nonlinear simulations in the past. Here using 3D hybrid simulations, we show that PDI is still effective in turbulent low-beta plasmas, generating slow modes and causing ion heating. Selected events in WIND data are analyzed to identify slow modes in the solar wind and the role of PDI, and compared with our simulation results. We also investigate the validity of linear Vlasov theory regarding PDI growth and slow mode damping in turbulent plasmas. Since PDI favors low plasma beta, we expect to see more evidence of PDI in the solar wind close to the Sun, especially from the upcoming NASA's Parker Solar Probe mission which will provide unprecedented wave and plasma data as close as 8.5 solar radii from the Sun.

  15. Supplement Analysis for the Transmission System Vegetation Management Program FEIS (DOE/EIS-0285/SA-192- Ashe-Hanford/Scooteney-Tap

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hutchinson, Ken

    2004-01-26

    Vegetation Management for the Ashe-Hanford (tower 13/1 to 15/2) and Scooteney Tap (tower 2/1+1200 to 4/1+50) line corridor. The Ashe-Hanford line is a 500 kV single circuit transmission line having an easement width of 350 feet. The Scooteney Tap line is a 230 kV single circuit line having an easement width of 262.5 feet on the Department of Energy’s Hanford Nuclear Reservation (Reservation) and an easement width of 100 feet on private lands. The proposed work will be accomplished in the indicated sections of the transmission lines as referenced on the attached checklist. The work will include the performance ofmore » tower pad maintenance and access road maintenance in the referenced areas. Maintenance will include the control of all brush species within 30 feet of transmission structures and controlling all vegetation, except grass along the access roads to provide a 14-foot width for travel. Noxious weed management will also occur on the rights-of- way where needed.« less

  16. The turbulent generation of outward traveling Alfvenic fluctuations in the solar wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Matthaeus, W. H.; Goldstein, M. L.; Montgomery, D. C.

    1983-01-01

    From an analysis of the incompressible MHD equations, it is concluded that the frequent observation of outward propagating Alfvenic fluctuations in the solar wind can arise from early stages of in situ turbulent evolution, and need not reflect coronal processes.

  17. What are the Causes of the Formation of the Sub-Alfvenic Flows at the High Latitude Magnetopause

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Avanov, L. A.; Chandler, M. O.; Simov, V. N.; Vaisberg, O. L.

    2003-01-01

    We study magnetopause crossings made by the Interball Tail spacecraft at high latitudes under various interplanetary conditions. When the IMF mostly northward the Interball Tail observes quasi steady state reconnection signatures at the high latitude magnetopause, which include a well-defined de Hoffman-Teller frame, satisfaction of stress balance (Walen relations) and D-shaped ion velocity distributions. Under variable or southward IMF the high latitude magnetopause is a tangentional discontinuity. However, in certain conditions, just after the magnetopause crossing, irrespective of the IMF orientation, decelerate magnetosheath flows are observed in the magnetosheath region adjacent to the high latitude magnetopause. This leads to formation of the region where the sub-Alfvenic flow at high latitudes exists. We suggest that in some cases the dipole tilt plays an important role in the formation of the sub-Alfvenic flows, although in some cases formation the depletion layer is responsible for observation of the sub-Alfvenic flows at the high latitude magnetopause.

  18. Anomalous broadening and shift of emission lines in a femtosecond laser plasma filament in air

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ilyin, A. A.; Golik, S. S.; Shmirko, K. A.; Mayor, A. Yu.; Proschenko, D. Yu.

    2017-12-01

    The temporal evolution of the width and shift of N I 746.8 and O I 777.4 nm lines is investigated in a filament plasma produced by a tightly focused femtosecond laser pulse (0.9 mJ, 48 fs). The nitrogen line shift and width are determined by the joint action of electron impact shift and the far-off resonance AC Stark effect. The intensive (I = 1.2·1010 W/cm2) electric field of ASE (amplified spontaneous emission) and post-pulses result in a possible LS coupling break for the O I 3p 5P level and the generation of Rabi sidebands. The blueshifted main femtosecond pulse and Rabi sideband cause the stimulated emission of the N2 1+ system. The maximal widths of emission lines are approximately 6.7 times larger than the calculated Stark widths.

  19. Acceleration and heating of heavy ions in high speed solar wind streams

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gomberoff, L.; Gratton, F. T.; Gnavi, G.

    1995-01-01

    Left hand polarized Alfven waves generated in coronal holes propagate in the direction of high speed solar wind streams, accelerating and heating heavy ions. As the solar wind expands, the ratio between the frequency of the Alfven waves and the proton gyrofrequency increases, due to the decrease of the interplanetary magnetic field, and encounter first the local ion gyrofrequency of the species with the largest M(sub l) = m(sub l)/z(sub l)m(sub p) (m(sub l) is the mass of species l, m(sub p) is the proton mass and z(sub l) is the degree of ionization of species l). It is shown that the Alfven waves experience there strong absorption and cannot propagate any further until the ions are accelerated and heated. Once this occurs, the Alfven waves continue to propagate until they meet the gyrofrequency of the next species giving rise to a similar phenomenon. In order to show this contention, we use the linear dispersion relation of ion cyclotron waves in a multicomponent plasma consisting of oxygen ions, alpha particles and protons. We assume that at any distance from the sun, the Alfven waves follow the local dispersion relation of electromagnetic ion cyclotron waves. To illustrate the results, we solve the dispersion relation for oxygen ions and alpha particles drifting relative to the protons. The dispersion relation has three branches. The first branch starts at zero frequency and goes to the Doppler-shifted oxygen ion gyrofrequency. The second branch starts close to the oxygen gyrofrequency, and goes to the Doppler-shifted alpha particle gyrofrequency. The third branch starts close to the alpha particle gyrofrequency, and goes to the proton gyrofrequency. The Alfven waves propagate following the first branch of the dispersion relation. When they reach the Doppler-shifted oxygen ion gyrofrequency, the ions are accelerated and heated to some definite values. When these values are reached, the dispersion relation changes, and it is now the first branch of the dispersion relation, the one which goes to the Doppler-shifted alpha particle gyrofrequency. The Alfven waves continue to propagate along the first branch of the dispersion relation and proceed to accelerate and heat the alpha particles.

  20. Time development of high-altitude auroral acceleration region plasma, potentials, and field-aligned current systems observed by Cluster during a substorm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hull, A. J.; Chaston, C. C.; Fillingim, M. O.; Mozer, F.; Frey, H. U.

    2013-12-01

    The auroral acceleration region is an integral link in the chain of events that transpire during substorms, and the currents, plasma and electric fields undergo significant changes driven by complex dynamical processes deep in the magnetotail. These auroral acceleration processes in turn accelerate and heat the plasma that ultimately leads to some of the most intense global substorm auroral displays. The complex interplay between field-aligned current system formation, the development of parallel electric fields, and resultant changes in the plasma constituents that occur during substorms within or just above the auroral acceleration zone remain unclear. We present Cluster multi-point observations within the high-altitude acceleration region (> 3 Re altitude) at key instances during the development of a substorm. Of particular emphasis is on the time-development of the plasma, potentials and currents that occur therein with the aim of ascertaining high-altitude drivers of substorm active auroral acceleration processes and auroral emission consequences. Preliminary results show that the initial onset is dominated by Alfvenic activity as evidenced by the sudden occurrence of relatively intense, short-spatial scale Alfvenic currents and attendant energy dispersed, counterstreaming electrons poleward of the growth-phase arc. The Alfvenic currents are locally planar structures with characteristic thicknesses on the order of a few tens of kilometers. In subsequent passages by the other spacecraft, the plasma sheet region became hotter and thicker via the injection of new hot, dense plasma of magnetospheric origins poleward of the pre-existing growth phase arc. In association with the heating and/or thickening of the plasma sheet, the currents appeared to broaden to larger scales as Alfven dominated activity gave way to either inverted-V dominated or mixed inverted-V and Alfvenic behavior depending on location. The transition from Alfven dominated to inverted-V dominated current systems was quite rapid, occurring in the span of a few minutes. These results suggest that the Alfvenic activity may be an important precursor and perhaps may be playing an essential role in the development of inverted-V arc systems that form during substorms.

  1. First identification of pure rotation lines of NH in the infrared solar spectrum

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Geller, M.; Farmer, C. B.; Norton, R. H.; Sauval, A. J.; Grevesse, N.

    1991-01-01

    Pure rotation lines of NH of the v = 0 level and v = 1 level are detected in high-resolution solar spectra obtained from the Atmospheric Trace Molecule Spectroscopy (ATMOS) experimental observations. It is pointed out that the identification of the lines is favored by the typical appearance of the triplet lines of nearly equal intensities. The observed equivalent widths of these triplet lines are compared with predicted intensities, and it is observed that these widths are systematically larger than the predicted values. It is noted that because these very faint lines are observed in a region where the signal is very low, a systematic error in the measurements of the equivalent widths cannot be ruled out; therefore, the disagreement between the observed and predicted intensities is not considered to be real.

  2. Split-cross-bridge resistor for testing for proper fabrication of integrated circuits

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Buehler, M. G. (Inventor)

    1985-01-01

    An electrical testing structure and method is described whereby a test structure is fabricated on a large scale integrated circuit wafer along with the circuit components and has a van der Pauw cross resistor in conjunction with a bridge resistor and a split bridge resistor, the latter having two channels each a line width wide, corresponding to the line width of the wafer circuit components, and with the two channels separated by a space equal to the line spacing of the wafer circuit components. The testing structure has associated voltage and current contact pads arranged in a two by four array for conveniently passing currents through the test structure and measuring voltages at appropriate points to calculate the sheet resistance, line width, line spacing, and line pitch of the circuit components on the wafer electrically.

  3. A survey of ultraviolet interstellar absorption lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bohlin, R. C.; Jenkins, E. B.; Spitzer, L., Jr.; York, D. G.; Hill, J. K.; Savage, B. D.; Snow, T. P., Jr.

    1983-01-01

    A telescope-spectrometer on the Copernicus spacecraft made possible the measurement of many ultraviolet absorption lines produced by the interstellar gas. The present survey provides data on ultraviolet absorption lines in the spectra of 88 early-type stars. The stars observed are divided into four classes, including reddened stars, unreddened bright stars, moderately reddened bright stars, and unreddened and moderately reddened faint stars. Data are presented for equivalent width, W, radial velocity V, and rms line width, D, taking into account some 10 to 20 lines of N I, O I, Si II, P II, S II, Cl I, Cl II, Mn II, Fe II, Ni II, Cu II, and H2. The data are based on multiple scans for each line. Attention is given to details of observations, the data reduction procedure, and the computation of equivalent width, mean velocity, and velocity dispersion.

  4. Parametric instabilities of finite-amplitude, circularly polarized Alfven waves in an anisotropic plasma

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hamabata, Hiromitsu

    1993-01-01

    A class of parametric instabilities of finite-amplitude, circularly polarized Alfven waves in a plasma with pressure anisotropy is studied by application of the CGL equations. A linear perturbation analysis is used to find the dispersion relation governing the instabilities, which is a fifth-order polynomial and is solved numerically. A large-amplitude, circularly polarized wave is unstable with respect to decay into three waves: one sound-like wave and two side-band Alfven-like waves. It is found that, in addition to the decay instability, two new instabilities that are absent in the framework of the MHD equations can occur, depending on the plasma parameters.

  5. Relatively stable, large-amplitude Alfvenic waves seen at 2.5 and 5.0 AU

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mavromichalaki, H.; Moussas, X.; Quenby, J. J.; Valdes-Galicia, J. F.; Smith, E. J.

    1988-01-01

    Pioneer 11 and 10 observations of the wave structure seen in a corotating interaction region at 2.5 AU on day 284 of 1973 and 8 days later at 5 AU reveal large-amplitude Alfvenic structures with many detailed correlations seen between their features at the two radial distances. Hodogram analysis suggests the dominance of near plane polarized, transverse Alfvenic mode fluctuations with periods between 2 min and one hour or more. Some wave evolution close to the Corotating Interaction Region (CIR) shock is noticed, but waves towards the center of the compression seem to propagate with little damping between the spacecraft observation positions.

  6. Lyman alpha initiated winds in late-type stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Haisch, B. M.; Linsky, J. L.; Vanderhucht, K. A.

    1979-01-01

    The IUE survey of late-type stars revealed a sharp division in the HR diagram between stars with solar type spectra (chromosphere and transition region lines) and those with non-solar type spectra (only chromosphere lines). Models of both hot coronae and cool wind flows were calculated using stellar model chromospheres as starting points for stellar wind calculations in order to investigate the possibility of having a supersonic transition locus in the HR diagram dividing hot coronae from cool winds. From these models, it is concluded that the Lyman alpha flux may play an important role in determining the location of a stellar wind critical point. The interaction of Lyman alpha radiation pressure with Alfven waves in producing strong, low temperature stellar winds in the star Arcturus is examined.

  7. Stark broadening of He I lines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dimitrijevic, M. S.; Sahal-Brechot, S.

    1990-03-01

    Results are presented from calculations of the electron-, proton-, and ionized helium-impact line widths and shifts for 77 neutral helium multiplets in the UV, visible, and IR regions of the spectrum. The calculations are performed using a semiclassical perturbation formalism (Sahal-Brechot, 1969). Tables are given for the line widths and shift for He I resonance lines at a perturber density of 10 to the 13th/cu cm.

  8. Dark and grey compressional dispersive Alfven solitons in plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shukla, P. K.; Eliasson, B.; Stenflo, L.

    2011-06-15

    The amplitude modulation of compressional dispersive Alfven (CDA) waves in a low-{beta} plasma is considered. It is shown that the dynamics of modulated CDA waves is governed by a cubic nonlinear Schroedinger equation, which depicts the formation of a dark/grey envelope CDA soliton.

  9. Spectroscopic requirements for HALOE: An analysis of the HCl and HF channels

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rinsland, C. P.; Smith, M. A. H.; Park, J. H.; Harvey, G. A.; Russell, J. M., III; Richardson, D. J.

    1982-01-01

    Spectral line parameters that have absorption features within the HCl and HF channels of the Halogen Occultation Experiment (HALOE) were evaluated. Line positions and identification of stratospheric and solar absorption features in both channels are presented based on an analysis of high-resolution, balloon-borne solar occultation spectra. For the relevant HCl and HF lines and for transitions of the interfering species, the accuracy of the following spectral parameters was assessed: line positions, line strengths, lower state energies, air-broadened collisional half-widths, and temperature dependence of the air-broadened half-widths. In addition, since the HALOE instrument and calibration cells are filled with mixtures of HCl in N2 and HF in N2, the self-broadened and N2-broadened HF and HCl half-widths were also considered.

  10. Location and characteristics of the reconnection X-line deduced from low-altitude satellite and radar observations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lockwood, M.; Davis, C. J.; Smith, M. F.; Onsager, T. G.; Denig, W. F.

    1994-01-01

    We present an analysis of a cusp ion step observed between two poleward-moving events of enhanced ionospheric electron temperature. From the computed variation of the reconnection rate and the onset times of the associated ionospheric events, the distance between the satellite and the X-line can be estimated, but with a large uncertainty due to that in the determination of the low-energy cut-off of the ion velocity distribution function, f(E). Nevertheless, analysis of the time series f(t) shows the reconnection site to be on the dayside magnetopause, consistent with the pulsating cusp model, and the best estimate of the X-line location is 13 R(E) from the satellite. The ion precipitation is used to reconstruct the field-parallel part of the Cowley-D ion distribution function injected into the open low latitude boundary layer (LLBL) in the vicinity of the X-line. From this the Alfven speed, plasma density, magnetic field, parallel ion temperature, and flow velocity of the magnetosheath near the X-line can be derived.

  11. Alfven wave cyclotron resonance heating

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    White, R.B.; Yosikawa, S.; Oberman, C.

    1981-02-01

    The resonance absorption of fast Alfven waves at the proton ctclotron resonance of a predominately deuterium plasma is investigated. An approximate dispersion relation is derived, valid in the vicinity of the resonance, which permits an exact calculation of transmission and reflection coefficients. For reasonable plasma parameters significant linear resonance absorption is found.

  12. Interplanetary Alfvenic fluctuations: A statistical study of the directional variations of the magnetic field

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bavassano, B.; Mariani, F.

    1983-01-01

    Magnetic field data from HELIOS 1 and 2 are used to test a stochastic model for Alfvenic fluctuations recently proposed. A reasonable matching between observations and predictions is found. A rough estimate of the correlation length of the observed fluctuations is inferred.

  13. Electromechanical coupling of the solar atmosphere; Proceedings of the OSL Workshop, Capri, Italy, May 27-31, 1991

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Spicer, Daniel S. (Editor); Macneice, Peter (Editor)

    1992-01-01

    The present conference discusses the role of magnetic flux tubes as communication channels, flux tube sizes and their temporal evolution, magnetic field line topology in the solar active regions, weak solar magnetic fields, explosive events and magnetic reconnection in the solar atmosphere, and 3D kinematic reconnection of plasmoids with nulls. Also discussed are coronal heating mechanisms, coronal heating through a lack of MHD equilibrium, Alfven waves in current-carrying inhomogeneous plasmas, hydrostatic models of X-ray coronal loops, MHD turbulence in an expanding atmosphere, and hot mass transport in the solar active prominence.

  14. Lunar Sodium and Potassium Exosphere in May 2014

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oliversen, R. J.; Kuruppuaratchi, D. C. P.; Mierkiewicz, E. J.; Derr, N. J.; Rosborough, S.; Gallant, M. A.; Roesler, F. L.

    2015-12-01

    We apply high resolution spectroscopy to investigate the lunar exosphere by measuring sodium and potassium spectral line profiles to determine the variations in exospheric effective temperatures and velocities. Observations were made at the National Solar Observatory McMath-Pierce Telescope during May 2014. Data were collected over several nights, centered on full moon (May 14) and covering a waxing phase angle of 67° to a waning phase angle of 75°. We used a dual-etalon Fabry-Perot spectrometer with a resolving power of 184,000 (1.63 km s-1) to measure the line widths and radial velocity shifts of the sodium D2 (5889.951 Å) and potassium D1 (7698.965 Å) emission lines. The field of view was 3 arcmin (~330 km) and positioned at several locations, each centered at 1.5 arcmin (~165 km) off the East and West sunlit limbs. The deconvolved line widths indicate significant differences between the sodium and potassium temperatures. The sodium line widths were mostly symmetric as a function of phase for both the waxing and waning phases. At phase angles > 40º (outside of the magnetotail) the full width half maximum (FWHM) line widths are 1.5 - 2.0 km s-1 or ~1500 K for FWHM = 1.75 km s-1. Inside the magnetotail (phase angle < 40º) and near full moon (phase angle ~6°), the FWHM increased to ~4 km s-1. The implied line width temperature is 8000 K, although some of the observed line width may be due to a dispersion in velocities from many contribution along the extended sodium tail. Unlike sodium, the potassium line widths are wider by 50% during the waxing phase compared to the waning phase at phases > 40º. The potassium temperatures pre-magnetotail passage are ~1000 K while the temperatures post-magnetotail passage are ~2000K. At phase angles < 40º, the potassium intensities decreased dramatically; on consecutive days, when the phase angle changed from 44º to 31º to 20º, the relative intensities dropped by 1.0:0.6:0.15. The potassium intensity in the East and West equatorial regions (latitude < 10º) were similar; however, the potassium intensity was brightest off the limb near Aristarchus (latitude ~24º), which was the crater we observed nearest the KREEP region. This work was partially supported by the NASA Planetary Astronomy programs, NNX11AE38G and NNX13AL30G.

  15. N2 pressure - broadened O3 line widths and strengths near 1129.4 cm-1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Copeland, G. E.; Majorana, L. N.; Harward, C. N.; Steinkamp, R. J.

    1982-01-01

    A Beer's Law experiment was performed with a tunable diode laser to find the N2 pressure broadening characteristics of a single 03 absorption line at 1129.426 cm for N2 pressures from 10 to 100 torr (O3 pressure = 3.16 torr). SO2 line positions were used for wavelength calibration. Line shapes were interatively fitted to a Lorentz function. Results were delta (HWHM in MHz) = 47.44 (+ or - 5.34) MHz + 1.730 (+ or - 0.088) MHz/torr *p(torr) with sigma = 0.9897. This intercept compares well with the Doppler O3 - O3 broadened (at 3.16 torr) width of 44.52 Hz. This result in a HWHM line width of 0.44 cm atm at 760 torr and 285 K. The line strengths integrated over delta nu = 0.55 cm were found to be N2 pressure dependent.

  16. Ultraviolet observations of cool stars. IV - Intensities of Lyman-alpha and Mg II in epsilon Pegasi and epsilon Eridani, and line width-luminosity correlations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcclintock, W.; Linsky, J. L.; Henry, R. C.; Moos, H. W.

    1975-01-01

    A spectrometer on the Copernicus satellite has been used to confirm the existence of a line width-luminosity relation for the Ly-alpha and Mg II 2800-A chromospheric emission lines in K-type stars by observation of a K2 dwarf (epsilon Eri) and a K2 supergiant (epsilon Peg). Combined with previously reported observations of lines in three K giants (alpha Boo, alpha Tau, and beta Gem), the data are consistent with an identical dependence of line width on absolute visual magnitude for the Ca II K, Ly-alpha, and Mg II 2795-A lines. Surface fluxes of Ly-alpha, Mg II 2800-A, and O V 1218-A (upper limit) for epsilon Eri, and of Mg II 2800-A for epsilon Peg are also compared with values reported previously for the three giant stars.

  17. Overstability and cooling in sunspots

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Roberts, B.

    1976-01-01

    The role played by overstable Alfven modes in magnetic structures such as sunspots is considered in detail for a column of magnetic field. It is demonstrated explicitly that overstable Alfven waves cool the interior of the magnetic column. It is suggested that these waves account for the cooling in sunspot umbrae, and therefore, in concurrence with Parker, we conclude that a sunspot is a region of enhanced heat transport. The calculations indicate that sunspots have small regions at normal photospheric brightness, and we tentatively suggest that these regions are umbral dots. We also suggest that cooling by overstable Alfven waves may explain the existence of the intense small magnetic flux tubes that constitute the general solar magnetic field.

  18. Momentum and energy deposition in late-type stellar atmospheres and winds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hartmann, L.; Macgregor, K. B.

    1980-01-01

    The present study calculates the response of the outer atmospheres of cool low-gravity stars to the passage of the mechanical energy fluxes of solar magnitude in the form of acoustic waves and Alfven waves. It is shown that Alfven waves are efficient in generating outflow, and can account for the order of magnitude of observed mass loss in late-type luminous stars. However, unless these magnetic waves undergo some dissipation within several stellar radii of the surface, the predicted terminal velocities of the resulting stellar winds are far too high. Alfven wave dissipation should give rise to extended warm chromospheres in low-gravity late-type stars, a prediction which can be observationally tested.

  19. Neon and [CII] 158 μm Emission Line Profiles in Dusty Starbursts and Active Galactic Nuclei

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Samsonyan, A.; Weedman, D.; Lebouteiller, V.; Barry, D.; Sargsyan, L.

    2017-07-01

    Identifying and understanding the initial formation of massive galaxies and quasars in the early universe is a fundamental goal of observational cosmology. A rapidly developing capability for tracing luminosity sources to high redshifts is the observation of the [CII] 158 μm emission line at redshifts z > 4 using ground based submillimeter interferometers, with detections now having been made to z = 7. This has long been known as the strongest far-infrared line in most sources, often carrying about 1% of the total source luminosity, and is thought to be associated with star formation because it should arise within the photodissociation region (PDR) surrounding starbursts. The sample of 382 extragalactic sources has been analysed that have mid-infrared,high resolution spectroscopy with the Spitzer Infrared Spectrograph (IRS) and also spectroscopy of the [CII] 158 μm line with the Herschel Photodetector Array Camera and Spectrometer (PACS). The emission line profiles of [NeII] 12.81μm , [NeIII] 15.55 μm , and [CII] 158 μm are studied, and intrinsic line widths are determined. All line profiles together with overlays comparing positions of PACS and IRS observations are made available in the Cornell Atlas of Spitzer IRS Sources (CASSIS). Sources are classified from AGN to starburst based on equivalent widths of the 6.2 μm polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon feature. It is found that intrinsic line widths do not change among classification for [CII], with median widths of 207 km s-1 for AGN, 248 km s-1 for composites, and 233 km s-1 for starbursts. The [NeII] line widths also do not change with classification, but [NeIII] lines are progressively broader from starburst to AGN. A small number of objects with unusually broad lines or unusual redshift differences in any feature are identified.

  20. Observation of Alfven Waves in the Solar Corona (Invited)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tomczyk, S.

    2013-12-01

    I will review the extensive progress made in recent years on the observation of Alfven waves in the solar corona, with an emphasis on the measurements made with the Coronal Multi-channel Polarimeter. Application of the wave measurements to coronal seismology will be presented. Future prospects in the field will be discussed.

  1. Stability of sub-Alfvenic plasma expansions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Huba, J. D.; Hassam, A. B.; Winske, D.

    1990-01-01

    A theoretical treatment of the linear stability of sub-Alfvenic plasma expansion is developed. The theory is fully kinetic and includes finite-beta effects, collisional effects, and neutral gas flow. A variety of results are obtained, and are applied to the the AMPTE magnetotail release, the NRL laser experiment, and the upcoming CRRES GTO releases.

  2. The Nonlinear Coupling of Alfven and Lower Hybrid Waves in Space Plasma

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Khazanov, G. V.; Singh, N.; Krivorutsky, E.

    2003-01-01

    Space plasmas support a wide variety of waves, and wave-particle interactions as well as wave-wave interactions which are of crucial importance to magnetospheric and ionospheric plasma behavior. The excitation of lower hybrid waves (LHWs), in particular, is a widely discussed mechanism of interaction between plasma species in space and is one of the unresolved questions of magnetospheric multi-ion plasmas. It is demonstrated that large-amplitude Alfven waves may generate LHWs in the auroral zone and ring current region and in some cases (particularly in the inner magnetosphere) this serves as the Alfven wave saturation mechanism. We present several examples of observational data which illustrate that the proposed mechanism is a plausible candidate to explain certain classes of LHW generation events in the ionosphere and magnetosphere and demonstrate electron and ion energization involving these processes. Furthermore, we will present results from particle-in-cell simulations showing the generation of particle drifts in response to an Alfven wave, resulting in excitation of waves and ion heating in a multi- ion plasma.

  3. Experiments on Alfv'en waves in high beta plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gekelman, Walter; Pribyl, Patrick; Cooper, Chris; Vincena, Stephen

    2008-11-01

    The propagation of Alfv'en waves in high beta plasmas is of great interest in solar wind studies as well as in astrophysical plasmas. Alfv'en wave propagation in a high beta plasma is studied on the axis of a toroidal device at UCLA. The vacuum vessel is 30 meters in circumference, 2 meters wide and 3 meters tall. The plasma has a cross sectional area of 20 cm^2 and can be as long as 120 m which is hundreds of parallel Alfv'en wavelengths. The waves are launched using two orthogonal 5-turn , 5.7 cm diameter loops. The AC currents (10 kHz < f < 250 kHz) to the loops are as high as 2 kA p-p, producing fields of 1 kG on the axis of the antenna. The antenna coils are independently driven such that waves with arbitrary polarization can be launched. Movable three axis magnetic pickup loops detect the wave and are used to construct field maps in the machine. Wave propagation results as a function of plasma beta and input wave energy will be presented.

  4. Alfven Eigenmode Control in DIII-D

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hu, W.; Olofsson, E.; Welander, A.; van Zeeland, M.; Collins, C.; Heidbrink, W.

    2017-10-01

    Alfven eigenmodes (AE) driven by fast ions from neutral beam and ion cyclotron heating are common in present day tokamak plasmas and are expected to be destabilized by alpha particles in future burning plasma experiments. Because these waves have been shown to cause loss and redistribution of fast ions which can impact plasma performance and potentially device integrity, developing control techniques for AEs is of paramount importance. In the DIII-D plasma control system, spectral analysis of real-time ECE data is used as a monitor of AE amplitude, frequency, and location. These values are then used for feedback control of the neutral beam power to control Alfven waves and reduce fast ion loss. This work describes tests of AE control experiments in the current ramp up phase, during which multiple Alfven eigenmodes are typically unstable and fast ion confinement is degraded significantly. Comparisons of neutron emission and confined fast ion profiles with and without active AE control will be made. Work supported by the U.S. Dept. of Energy under Award Number DE-FC02-04ER54698.

  5. The Effect of Changes in the ASCA Calibration on the Fe-K Lines in Active Galaxies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yaqoob, T.; Padmanabhan, U.; Dotani, T.; Nandra, K.; White, Nicholas E. (Technical Monitor)

    2001-01-01

    The ASCA calibration has evolved considerably since launch and indeed, is still evolving. There have been concerns in the literature that changes in the ASCA calibration have resulted in the Fe-K lines in active galaxies (AGN) now being systematically narrower than was originally thought. If this were true, a large body of ASCA results would be impacted. In particular, it has been claimed that the broad red wing (when present) of the Fe-K line has been considerably weakened by changes in the ASCA calibration. We demonstrate explicitly that changes in the, ASCA calibration over a period of about eight years have a negligible effect on the width, strength, or shape of the Fe-K lines. The reduction in both width and equivalent width is only approximately 8% or less. We confirm this with simulations and individual sources, as well as sample average profiles. The average profile for type 1 AGN is still very broad, with the red wing extending down to approximately 4 keV. The reason for the claimed, apparently large, discrepancies is that in some sources the Fe-K line is complex, and a single-Gaussian model, being an inadequate description of the line profile, picks up different portions of the profile with different calibration. However, one cannot make inferences about calibration or astrophysics of the sources using models which do not describe the data. Better modeling of the Fe-K in such cases gives completely consistent results with both old and current calibration. Thus, inadequate modeling of the Fe-K line in these sources can seriously underestimate the line width and equivalent width, and therefore lead to incorrect deductions about the astrophysical implications.

  6. Alfven-wave dissipation: A support mechanism for quiescent prominences

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jensen, Eberhart

    1986-01-01

    High resolution filtergrams or spectrograms of the main body of quiescent prominences often show a very vivid dynamical picture that cannot be reconciled with static models. Even if large differences exist between individual prominences in this respect, at least parts of the prominence are usually found to be in a 'choppy', turbulent state. Evidence for systematic flows are found in local regions in the prominence and also in the transition zone in the surroundings. These two regions are probably decoupled magnetically. Alfven waves are generally believed to be responsible for the heating in the upper chromosphere and corona (Hollweg 1986). Since evidence for the presence of Alfven-waves has also been found in the solar wind field, it is highly probable that such waves are generated in the convection zone of the sun and propagated outwards in the solar atmosphere wherever a proper magnetic field is present to carry the waves. The most basic magnetic formations in the solar atmosphere are simple loops. They occur all over the solar surface and cover a large range of magnetic field strengths. Loops with the strongest magnetic fields are found in active regions. It is to be expected that the Alfven-wave flux which is channelled into the loops from below, could show considerable variation both with heliocentric latitude, with time and locally between neighbouring loops. What happens when a magnetic loop is exposed to the appropriate Alfven-wave flux required to heat the upper solar atmosphere is examined.

  7. An MHD simulation model of time-dependent global solar corona with temporally varying solar-surface magnetic field maps

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hayashi, K.

    2013-11-01

    We present a model of a time-dependent three-dimensional magnetohydrodynamics simulation of the sub-Alfvenic solar corona and super-Alfvenic solar wind with temporally varying solar-surface boundary magnetic field data. To (i) accommodate observational data with a somewhat arbitrarily evolving solar photospheric magnetic field as the boundary value and (ii) keep the divergence-free condition, we developed a boundary model, here named Confined Differential Potential Field model, that calculates the horizontal components of the magnetic field, from changes in the vertical component, as a potential field confined in a thin shell. The projected normal characteristic method robustly simulates the solar corona and solar wind, in response to the temporal variation of the boundary Br. We conduct test MHD simulations for two periods, from Carrington Rotation number 2009 to 2010 and from Carrington Rotation 2074 to 2075 at solar maximum and minimum of Cycle 23, respectively. We obtained several coronal features that a fixed boundary condition cannot yield, such as twisted magnetic field lines at the lower corona and the transition from an open-field coronal hole to a closed-field streamer. We also obtained slight improvements of the interplanetary magnetic field, including the latitudinal component, at Earth.

  8. Scattering of magnetic mirror trapped electrons by an Alfven wave

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Y.; Gekelman, W. N.; Pribyl, P.; Papadopoulos, K.; Karavaev, A. V.; Shao, X.; Sharma, A. S.

    2010-12-01

    Highly energetic particles from large solar flares or other events can be trapped in the Earth’s magnetic mirror field and pose a danger to intricate space satellites. Aiming for artificially de-trapping these particles, an experimental and theoretical study of the interactions of a shear Alfven wave with electrons trapped in a magnetic mirror was performed on the Large Plasma Device (LaPD) at UCLA, with critical parameter ratios matched in the lab plasma to those in space. The experiment was done in a quiescent afterglow plasma with ne≈5×1011cm-3, Te≈0.5eV, B0≈1000G, L=18m, and diameter=60cm. A magnetic mirror was established in LaPD (mirror ratio≈1.5, Lmirror≈3m). An electron population with large v⊥ (E⊥≈1keV) was introduced by microwave heating at upper-hybrid frequency with a 2.45GHz pulsed microwave source at up to 5kW. A shear Alfven wave with arbitrary polarization (fwave≈0.5fci , Bwave/B0≈0.5%) was launched by a Rotating Magnetic Field (RMF) antenna axially 2m away from the center of the mirror. It was observed that the Alfven wave effectively eliminated the trapped electrons. A diagnostic probe was developed for this experiment to measure electrons with large v⊥ in the background plasma. Plasma density and temperature perturbations from the Alfven wave were observed along with electron scattering. Computer simulations tracking single particle motion with wave field are ongoing. In these the Alfven wave’s effect on the electrons pitch angle distribution by a Monte-Carlo method is studied. Planned experiments include upgrading the microwave source for up to 100kW pulses to make electrons with higher transverse energy and longer mirror trapping time. This work is supported by The Office of Naval Research under a MURI award. Work was done at the Basic Plasma Science Facility which is supported by DOE and NSF.

  9. Effect of high-latitude ionospheric convection on Sun-aligned polar caps

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sojka, J. J.; Zhu, L.; Crain, D. J.; Schunk, R. W.

    1994-01-01

    A coupled magnetospheric-ionospheric (M-I) magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) model has been used to simulate the formation of Sun-aligned polar cap arcs for a variety of interplanetary magnetic field (IMF) dependent polar cap convection fields. The formation process involves launching an Alfven shear wave from the magnetosphere to the ionosphere where the ionospheric conductance can react self-consistently to changes in the upward currents. We assume that the initial Alfven shear wave is the result of solar wind-magnetosphere interactions. The simulations show how the E region density is affected by the changes in the electron precipitation that are associated with the upward currents. These changes in conductance lead to both a modified Alfven wave reflection at the ionosphere and the generation of secondary Alfven waves in the ionosphere. The ensuing bouncing of the Alfven waves between the ionosphere and magnetosphere is followed until an asymptotic solution is obtained. At the magnetosphere the Alfven waves reflect at a fixed boundary. The coupled M-I Sun-aligned polar cap arc model of Zhu et al.(1993a) is used to carry out the simulations. This study focuses on the dependence of the polar cap arc formation on the background (global) convection pattern. Since the polar cap arcs occur for northward and strong B(sub y) IMF conditions, a variety of background convection patterns can exist when the arcs are present. The study shows that polar cap arcs can be formed for all these convection patterns; however, the arc features are dramatically different for the different patterns. For weak sunward convection a relatively confined single pair of current sheets is associated with the imposed Alfven shear wave structure. However, when the electric field exceeds a threshold, the arc structure intensifies, and the conductance increases as does the local Joule heating rate. These increases are faster than a linear dependence on the background electric field strength. Furthermore, above the threshold, the single current sheet pair splits into multiple current sheet pairs. For the fixed initial ionospheric and magnetospheric conditions used in this study, the separation distance between the current pairs was found to be almost independent of the background electric field strength. For either three-cell or distorted two-cell background convection patterns the arc formation favored the positive B(sub y) case in the northern hemisphere.

  10. High beta effects and nonlinear evolution of the TAE instability

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Spong, D.A.

    1992-12-31

    The toroidal Alfven eigenmode has recently been observed experimentally on DIII-D and TFTR when neutral beams are injected near the Alfven velocity. This instability is also of concern for future high {beta} D-T devices where fusion by-product alpha populations will generally be super-Alfvenic. We have developed a gyrofluid model (with Landau closure) of the TAE mode which can include most of the relevant damping mechanisms (continuum damping, ion and electron damping, ion FLR and collisional trapped electron damping) as well as reproducing analytically predicted undamped growth rates relatively accurately. An important consideration in predicting future unstable TAE regimes is themore » effect of finite beta in the background plasma. Due to the Shafranov shift and distortion of the flux surfaces, the location of the stable TAE root and the continuum will shift with increasing {beta}. The net effect of this is to generally enhance continuum damping and stabilize the TAF instability. Also, as the pressure gradient drive from the background becomes increasingly important, coupling between TAE and background driven modes can alter the TAE mode. A further application of our gyrofluid model which will be discussed is the nonlinear evolution of the TAE instability. Gyrofluid models offer a convenient reduced description which is more amenable to computational nonlinear modeling than full kinetic particle models. Our results demonstrate the rise and crash phases of TAE activity similar to experimental observations. The saturation is caused by generation of m=0 n=0 components through nonlinear beatings of the n > 1 modes; these cause modifications to the original equilibrium profiles in such a direction as to decrease the instability drive. This is the gyrofluid analog of direct particle losses. The peak magnetic fluctuation level increases with increasing energetic species beta, resulting in non-resonant stochastization of magnetic field lines.« less

  11. High beta effects and nonlinear evolution of the TAE instability

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Spong, D.A.

    1992-01-01

    The toroidal Alfven eigenmode has recently been observed experimentally on DIII-D and TFTR when neutral beams are injected near the Alfven velocity. This instability is also of concern for future high [beta] D-T devices where fusion by-product alpha populations will generally be super-Alfvenic. We have developed a gyrofluid model (with Landau closure) of the TAE mode which can include most of the relevant damping mechanisms (continuum damping, ion and electron damping, ion FLR and collisional trapped electron damping) as well as reproducing analytically predicted undamped growth rates relatively accurately. An important consideration in predicting future unstable TAE regimes is themore » effect of finite beta in the background plasma. Due to the Shafranov shift and distortion of the flux surfaces, the location of the stable TAE root and the continuum will shift with increasing [beta]. The net effect of this is to generally enhance continuum damping and stabilize the TAF instability. Also, as the pressure gradient drive from the background becomes increasingly important, coupling between TAE and background driven modes can alter the TAE mode. A further application of our gyrofluid model which will be discussed is the nonlinear evolution of the TAE instability. Gyrofluid models offer a convenient reduced description which is more amenable to computational nonlinear modeling than full kinetic particle models. Our results demonstrate the rise and crash phases of TAE activity similar to experimental observations. The saturation is caused by generation of m=0 n=0 components through nonlinear beatings of the n > 1 modes; these cause modifications to the original equilibrium profiles in such a direction as to decrease the instability drive. This is the gyrofluid analog of direct particle losses. The peak magnetic fluctuation level increases with increasing energetic species beta, resulting in non-resonant stochastization of magnetic field lines.« less

  12. Io's Interaction with the Jovian Magnetosphere: Models of Particle Acceleration and Scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crary, Frank Judson

    1998-09-01

    I develop models of electron acceleration and ion scattering which result from Io's interaction with the jovian magnetosphere. According to my models, Io initially generates transient currents and an Alfvenic disturbance when it first encounters a jovian magnetic field line, and the interaction would eventually settle into a system of steady Birkeland currents as the field line is advected downstream past Io and into Io's wake. I derive a model of wave propagation and electron acceleration by the Alfvenic transient, due to electron inertial effects. My numerical calculations show that the power and particle energy of the resulting electron beam are consistent with observations of the Io-related auroral spot and of Jupiter's S-burst decametric emissions. In the case of the steady currents and Io's wake. I show that these currents would drive instabilities and argue that electrostatic double layers would form in the high latitudes of the Io/Io wake flux tubes. I examine the role of these double layers in producing energetic electrons and estimate the likely electron energies and power. This model agrees with observations of a long arc in the jovian aurora, extending away from the Io-related spot, the L-burst decametric radio emissions and electron beams observed by the Galileo spacecraft in Io's wake. Finally, I consider the Galileo observations of ion cyclotron waves near Io. I use the absence of waves near the S and O gyrofrequencies to place limits on the source rate of heavy ions near Io. For a sufficiently low source rate, the thermal core population prevents ion cyclotron instabilities and wave growth. I use these limits to constrain the neutral column density of Io's exosphere and amount of plasma produced within 2 to 10 body radii of Io.

  13. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Antolin, P.; Vissers, G.; Shibata, K., E-mail: antolin@astro.uio.n, E-mail: g.j.m.vissers@astro.uio.n, E-mail: shibata@kwasan.kyoto-u.ac.j

    Reported observations in H{alpha}, Ca II H, and K or other chromospheric lines of coronal rain trace back to the days of the Skylab mission. Corresponding to cool and dense plasma, coronal rain is often observed falling down along coronal loops in active regions. A physical explanation for this spectacular phenomenon has been put forward thanks to numerical simulations of loops with footpoint-concentrated heating, a heating scenario in which cool condensations naturally form in the corona. This effect has been termed 'catastrophic cooling' and is the predominant explanation for coronal rain. In this work, we further investigate the link betweenmore » this phenomenon and the heating mechanisms acting in the corona. We start by analyzing observations of coronal rain at the limb in the Ca II H line performed by the Hinode satellite, and derive interesting statistical properties concerning the dynamics. We then compare the observations with 1.5-dimensional MHD simulations of loops being heated by small-scale discrete events concentrated toward the footpoints (that could come, for instance, from magnetic reconnection events), and by Alfven waves generated at the photospheric level. Both our observation and simulation results suggest that coronal rain is a far more common phenomenon than previously thought. Also, we show that the structure and dynamics of condensations are far more sensitive to the internal pressure changes in loops than to gravity. Furthermore, it is found that if a loop is predominantly heated from Alfven waves, coronal rain is inhibited due to the characteristic uniform heating they produce. Hence, coronal rain may not only point to the spatial distribution of the heating in coronal loops but also to the agent of the heating itself. We thus propose coronal rain as a marker for coronal heating mechanisms.« less

  14. D IR Line Shapes for Determining the Structure of a Peptide in a Bilayer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Woys, Ann Marie; Lin, Y. S.; Skinner, J. S.; Zanni, M. T.; Reddy, A. S.; de Pablo, J. J.

    2010-06-01

    Structure of the antimicrobial peptide, ovispirin, on a lipid bilayer was determined using 2D IR spectroscopy and spectra calculated from molecular dynamics simulations. Ovispirin is an 18 residue amphipathic peptide that binds parallel to the membrane in a mostly alpha helical conformation. 15 of the 18 residues were ^1^3C^1^8O isotopically labeled on the backbone to isolate the amide I vibration at each position. 2D IR spectra were collected for each labeled peptide in 3:1 POPC/POPG vesicles, and peak width along the diagonal was measured. The diagonal line width is sensitive to the vibrator's electrostatic environment, which varies through the bilayer. We observe an oscillatory line width spanning 10 to 24 cm-1 and with a period of nearly 3.6 residues. To further investigate the position of ovispirin in a bilayer, molecular dynamics simulations determined the peptide depth to be just below the lipid headgroups. The trajectory of ovispirin at this depth was used to calculate 2D IR spectra, from which the diagonal line width is measured. Both experimental and simulated line widths are similar in periodicity and suggest a kink in the peptide backbone and the tilt in the bilayer. A. Woys, Y. S. Lin, A. S. Reddy, W. Xiong, J. J. de Pablo, J. S. Skinner, and M. T. Zanni, JACS 132, 2832-2838 (2010).

  15. PACCE: Perl Algorithm to Compute Continuum and Equivalent Widths

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Riffel, Rogério; Borges Vale, Tibério

    2011-05-01

    PACCE (Perl Algorithm to Compute continuum and Equivalent Widths) computes continuum and equivalent widths. PACCE is able to determine mean continuum and continuum at line center values, which are helpful in stellar population studies, and is also able to compute the uncertainties in the equivalent widths using photon statistics.

  16. Resolution Limits of Nanoimprinted Patterns by Fluorescence Microscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kubo, Shoichi; Tomioka, Tatsuya; Nakagawa, Masaru

    2013-06-01

    The authors investigated optical resolution limits to identify minimum distances between convex lines of fluorescent dye-doped nanoimprinted resist patterns by fluorescence microscopy. Fluorescent ultraviolet (UV)-curable resin and thermoplastic resin films were transformed into line-and-space patterns by UV nanoimprinting and thermal nanoimprinting, respectively. Fluorescence immersion observation needed an immersion medium immiscible to the resist films, and an ionic liquid of triisobutyl methylphosphonium tosylate was appropriate for soluble thermoplastic polystyrene patterns. Observation with various numerical aperture (NA) values and two detection wavelength ranges showed that the resolution limits were smaller than the values estimated by the Sparrow criterion. The space width to identify line patterns became narrower as the line width increased. The space width of 100 nm was demonstrated to be sufficient to resolve 300-nm-wide lines in the detection wavelength range of 575-625 nm using an objective lens of NA= 1.40.

  17. A simple formula for estimating Stark widths of neutral lines. [of stellar atmospheres

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Freudenstein, S. A.; Cooper, J.

    1978-01-01

    A simple formula for the prediction of Stark widths of neutral lines similar to the semiempirical method of Griem (1968) for ion lines is presented. This formula is a simplification of the quantum-mechanical classical path impact theory and can be used for complicated atoms for which detailed calculations are not readily available, provided that the effective position of the closest interacting level is known. The expression does not require the use of a computer. The formula has been applied to a limited number of neutral lines of interest, and the width obtained is compared with the much more complete calculations of Bennett and Griem (1971). The agreement generally is well within 50% of the published value for the lines investigated. Comparisons with other formulas are also made. In addition, a simple estimate for the ion-broadening parameter is given.

  18. Global MHD simulations driven by idealized Alfvenic fluctuations in the solar wind

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Claudepierre, S. G.

    2017-12-01

    High speed solar wind streams (HSSs) and corotating interaction regions (CIRs) often lead to MeV electron flux enhancements the Earth's outer radiation belt. The relevant physical processes responsible for these enhancements are not entirely understood. We investigate the potential role that solar wind Alfvenic fluctuations, intrinsic structures embedded in the HSS/CIRs, play in radiation belt dynamics. In particular, we explore the hypothesis that magnetospheric ultra-low frequency (ULF) pulsations driven by interplanetary magnetic field fluctuations are the intermediary mechanism responsible for the pronounced effect that HSS/CIRs have on the outer electron radiation belt. We examine these effects using global, three-dimensional magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) simulations driven by idealized interplanetary Alfvenic fluctuations, both monochromatic and broadband noise (Kolmogorov turbulence).

  19. Experimental and Numerical Study of Drift Alfv'en Waves in LAPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Friedman, Brett; Popovich, P.; Carter, T. A.; Auerbach, D.; Schaffner, D.

    2009-11-01

    We present a study of drift Alfv'en waves in linear geometry using experiments in the Large Plasma Device (LAPD) at UCLA and simulations from the Boundary Turbulence code (BOUT). BOUT solves the 3D time evolution of plasma parameters and turbulence using Braginskii fluid equations. First, we present a verification study of linear drift Alfven wave physics in BOUT, which has been modified to simulate the cylindrical geometry of LAPD. Second, we present measurements of density and magnetic field fluctuations in the LAPD plasma and the correlation of these fluctuations as a function of plasma parameters, including strength of the background field and discharge current. We also compare the measurements to nonlinear BOUT calculations using experimental LAPD profiles.

  20. Selecting maxillary anterior tooth width by measuring certain facial dimensions in the Kurdish population.

    PubMed

    A L-Kaisy, Neda; Garib, Balkees Taha

    2016-03-01

    One of the most difficult aspects of complete denture fabrication is selecting appropriately sized maxillary anterior teeth that will harmonize with the face. There are no generally accepted or naturally observed principles to guide dentists in this selection. The purpose of this study was to determine whether a relationship exists between various facial measurements and the different single or combined mesiodistal widths of maxillary anterior teeth in a Kurdish population. A total of 65 Kurdish dental students participated in this study. Two standardized digital photographs of the face (relaxed and smiling capture) were recorded. The interpupillary distance (IPD), inner canthal distance (ICD), interalar distance (IAD), and width of the 2 central incisors were determined by Image J software. The mesiodistal width and the combined straight-line width of the centrals, laterals, and canines were measured directly from the casts of the participants with digital calipers. A simple linear regression and the Pearson correlation coefficient were used to investigate the relationship between the particular facial measurement and the widths of the anterior teeth (α=.05). Significant correlations existed between the IPD and different tooth measurements; the highest was with the mean width of the canines (r=0.55). The proposed proportion between the IPD and the central incisor width was 6.93. The golden proportion of the ICD to the width of the central incisors and of the IAD to the straight-line width of the 6 anterior teeth could be used as a dependent parameter in Kurdish men. The IPD can be used to predict the width of anterior teeth in both sexes. In men, the width of the central incisors may be estimated from the ICD and the straight-line width of the 6 anterior teeth from the IAD. Copyright © 2016 Editorial Council for the Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  1. Tooth display and lip position during spontaneous and posed smiling in adults.

    PubMed

    Van Der Geld, Pieter; Oosterveld, Paul; Berge, Stefaan J; Kuijpers-Jagtman, Anne M

    2008-08-01

    To analyze differences in tooth display, lip-line height, and smile width between the posed smiling record, traditionally produced for orthodontic diagnosis, and the spontaneous (Duchenne) smile of joy. The faces of 122 male participants were each filmed during spontaneous and posed smiling. Spontaneous smiles were elicited through the participants watching a comical movie. Maxillary and mandibular lip-line heights, tooth display, and smile width were measured using a digital videographic method for smile analysis. Paired sample t-tests were used to compare measurements of posed and spontaneous smiling. Maxillary lip-line heights during spontaneous smiling were significantly higher than during posed smiling. Compared to spontaneous smiling, tooth display in the (pre)molar area during posed smiling decreased by up to 30%, along with a significant reduction of smile width. During posed smiling, also mandibular lip-line heights changed and the teeth were more covered by the lower lip than during spontaneous smiling. Reduced lip-line heights, tooth display, and smile width on a posed smiling record can have implications for the diagnostics of lip-line height, smile arc, buccal corridors, and plane of occlusion. Spontaneous smiling records next to posed smiling records are therefore recommended for diagnostic purposes. Because of the dynamic nature of spontaneous smiling, it is proposed to switch to dynamic video recording of the smile.

  2. Fano resonances of a ring-shaped "hexamer" cluster at near-infrared wavelength

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Tong-Tong; Xia, Feng; Sun, Peng; Liu, Li-Li; Du, Wei; Li, Meng-Xue; Kong, Wei-Jin; Wan, Yong; Dong, Li-Feng; Yun, Mao-Jin

    2018-03-01

    Fano resonances have been studied intensely in the last decade, since it is an important way to decrease the resonance line width and enhance local electric field. However, achieving a Fano line-shape with both narrow line width and high spectral contrast ratio is still a challenge. In this paper, we theoretically predict the Fano resonance induced by the extinction of normal plane wave in a ring-shaped hexamer cluster at near-infrared wavelength. In order to obtain the narrow Fano line width and high spectral contrast ratio, the relationships between the Fano line-shape and the parameters of the nanostructure are analyzed in detail. The nanostructure is simulated by using commercial software based on finite element method. The simulation results show that when the structural parameters are optimized, the Fano line width can be narrowed down 0.028 eV with a contrast ratio of 86%, and the local electric field enhancement factor at the Fano resonance wavelength can reach to 36. Furthermore, the effective mode volume of the structure is 3.9 ×10-23m3 which is lower than the available literature. These results indicate many potential applications of the Fano resonance in multiwavelength surface-enhanced Raman scattering and biosensing.

  3. Cavity mode-width spectroscopy with widely tunable ultra narrow laser.

    PubMed

    Cygan, Agata; Lisak, Daniel; Morzyński, Piotr; Bober, Marcin; Zawada, Michał; Pazderski, Eugeniusz; Ciuryło, Roman

    2013-12-02

    We explore a cavity-enhanced spectroscopic technique based on determination of the absorbtion coefficient from direct measurement of spectral width of the mode of the optical cavity filled with absorbing medium. This technique called here the cavity mode-width spectroscopy (CMWS) is complementary to the cavity ring-down spectroscopy (CRDS). While both these techniques use information on interaction time of the light with the cavity to determine absorption coefficient, the CMWS does not require to measure very fast signals at high absorption conditions. Instead the CMWS method require a very narrow line width laser with precise frequency control. As an example a spectral line shape of P7 Q6 O₂ line from the B-band was measured with use of an ultra narrow laser system based on two phase-locked external cavity diode lasers (ECDL) having tunability of ± 20 GHz at wavelength range of 687 to 693 nm.

  4. Characterization of Finite Ground Coplanar Waveguide with Narrow Ground Planes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ponchak, George E.; Tentzeris, Emmanouil M.; Katehi, Linda P. B.

    1997-01-01

    Coplanar waveguide with finite width ground planes is characterized through measurements, conformal mapping, and the Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) technique for the purpose of determining the optimum ground plane width. The attenuation and effective permittivity of the lines are related to its geometry. It is found that the characteristics of the Finite Ground Coplanar line (FGC) are not dependent on the ground plane width if it is greater than twice the center conductor width, but less than lambda(sub d)/8. In addition, electromagnetic field plots are presented which show for the first time that electric fields in the plane of the substrate terminate on the outer edge of the ground plane, and that the magnitude of these fields is related to the ground plane width.

  5. Spectra of High-Ionization Seyfert 1 Galaxies: Implications for the Narrow-Line Region

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Moore, David; Cohen, Ross D.; Marcy, Geoffrey W.

    1996-01-01

    We present line profiles and profile parameters for the Narrow-Line Regions (NLRs) of six Seyfert 1 galaxies with high-ionization lines: MCG 8-11-11, Mrk 79, Mrk 704, Mrk 841, NGC 4151, and NGC 5548. The sample was chosen primarily with the goal of obtaining high-quality [Fe VII] lambda6087 and, when possible, [Fe X] lambda6374 profiles to determine if these lines are more likely formed in a physically distinct 'coronal line region' or are formed throughout the NLR along with lines of lower critical density (n(sub cr)) and/or Ionization Potential (IP). We discuss correlations of velocity shift and width with n(sub cr) and IP. In some objects, lines of high IP and/or n(sub cr) are systematically broader than those of low IP/n(sub cr). Of particular interest, however, are objects that show no correlations of line width with either IP or n(sub cr). In these objects, lines of high and low IP/n(sub cr), are remarkably similar, which is difficult to reconcile with the classical picture of the NLR, in which lines of high and low IP/n(sub cr) are formed in physically distinct regions. We argue for similar spatial extents for the flux in lines with similar profiles. Here, as well as in a modeling-oriented companion paper, we develop further an idea suggested by Moore & Cohen that objects that do and do not show line width correlations with IP/n(sub cr) can both be explained in terms of a single NLR model with only a small difference in the cloud column density distinguishing the two types of object. Overall, our objects do not show correlations between the Full Width at Half-Maximum (FWHM) and IP and/or n(sub cr). The width must be defined by a parameter that is sensitive to extended profile wings in order for the correlations to result. We present models in which FWHM correlations with IP and/or n(sub cr) result only after simulating the lower spectral resolution used in previous observational studies. The models that simulate the higher spectral resolution of our observational study produce line width correlations only if the width is defined by a parameter that is more sensitive to extended profile wings than is the FWHM. Our sample of six objects is in effect augmented by incorporating the larger sample (16 objects) of Veilleux into some of our discussion. This paper focuses on new interpretations of NLR emission-line spectra and line profiles that stem directly from the observations. Paper 2 focuses on modeling and complements this paper by illustrating explicitly the effects that spatial variations in electron density, ionization parameter, and column density have on model profiles. By comparing model profiles with the observed profiles presented here, as well as with those presented by Veilleux, Paper 2 yields insight into how the electron density, ionization parameter, and column density likely vary throughout the NLR.

  6. Development of stable, narrow spectral line-width, fiber delivered laser source for spin exchange optical pumping

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu, Bo; Tong, Xin; Jiang, Chenyang

    2015-06-05

    In this study, we developed a stable, narrow spectral line-width, fiber delivered laser source for spin exchange optical pumping. An optimized external cavity equipped with an off-the-shelf volume holographic grating narrowed the spectral line-width of a 100 W high-power diode laser and stabilized the laser spectrum. The laser spectrum showed a high side mode suppression ratio of >30 dB and good long-term stability (center wavelength drifting within ±0.002 nm during 220 h of operation). Finally, our laser is delivered by a multimode fiber with power ~70 W, center wavelength of 794.77 nm, and spectral bandwidth of ~0.12 nm.

  7. Effects on Calculated Half-Widths and Shifts from the Line Coupling for Asymmetric-Top Molecules

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ma, Q.; Boulet, C.; Tipping, R. H.

    2014-01-01

    The refinement of the Robert-Bonamy formalism by considering the line coupling for linear molecules developed in our previous studies [Q. Ma, C. Boulet, and R. H. Tipping, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 034305 (2013); 140, 104304 (2014)] have been extended to asymmetric-top molecules. For H2O immersed in N2 bath, the line coupling selection rules applicable for the pure rotational band to determine whether two specified lines are coupled or not are established. Meanwhile, because the coupling strengths are determined by relative importance of off-diagonal matrix elements versus diagonal elements of the operator -iS1 -S2, quantitative tools are developed with which one is able to remove weakly coupled lines from consideration. By applying these tools, we have found that within reasonable tolerances, most of the H2O lines in the pure rotational band are not coupled. This reflects the fact that differences of energy levels of the H2O states are pretty large. But, there are several dozen strongly coupled lines and they can be categorized into different groups such that the line couplings occur only within the same groups. In practice, to identify those strongly coupled lines and to confine them into sub-linespaces are crucial steps in considering the line coupling. We have calculated half-widths and shifts for some groups, including the line coupling. Based on these calculations, one can conclude that for most of the H2O lines, it is unnecessary to consider the line coupling. However, for several dozens of lines, effects on the calculated half-widths from the line coupling are small, but remain noticeable and reductions of calculated half-widths due to including the line coupling could reach to 5%. Meanwhile, effects on the calculated shifts are very significant and variations of calculated shifts could be as large as 25%.

  8. Effects on calculated half-widths and shifts from the line coupling for asymmetric-top molecules

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ma, Q.; Boulet, C.; Tipping, R. H.

    2014-06-28

    The refinement of the Robert-Bonamy formalism by considering the line coupling for linear molecules developed in our previous studies [Q. Ma, C. Boulet, and R. H. Tipping, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 034305 (2013); 140, 104304 (2014)] have been extended to asymmetric-top molecules. For H{sub 2}O immersed in N{sub 2} bath, the line coupling selection rules applicable for the pure rotational band to determine whether two specified lines are coupled or not are established. Meanwhile, because the coupling strengths are determined by relative importance of off-diagonal matrix elements versus diagonal elements of the operator −iS{sub 1} − S{sub 2}, quantitative toolsmore » are developed with which one is able to remove weakly coupled lines from consideration. By applying these tools, we have found that within reasonable tolerances, most of the H{sub 2}O lines in the pure rotational band are not coupled. This reflects the fact that differences of energy levels of the H{sub 2}O states are pretty large. But, there are several dozen strongly coupled lines and they can be categorized into different groups such that the line couplings occur only within the same groups. In practice, to identify those strongly coupled lines and to confine them into sub-linespaces are crucial steps in considering the line coupling. We have calculated half-widths and shifts for some groups, including the line coupling. Based on these calculations, one can conclude that for most of the H{sub 2}O lines, it is unnecessary to consider the line coupling. However, for several dozens of lines, effects on the calculated half-widths from the line coupling are small, but remain noticeable and reductions of calculated half-widths due to including the line coupling could reach to 5%. Meanwhile, effects on the calculated shifts are very significant and variations of calculated shifts could be as large as 25%.« less

  9. Generation of BBFs and DFs, Formation of Substorm Auroras and Triggers of Substorm Onset

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Y.; Lysak, R. L.

    2014-12-01

    Substorm onset is a dynamical response of the MI coupling system to external solar wind driving conditions and to internal dynamical processes. During the growth phase, the solar wind energy and momentum are transferred into the magnetosphere via MHD mesoscale Alfvenic interactions throughout the magnetopause current sheet. A decrease in momentum transfer from the solar wind into the magnetosphere starts a preconditioning stage, and produces a strong earthward body force acting on the whole magnetotail within a short time period. The strong earthward force will cause localized transients in the tail, such as multiple BBFs, DFs, plasma bubbles, and excited MHD waves. On auroral flux tubes, FACs carried by Alfven waves are generated by Alfvenic interactions between tail earthward flows associated with BBFs/DFs/Bubbles and the ionospheric drag. Nonlinear Alfvenic interaction between the incident and reflected Alfven wave packets in the auroral acceleration region can produce localized parallel electric fields and substorm auroral arcs. During the preconditioning stage prior to substorm onset, the generation of parallel electric fields and auroral arcs can redistribute perpendicular mechanical and magnetic stresses, "decoupling" the magnetosphere from the ionosphere drag. This will enhance the tail earthward flows and rapidly build up stronger parallel electric fields in the auroral acceleration region, leading to a sudden and violent tail energy release and substorm auroral poleward expansion. We suggest that in preconditioning stage, the decrease in the solar wind momentum transfer is a necessary condition of the substorm onset. Additionally, "decoupling" the magnetosphere from ionosphere drag can trigger substorm expansion onset.

  10. On the equilibrium between proton kappa distribution and compressible kinetic Alfvenic fluctuations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yoon, P. H.

    2017-12-01

    Protons with a quasi inverse power law energetic population featuring the property f v-α, with α close to 5, are pervasively observed in the heliosphere. While many theoretical attempts have been made in order to describe such a feature, the so-called pump acceleration mechanism put forth by Fisk & Gloeckler is one of the most prominent theories. Their mechanism involves the low-frequency compressional fluctuations accelerating the protons. This presentation aims to reformulate the problem from the perspective of the steady state solution of the self-consistent plasma kinetic theory involving compressible kinetic Alfvenic fluctuations. By considering the steady state proton particle kinetic equation and quasi-linear wave kinetic for the kinetic Alfvenic turbulence we seek to obtain concomitant solutions for both proton velocity distribution function and the spectral intensity for kinetic Alfvenic fluctuation. It is found that the kappa distribution for the protons is a legitimate, if not unique, solution. The steady state spectrum of kinetic Alfvenic fluctuation is also obtained. The present investigation demonstrates that the kappa distribution for the protons featuring energetic tail population characterized by f v-2κ-2, where κ is the parameter for kappa distribution, may represent the background population of the protons in the heliosphere. However, it is speculated that in order to uniquely determine the value of κ, which must be close to 1.5 for asymptotic behavior of f v-5, one must have an additional constraint that involves the balance of nonlinear mode coupling terms in the wave kinetic equation.

  11. Semi-empirical calculations of line-shape parameters and their temperature dependences for the ν6 band of CH3D perturbed by N2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dudaryonok, A. S.; Lavrentieva, N. N.; Buldyreva, J.

    2018-06-01

    (J, K)-line broadening and shift coefficients with their temperature-dependence characteristics are computed for the perpendicular (ΔK = ±1) ν6 band of the 12CH3D-N2 system. The computations are based on a semi-empirical approach which consists in the use of analytical Anderson-type expressions multiplied by a few-parameter correction factor to account for various deviations from Anderson's theory approximations. A mathematically convenient form of the correction factor is chosen on the basis of experimental rotational dependencies of line widths, and its parameters are fitted on some experimental line widths at 296 K. To get the unknown CH3D polarizability in the excited vibrational state v6 for line-shift calculations, a parametric vibration-state-dependent expression is suggested, with two parameters adjusted on some room-temperature experimental values of line shifts. Having been validated by comparison with available in the literature experimental values for various sub-branches of the band, this approach is used to generate massive data of line-shape parameters for extended ranges of rotational quantum numbers (J up to 70 and K up to 20) typically requested for spectroscopic databases. To obtain the temperature-dependence characteristics of line widths and line shifts, computations are done for various temperatures in the range 200-400 K recommended for HITRAN and least-squares fit procedures are applied. For the case of line widths strong sub-branch dependence with increasing K is observed in the R- and P-branches; for the line shifts such dependence is stated for the Q-branch.

  12. Alfven Wave Reflection Model of Field-Aligned Currents at Mercury

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lyatsky, Wladislaw; Khazanov, George V.; Slavin, James

    2010-01-01

    An Alfven Wave Reflection (AWR) model is proposed that provides closure for strong field-aligned currents (FACs) driven by the magnetopause reconnection in the magnetospheres of planets having no significant ionospheric and surface electrical conductance. The model is based on properties of the Alfven waves, generated at high altitudes and reflected from the low-conductivity surface of the planet. When magnetospheric convection is very slow, the incident and reflected Alfven waves propagate along approximately the same path. In this case, the net field-aligned currents will be small. However, as the convection speed increases. the reflected wave is displaced relatively to the incident wave so that the incident and reflected waves no longer compensate each other. In this case, the net field-aligned current may be large despite the lack of significant ionospheric and surface conductivity. Our estimate shows that for typical solar wind conditions at Mercury, the magnitude of Region 1-type FACs in Mercury's magnetosphere may reach hundreds of kilo-Amperes. This AWR model of field-aligned currents may provide a solution to the long-standing problem of the closure of FACs in the Mercury's magnetosphere. c2009 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  13. Preferential Heating of Oxygen 5+ Ions by Finite-Amplitude Oblique Alfven Waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Maneva, Yana G.; Vinas, Adolfo; Araneda, Jamie; Poedts, Stefaan

    2016-01-01

    Minor ions in the fast solar wind are known to have higher temperatures and to flow faster than protons in the interplanetary space. In this study we combine previous research on parametric instability theory and 2.5D hybrid simulations to study the onset of preferential heating of Oxygen 5+ ions by large-scale finite-amplitude Alfven waves in the collisionless fast solar wind. We consider initially non-drifting isotropic multi-species plasma, consisting of isothermal massless fluid electrons, kinetic protons and kinetic Oxygen 5+ ions. The external energy source for the plasma heating and energization are oblique monochromatic Alfven-cyclotron waves. The waves have been created by rotating the direction of initial parallel pump, which is a solution of the multi-fluid plasma dispersion relation. We consider propagation angles theta less than or equal to 30 deg. The obliquely propagating Alfven pump waves lead to strong diffusion in the ion phase space, resulting in highly anisotropic heavy ion velocity distribution functions and proton beams. We discuss the application of the model to the problems of preferential heating of minor ions in the solar corona and the fast solar wind.

  14. Experimental Study of RF Sheaths due to Shear Alfv'en Waves in the LAPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martin, Michael; van Compernolle, Bart; Carter, Troy; Gekelman, Walter; Pribyl, Patrick; D'Ippolito, Daniel A.; Myra, James R.

    2012-10-01

    Ion cyclotron resonance frequency (ICRF) heating is an important tool in current fusion experiments and will be an essential part of the heating power in ITER. A current limitation of ICRF heating is impurity generation through the formation of radiofrequency (RF) sheaths, both near-field (at the antenna) and far-field (e.g. in the divertor region). Far-field sheaths are thought to be generated through the direct launch of or mode conversion to shear Alfv'en waves. Shear Alfv'en waves have an electric field component parallel to the background magnetic field near the wall that drives an RF sheath.footnotetextD. A. D'Ippolito and J. R. Myra, Phys. Plasmas 19, 034504 (2012) In this study we directly launch the shear Alfv'en wave and measure the plasma potential oscillations and DC potential in the bulk plasma of the LAPD using emissive and Langmuir probes. Measured changes in the DC plasma potential can serve as an indirect measurement of the formation of an RF sheath because of rectification. These measurements will be useful in guiding future experiments to measure the plasma potential profile inside RF sheaths as part of an ongoing campaign.

  15. Star of Lima - Overview and optical diagnostics of a barium Alfven critical velocity experiment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wescott, E. M.; Stenbaek-Nielsen, H. C.; Hallinan, T.; Foeppl, H.; Valenzuela, A.

    1986-01-01

    The Alfven critical velocity mechanism for ionization of a neutral gas streaming across the magnetic field has been demonstrated in laboratory experiments. In March 1983, two rocket-borne experiments with Ba and Sr tested the effect in the wall-less laboratory of space from Punto Lobos, Peru, near 430 km altitude. 'Star of Lima' used a conical Ba shaped charge aimed at an instrument payload about 2 km away. Because of rocket overperformance the detonation occurred in partial sunlight, so that less than 21.6 percent of the ionizing UV was present. Particle and field measurements indicate the production of hot electrons and waves in the energy and frequency range that are respectively predicted to produce a cascade of ionization by the Alfven mechanism. However, the ionization fluxes and wave energy density did not reach cascade levels, and optical observations indicate that only 2.5 to 5 x 10 to the 20th Ba ions were produced. A substantial portion and perhaps all of the ionization could have been produced by solar UV. The failure of the Alfven process in this experiment is not well understood.

  16. Addressable-Matrix Integrated-Circuit Test Structure

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sayah, Hoshyar R.; Buehler, Martin G.

    1991-01-01

    Method of quality control based on use of row- and column-addressable test structure speeds collection of data on widths of resistor lines and coverage of steps in integrated circuits. By use of straightforward mathematical model, line widths and step coverages deduced from measurements of electrical resistances in each of various combinations of lines, steps, and bridges addressable in test structure. Intended for use in evaluating processes and equipment used in manufacture of application-specific integrated circuits.

  17. The relaxation matrix for symmetric tops with inversion symmetry. I. Effects of line coupling on self-broadened ν1 and pure rotational bands of NH3.

    PubMed

    Ma, Q; Boulet, C

    2016-06-14

    The Robert-Bonamy formalism has been commonly used to calculate half-widths and shifts of spectral lines for decades. This formalism is based on several approximations. Among them, two have not been fully addressed: the isolated line approximation and the neglect of coupling between the translational and internal motions. Recently, we have shown that the isolated line approximation is not necessary in developing semi-classical line shape theories. Based on this progress, we have been able to develop a new formalism that enables not only to reduce uncertainties on calculated half-widths and shifts, but also to model line mixing effects on spectra starting from the knowledge of the intermolecular potential. In our previous studies, the new formalism had been applied to linear and asymmetric-top molecules. In the present study, the method has been extended to symmetric-top molecules with inversion symmetry. As expected, the inversion splitting induces a complete failure of the isolated line approximation. We have calculated the complex relaxation matrices of self-broadened NH3. The half-widths and shifts in the ν1 and the pure rotational bands are reported in the present paper. When compared with measurements, the calculated half-widths match the experimental data very well, since the inapplicable isolated line approximation has been removed. With respect to the shifts, only qualitative results are obtained and discussed. Calculated off-diagonal elements of the relaxation matrix and a comparison with the observed line mixing effects are reported in the companion paper (Paper II).

  18. The Relaxation Matrix for Symmetric Tops with Inversion Symmetry. I. Effects of Line Coupling on Self-Broadened v (sub 1) and Pure Rotational Bands of NH3

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ma, Q.; Boulet, C.

    2016-01-01

    The Robert-Bonamy formalism has been commonly used to calculate half-widths and shifts of spectral lines for decades. This formalism is based on several approximations. Among them, two have not been fully addressed: the isolated line approximation and the neglect of coupling between the translational and internal motions. Recently, we have shown that the isolated line approximation is not necessary in developing semi-classical line shape theories. Based on this progress, we have been able to develop a new formalism that enables not only to reduce uncertainties on calculated half-widths and shifts, but also to model line mixing effects on spectra starting from the knowledge of the intermolecular potential. In our previous studies, the new formalism had been applied to linear and asymmetric-top molecules. In the present study, the method has been extended to symmetric-top molecules with inversion symmetry. As expected, the inversion splitting induces a complete failure of the isolated line approximation. We have calculated the complex relaxation matrices of selfbroadened NH3. The half-widths and shifts in the ?1 and the pure rotational bands are reported in the present paper. When compared with measurements, the calculated half-widths match the experimental data very well, since the inapplicable isolated line approximation has been removed. With respect to the shifts, only qualitative results are obtained and discussed. Calculated off-diagonal elements of the relaxation matrix and a comparison with the observed line mixing effects are reported in the companion paper (Paper II).

  19. Imaging performance of annular apertures. II - Line spread functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tschunko, H. F. A.

    1978-01-01

    Line images formed by aberration-free optical systems with annular apertures are investigated in the whole range of central obstruction ratios. Annular apertures form lines images with central and side line groups. The number of lines in each line group is given by the ratio of the outer diameter of the annular aperture divided by the width of the annulus. The theoretical energy fraction of 0.889 in the central line of the image formed by an unobstructed aperture increases for centrally obstructed apertures to 0.932 for the central line group. Energy fractions for the central and side line groups are practically constant for all obstruction ratios and for each line group. The illumination of rectangular secondary apertures of various length/width ratios by apertures of various obstruction ratios is discussed.

  20. Radiation from long pulse train electron beams in space plasmas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harker, K. J.; Banks, P. M.

    1985-01-01

    A previous study of electromagnetic radiation from a finite train of electron pulses is extended to an infinite train of such pulses. The electrons are assumed to follow an idealized helical path through a space plasma in such a manner as to retain their respective position within the beam. This leads to radiation by coherent spontaneous emission. The waves of interest in this region are the whistler slow (compressional) and fast (torsional) Alfven waves. Although a general theory is developed, analysis is then restricted to two approximations, the short and long electron beam. Formulas for the radiation per unit solid angle from the short beam are presented as a function of both propagation and ray angles, electron beam pulse width and separation and beam current, voltage, and pitch angle. Similar formulas for the total power radiated from the long beam are derived as a function of frequency, propagation angle, and ray angle. Predictions of the power radiated are presented for representative examples as determined by the long beam theory.

  1. A New Global Multi-fluid MHD Model of the Solar Corona

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    van der Holst, B.; Chandran, B. D. G.; Alterman, B. L.; Kasper, J. C.; Toth, G.

    2017-12-01

    We present a multi-fluid generalization of the AWSoM model, a global magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) solar corona model with low-frequency Alfven wave turbulence (van der Holst et al., 2014). This new extended model includes electron and multi-ion temperatures and velocities (protons and alpha particles). The coronal heating and acceleration is addressed via outward propagating low-frequency Alfven waves that are partially reflected by Alfven speed gradients. The nonlinear interaction of these counter-propagating waves results in turbulent energy cascade. To apportion the wave dissipation to the electron and ion temperatures, we employ the results of the theories of linear wave damping and nonlinear stochastic heating as described by Chandran et al. (2011, 2013). This heat partitioning results in a more than mass proportional heating among ions.

  2. Neutron starquakes and the nature of gamma-ray bursts

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Madau, P.; Blaes, O.; Blandford, R. D.; Goldreich, P.

    1989-01-01

    The possibility that gamma-ray bursts originate from quakes deep in the solid crust of a neutron star is investigated. Seismic waves are radiated if shear stress is relieved by brittle fracture. However they cannot propagate directly to the surface but are temporarily trapped below a reflecting layer. The shaking of the stellar surface couples the seismic waves to Alfven waves which propagate out into the magnetosphere. The crust-magnetosphere transmission coefficient strongly increases with wave frequency and magnetic field strength. Alfven wave luminosities sufficient to power galactic gamma-ray bursts are possible if magnetic fields greater than 100 billion G cover at least part of the stellar surface. As the Alfven waves propagate out into the low density magnetosphere, they become increasingly charge starved, thereby accelerating particles to relativistic energies.

  3. Finite Ground Coplanar (FGC) Waveguide: Characteristics and Advantages Evaluated for Radiofrequency and Wireless Communication Circuits

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ponchak, George E.

    1999-01-01

    Researchers in NASA Lewis Research Center s Electron Device Technology Branch are developing transmission lines for radiofrequency and wireless circuits that are more efficient, smaller, and make lower cost circuits possible. Traditionally, radiofrequency and wireless circuits have employed a microstrip or coplanar waveguide to interconnect the various electrical elements that comprise a circuit. Although a coplanar waveguide (CPW) is widely viewed as better than a microstrip for most applications, it too has problems. To solve these problems, NASA Lewis and the University of Michigan developed a new version of a coplanar waveguide with electrically narrow ground planes. Through extensive numerical modeling and experimental measurements, we have characterized the propagation constant of the FGC waveguide, the lumped and distributed circuit elements integrated in the FGC waveguide, and the coupling between parallel transmission lines. Although the attenuation per unit length is higher for the FGC waveguide because of higher conductor loss, the attenuation is comparable when the ground plane width is twice the center conductor width as shown in the following graph. An upper limit to the line width is derived from observations that when the total line width is greater than ld/2, spurious resonances due to the parallel plate waveguide mode are established. Thus, the ground plane width must be less than ld/4 where ld is the wavelength in the dielectric. Since the center conductor width S is typically less than l/10 to maintain good transverse electromagnetic mode characteristics, it follows that a ground plane width of B = 2S would also be electrically narrow. Thus, we can now treat the ground strips of the FGC waveguide the same way that the center conductor is treated.

  4. THE FORMATION OF IRIS DIAGNOSTICS. VIII. IRIS OBSERVATIONS IN THE C ii 133.5 nm MULTIPLET

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rathore, Bhavna; Pereira, Tiago M. D.; Carlsson, Mats

    The C ii 133.5 nm multiplet has been observed by NASA’s Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph (IRIS) in unprecedented spatial resolution. The aims of this work are to characterize these new observations of the C ii lines, place them in context with previous work, and to identify any additional value the C ii lines bring when compared with other spectral lines. We make use of wide, long exposure IRIS rasters covering the quiet Sun and an active region. Line properties such as velocity shift and width are extracted from individual spectra and analyzed. The lines have a variety of shapes (mostlymore » single-peak or double-peak), are strongest in active regions and weaker in the quiet Sun. The ratio between the 133.4 and 133.5 nm components is always less than 1.8, indicating that their radiation is optically thick in all locations. Maps of the C ii line widths are a powerful new diagnostic of chromospheric structures, and their line shifts are a robust velocity diagnostic. Compared with earlier quiet Sun observations, we find similar absolute intensities and mean line widths, but smaller redshifts; this difference can perhaps be attributed to differences in spectral resolution and spatial coverage. The C ii intensity maps are somewhat similar to those of transition region lines, but also share some features with chromospheric maps such as those from the Mg ii k line, indicating that they are formed between the upper chromosphere and transition region. C ii intensity, width, and velocity maps can therefore be used to gather additional information about the upper chromosphere.« less

  5. New insights on boundary plasma turbulence and the Quasi-Coherent Mode in Alcator C-Mod using a Mirror Langmuir Probe

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Labombard, Brian

    2013-10-01

    A ``Mirror Langmuir Probe'' (MLP) diagnostic has been used to interrogate edge plasma profiles and turbulence in Alcator C-Mod with unprecedented detail, yielding fundamental insights on the Quasi-Coherent Mode (QCM) - a mode that regulates plasma density and impurities in EDA H-modes without ELMs. The MLP employs a fast-switching, self-adapting bias scheme, recording density, electron temperature and plasma potential simultaneously at high bandwidth (~1 MHz) on each of four separate electrodes on a scanning probe. Temporal dynamics are followed in detail; wavenumber-frequency spectra and phase relationships are readily deduced. Poloidal field fluctuations are recorded separately with a two-coil, scanning probe. Results from ohmic L-mode and H-mode plasmas are reported, including key observations of the QCM: The QCM lives in a region of positive radial electric field, with a mode width (~3 mm) that spans open and closed field line regions. Remarkably large amplitude (~30%), sinusoidal bursts in density, electron temperature and plasma potential fluctuations are observed that are in phase; potential lags density by at most 10 degrees. Propagation velocity of the mode corresponds to the sum of local E × B and electron diamagnetic drift velocities - quantities that are deduced directly from time-averaged profiles. Poloidal magnetic field fluctuations project to parallel current densities of ~5 amps/cm2 in the mode layer, with significant parallel electromagnetic induction. Electron force balance is examined, unambiguously identifying the mode type. It is found that fluctuations in parallel electron pressure gradient are roughly balanced by the sum of electrostatic and electromotive forces. Thus the primary mode structure of the QCM is that of a drift-Alfven wave. Work supported by US DoE award DE-FC02-99ER54512.

  6. VUV spectroscopic study of the ? state of H2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dickenson, G. D.; Ubachs, W.

    2014-04-01

    Spectral lines, probing rotational quantum states J‧ = 0, 1, 2 of the inner well vibrations (υ‧ ≤ 8) in the ? state of molecular hydrogen, were recorded in high resolution using a vacuum ultraviolet Fourier transform absorption spectrometer in the wavelength range 73-86 nm. Accurate line positions and predissociation widths are determined from a fit to the absorption spectra. Improved values for the line positions are obtained, while the predissociation widths agree well with previous investigations.

  7. Absolute intensities and self-, N2-, and air-broadened Lorentz halfwidths for selected lines in the nu3 band of (C-12)H3D from measurements with a tunable diode laser spectrometer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Malathy Devi, V.; Benner, D. C.; Rinsland, C. P.; Smith, M. A. H.; Thakur, K. B.

    1986-01-01

    Absolute intensities and self-, air- and N2-broadened half-widths have been determined for the first time for individual lines in the nu3(A1) band of (C-12)H3D near 7.6 microns from measurements of individual vibration-rotation lines using a tunable diode laser spectrometer. The intensity measurements are believed to be accurate to within three percent. Within experimental uncertainties, equal broadening efficiencies are found for both air and nitrogen. Self-broadened half-widths determined for three transitions yield an average half-width value of 0.803 + or -0.0010/cm/atm at 296 K.

  8. The Distance to the Coma Cluster from the Tully--Fisher Relation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Herter, T.; Vogt, N. P.; Haynes, M. P.; Giovanelli, R.

    1993-12-01

    As part of a survey to determine the distances to nearby (z < .04) Abell clusters via application of the Tully--Fisher (TF) relation, we have obtained 21 cm HI line widths, optical rotation curves and photometric I--band CCD images of galaxies within and near the Coma cluster. Because spiral galaxies within the cluster itself are HI deficient and thus are detected marginally or not at all in HI, distance determinations using only the radio TF relation exclude true cluster members. Our sample includes eight HI deficient galaxies within 1.5 degrees of the cluster center, for which optical velocity widths are derived from their Hα and [NII] rotation curves. The 21 cm line widths have been extracted using a new algorithm designed to optimize the measurement for TF applications, taking into account the effects of spectral resolution and smoothing. The optical width is constructed from the velocity histogram, and is therefore a global value akin to the HI width. A correction for turbulent broadening of the HI is derived from comparison of the optical and HI widths. Using a combined sample of 260 galaxies in 11 clusters and an additional 30 field objects at comparable distances, we have performed a calibration of the radio and optical analogs of the TF relation. Preliminary results show a clear linear relationship with a small offset between optical and radio widths, and good agreement in deriving Tully--Fisher distances to clusters. Our Coma sample consists of 28 galaxies with optical widths and 42 with HI line widths, with an overlapping set of 20 galaxies. We will present the data on the Coma cluster, and discuss the results of our analysis.

  9. Characterization of the Coupling Between Adjacent Finite Ground Coplanar (FGC) Waveguides

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ponchak, George E.; Katehi, Linda P. B.; Tentzeris, Emmanouil M.

    1997-01-01

    Coupling between adjacent Finite Ground Coplanar (FGC) waveguides as a function of the line geometry is presented for the first time. A two Dimension-Finite Difference Time Domain (2D-FDTD) analysis and measurements are used to show that the coupling decreases as the line to line separation and the grOUnd plane width increases. Furthermore, it is shown that for a given spacing between the center lines of two FGC lines, the coupling is lower if the ground plane width is smaller Lastly, electric field plots generated from the 2D-FDTD technique are presented which demonstrate a strong slotline mode is established in the coupled FGC line.

  10. Dielectric image line groove antennas for millimeterwaves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Solbach, K.; Wolff, I.

    Grooves in the ground plane of dielectric image lines are proposed as a new radiating structure. A figure is included showing the proposed groove structure as a discontinuity in a dielectric image line. A wave incident on the dielectric image line is partly reflected by the discontinuity, partly transmitted across the groove, and partly radiated into space above the line. In a travelling-wave antenna, a number of grooves are arranged below a dielectric guide, with spacings around one guide wavelength to produce a beam in the upper half space. A prescribed aperture distribution can be effected by tapering the series radiation resistance of the grooves. This can be done by adjusting the depths of the grooves with a constant width or by varying the widths of the grooves with a constant depth. Attention is also given to circular grooves. Here, the widths of the holes are chosen so that they can be considered as waveguides operating far below the cut-off frequency of the fundamental circular waveguide mode.

  11. Relating Line Width and Optical Depth for CO Emission in the Large Mgellanic Cloud

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wojciechowski, Evan; Wong, Tony; Bandurski, Jeffrey; MC3 (Mapping CO in Molecular Clouds in the Magellanic Clouds) Team

    2018-01-01

    We investigate data produced from ALMA observations of giant molecular clouds (GMCs) located in the Large Magellanic Cloud (LMC), using 12CO(2–1) and 13CO(2–1) emission. The spectral line width is generally interpreted as tracing turbulent rather than thermal motions in the cloud, but could also be affected by optical depth, especially for the 12CO line (Hacar et al. 2016). We compare the spectral line widths of both lines with their optical depths, estimated from an LTE analysis, to evaluate the importance of optical depth effects. Our cloud sample includes two regions recently published by Wong et al. (2017, submitted): the Tarantula Nebula or 30 Dor, an HII region rife with turbulence, and the Planck cold cloud (PCC), located in a much calmer environment near the fringes of the LMC. We also include four additional LMC clouds, which span intermediate levels of star formation relative to these two clouds, and for which we have recently obtained ALMA data in Cycle 4.

  12. Vacuum ultraviolet molecular nitrogen photoabsorption cross sections for planetary atmospheric transmission models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stark, G.; Smith, P. L.; Yoshino, K.; Rufus, J.; Huber, K. P.

    2001-11-01

    The analyses of VUV occultation measurements of the N2-rich atmospheres of Titan and Triton are hampered by the lack of fundamental spectroscopic data for N2. In particular, there is a need for reliable photoabsorption f-values and line widths for the ~ 100 electronic bands of N2 in the 80 to 100 nm wavelength region. As part of our continuing program of laboratory measurements and analyses of the N2 VUV absorption spectrum, we present the results of new measurements of individual line strengths and widths in selected bands. These results indicate that within a number of individual bands there are significant departures from the predicted line strength distributions based on isolated band models. New line width measurements in the 95 to 100 nm region are also presented and compared to other values found in the literature. We have continued to compile on-line molecular spectroscopic atlas based on our N2 laboratory data: http://cfa-www.harvard.edu/amdata/ampdata/N2ARCHIVE/n2home.html. The archive includes published and unpublished 14N2, 14N15N, and 15N2 line lists and spectroscopic identifications, excited state energy levels, band and line f-values, a summary of published band f-value and line width measurements, and a cross-referenced summary of the relevant N2 literature. The listings are searchable by wavelength interval or band identification and are suitable for down-loading in a convenient format. We gratefully acknowledge funding support from NASA grant NAG5-9059 and the Smithsonian Institution Atherton-Seidel grant program.

  13. Spatial resolution of a hard x-ray CCD detector.

    PubMed

    Seely, John F; Pereira, Nino R; Weber, Bruce V; Schumer, Joseph W; Apruzese, John P; Hudson, Lawrence T; Szabo, Csilla I; Boyer, Craig N; Skirlo, Scott

    2010-08-10

    The spatial resolution of an x-ray CCD detector was determined from the widths of the tungsten x-ray lines in the spectrum formed by a crystal spectrometer in the 58 to 70 keV energy range. The detector had 20 microm pixel, 1700 by 1200 pixel format, and a CsI x-ray conversion scintillator. The spectral lines from a megavolt x-ray generator were focused on the spectrometer's Rowland circle by a curved transmission crystal. The line shapes were Lorentzian with an average width after removal of the natural and instrumental line widths of 95 microm (4.75 pixels). A high spatial frequency background, primarily resulting from scattered gamma rays, was removed from the spectral image by Fourier analysis. The spectral lines, having low spatial frequency in the direction perpendicular to the dispersion, were enhanced by partially removing the Lorentzian line shape and by fitting Lorentzian curves to broad unresolved spectral features. This demonstrates the ability to improve the spectral resolution of hard x-ray spectra that are recorded by a CCD detector with well-characterized intrinsic spatial resolution.

  14. Dependence with the oxidation state of X-ray transition energies, intensities and natural line widths of CrKβ spectra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Torres Deluigi, M.; Tirao, G.; Stutz, G.; Cusatis, C.; Riveros, J. A.

    2006-06-01

    The Kβ emission spectrum of chromium was experimentally analyzed in different compounds and compared with previous data. Measurements of whole Kβ spectra were performed with a wavelength dispersive commercial XRF equipment. To study possible effects of the chemical state in the width and position of the main Kβ 1,3 line, high resolution measurements were also performed. In the latter measurements, a spectrometer based on a backdiffracting crystal analyzer with spherical focalization and synchrotron radiation monochromatic excitation was used. Kβ 1,3 line shifts in relation to metallic Cr were observed, both to higher energies (≅+1 eV) for Cr III and to lower energies (≅-0.5 eV) for Cr VI. It was also found that the natural width of CrKβ 1,3 line, the ionization energy of the 3p orbital of Cr, and the relative intensities of Kβ″ and Kβ 2,5 lines with respect to the main Kβ 1,3 line increase as the oxidation state increases. The use of these features as an index for chemical state analysis is discussed.

  15. Experimental and theoretical investigation of the rocking curves measured for Mo K α X-ray characteristic lines in the double-crystal nondispersive scheme

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Marchenkov, N. V.; Chukhovskii, F. N.; Blagov, A. E.

    2015-03-01

    The rocking curves (RCs) for Mo K α1 h Mo K α2 characteristic X-ray lines have been experimentally and theoretically studied in the nondispersive scheme of an X-ray double-crystal TPC-K diffractometer. The results of measurements and theoretical calculations of double-crystal RCs for characteristic X-rays from tubes with a molybdenum anode and different widths of slits show that a decrease in the slit width leads to an increase in the relative contribution of the Mo K α2-line RC in comparison with the intensity of the tails of the Mo K α1-line RC. It is shown that the second peak of the Mo K α2 line becomes increasingly pronounced in the tail of the Mo K α1-line RC with a decrease in the slit width. Two plane-parallel Si plates (input faces {110}, diffraction vector h <220>) were used as a monochromator crystal and a sample. The results of measuring double-crystal RCs are in good agreement with theoretical calculations.

  16. Super-Alfvenic Propagation and Damping of Reconnection Onset Signatures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sharma, P.; Shay, M. A.; Haggerty, C. C.; Parashar, T.; Drake, J. F.; Gary, S. P.

    2016-12-01

    The onset of magnetic reconnection in the magnetotail has far reaching consequences for the dynamics of the magnetosphere. However, our understanding of the dynamics of onset as well as when and where it occurs in the magnetosphere is incomplete. One of the fastest propagating signatures of reconnection onset is the quadrupolar Hall magnetic field that has been shown to be a Kinetic Alfven Wave (KAW) . These KAW propagate extremely fast away from the reconnection site, carry substantial amounts of energy in the form of Poynting flux and electron flows, and may be responsible for electron acceleration and the generation of aurora[1]. However, to date there has not been a study of how reconnection generated KAWs will damp and disperse as they propagate. Using large scale kinetic particle-in-cell (PIC) simulations of reconnection we investigate the damping of the KAWs as they propagate away from the x-line. We show that the hall quadrupolar structure dissipates according to linear Landau damping determined from a numerical solution of the linear Vlasov equation. Extending results to magnetotail parameters, we find that only the part of the wave with k c/wpi 1 will damp weakly enough to propagate from the mid-tail to the inner magnetosphere. [1] M. A. Shay et al., PRL, 107, 065001, 2011, DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevLett.107.065001

  17. Generation of ULF waves by electric or magnetic dipoles. [propagation from earth surface to ionosphere

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harker, K. J.

    1975-01-01

    The generation of ULF waves by ground-based magnetic and electric dipoles is studied with a simplified model consisting of three adjoining homogeneous regions representing the groud, the vacuum (free space) region, and the ionosphere. The system is assumed to be immersed in a homogeneous magnetic field with an arbitrary tilt angle. By the use of Fourier techniques and the method of stationary phase, analytic expressions are obtained for the field strength of the compressional Alfven waves in the ionosphere. Expressions are also obtained for the strength of the torsional Alfven wave in the ionosphere and the ULF magnetic field at ground level. Numerical results are obtained for the compressional Alfven-wave field strength in the ionosphere with a nonvertical geomagnetic field and for the ULF magnetic field at ground level for a vertical geomagnetic field.

  18. Stark width regularities within spectral series of the lithium isoelectronic sequence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tapalaga, Irinel; Trklja, Nora; Dojčinović, Ivan P.; Purić, Jagoš

    2018-03-01

    Stark width regularities within spectral series of the lithium isoelectronic sequence have been studied in an approach that includes both neutrals and ions. The influence of environmental conditions and certain atomic parameters on the Stark widths of spectral lines has been investigated. This study gives a simple model for the calculation of Stark broadening data for spectral lines within the lithium isoelectronic sequence. The proposed model requires fewer parameters than any other model. The obtained relations were used for predictions of Stark widths for transitions that have not yet been measured or calculated. In the framework of the present research, three algorithms for fast data processing have been made and they enable quality control and provide verification of the theoretically calculated results.

  19. Method for Assessment of Changes in the Width of Cracks in Cement Composites with Use of Computer Image Processing and Analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tomczak, Kamil; Jakubowski, Jacek; Fiołek, Przemysław

    2017-06-01

    Crack width measurement is an important element of research on the progress of self-healing cement composites. Due to the nature of this research, the method of measuring the width of cracks and their changes over time must meet specific requirements. The article presents a novel method of measuring crack width based on images from a scanner with an optical resolution of 6400 dpi, subject to initial image processing in the ImageJ development environment and further processing and analysis of results. After registering a series of images of the cracks at different times using SIFT conversion (Scale-Invariant Feature Transform), a dense network of line segments is created in all images, intersecting the cracks perpendicular to the local axes. Along these line segments, brightness profiles are extracted, which are the basis for determination of crack width. The distribution and rotation of the line of intersection in a regular layout, automation of transformations, management of images and profiles of brightness, and data analysis to determine the width of cracks and their changes over time are made automatically by own code in the ImageJ and VBA environment. The article describes the method, tests on its properties, sources of measurement uncertainty. It also presents an example of application of the method in research on autogenous self-healing of concrete, specifically the ability to reduce a sample crack width and its full closure within 28 days of the self-healing process.

  20. Correlation between the line width and the line flux of the double-peaked broad Hα of 3C390.3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Xue-Guang

    2013-03-01

    In this paper, we carefully check the correlation between the line width (second moment) and the line flux of the double-peaked broad Hα of the well-known mapped active galactic nucleus (AGN) 3C390.3 in order to show some further distinctions between double-peaked emitters and normal broad-line AGN. Based on the virialization assumption MBH ∝ RBLR × V2(BLR) and the empirical relation RBLR ∝ L˜0.5, one strong negative correlation between the line width and the line flux of the double-peaked broad lines should be expected for 3C390.3, such as the negative correlation confirmed for the mapped broad-line object NGC 5548, RBLR × V2(BLR) ∝ L˜0.5 × σ2 = constant. Moreover, based on the public spectra around 1995 from the AGN WATCH project for 3C390.3, one reliable positive correlation is found between the line width and the line flux of the double-peaked broad Hα. In the context of the proposed theoretical accretion disc model for double-peaked emitters, the unexpected positive correlation can be naturally explained, due to different time delays for the inner and outer parts of the disc-like broad-line region (BLR) of 3C390.3. Moreover, the virialization assumption is checked and found to be still available for 3C390.3. However, the time-varying size of the BLR of 3C390.3 cannot be expected by the empirical relation RBLR ∝ L˜0.5. In other words, the mean size of the BLR of 3C390.3 can be estimated by the continuum luminosity (line luminosity), while the continuum emission strengthening leads to the size of BLR decreasing (not increasing) in different moments for 3C390.3. Then, we compared our results of 3C390.3 with the previous results reported in the literature for the other double-peaked emitters, and found that before to clearly correct the effects from disc physical parameters varying (such as the effects of disc precession) for long-term observed line spectra, it is not so meaningful to discuss the correlation of the line parameters of double-peaked broad lines. Furthermore, due to the probable `external' ionizing source with so far unclear structures, it is hard to give one conclusion that the positive correlation between the line width and the line flux can be found for all double-peaked emitters, even after the considerations of disc physical parameters varying. However, once one positive correlation of broad-line parameters is found, the accretion disc origination of the broad line should be considered first.

  1. Experiment to investigate current drive by fast Alfven waves in a small tokamak

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gahl, J.; Ishihara, O.; Wong, K.

    1985-07-01

    An experiment has been carried out to study current generation by Doppler shifted cyclotron resonance heating of minority ions with a unidirectional wave in the small tokamak at Texas Tech University. One of the objectives of the experiment is to understand in detail the wave-particle interactions through which fast (compressional) Alfven waves in the ion cyclotron range of frequencies drive currents in toroidal devices.

  2. Comments on compressible effects on Alfven normal modes in nonuniform plasmas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mok, Y.; Einaudi, G.

    1990-01-01

    The paper discusses the regime of validity of the theory of dissipative Alfven normal modes presented by Mok and Einaudi (1985) and Einaudi and Mok (1985), which was based on the incompressible closure of the system of ideal MHD equations. Some simple extensions of the earlier results to the compressible case are described. In addition, certain misunderstandings of this work, which have appeared in other papers, are clarified.

  3. Langmuir Probe Analysis of Maser-Driven Alfven Waves Using New LaB6 Cathode in LaPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Clark, Mary; Dorfman, Seth; Zhu, Ziyan; Rossi, Giovanni; Carter, Troy

    2015-11-01

    Previous research in the Large Plasma Device shows that specific conditions on the magnetic field and cathode discharge voltage allow an Alfven wave to develop in the cathode-anode region. When the speed of bulk electrons (dependent on discharge voltage) entering the region exceeds the Alfven speed, the electrons can excite a wave. This phenomenon mimics one proposed to exist in the Earth's ionosphere. Previous experiments used a cathode coated with Barium Oxide, and this project uses a new cathode coated with Lanthanum Hexaboride (LaB6). The experiment seeks to characterize the behavior of plasmas generated with the LaB6 source, as well as understand properties of the driven wave when using the new cathode. Langmuir probes are used to find electron temperature, ion saturation current, and plasma density. These parameters determine characteristics of the wave. Preliminary analysis implies that density increases with LaB6 discharge voltage until 170 V, where it levels off. A linear increase in density is expected; the plateau implies cathode power does not ionize the plasma after 170 V. It is possible the power is carried out by the generated Alfven wave, or heats the plasma or cathode. This ``missing'' power is currently under investigation. Work funded by DOE and NSF.

  4. A New Look at Some Solar Wind Turbulence Puzzles

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Roberts, Aaron

    2006-01-01

    Some aspects of solar wind turbulence have defied explanation. While it seems likely that the evolution of Alfvenicity and power spectra are largely explained by the shearing of an initial population of solar-generated Alfvenic fluctuations, the evolution of the anisotropies of the turbulence does not fit into the model so far. A two-component model, consisting of slab waves and quasi-two-dimensional fluctuations, offers some ideas, but does not account for the turning of both wave-vector-space power anisotropies and minimum variance directions in the fluctuating vectors as the Parker spiral turns. We will show observations that indicate that the minimum variance evolution is likely not due to traditional turbulence mechanisms, and offer arguments that the idea of two-component turbulence is at best a local approximation that is of little help in explaining the evolution of the fluctuations. Finally, time-permitting, we will discuss some observations that suggest that the low Alfvenicity of many regions of the solar wind in the inner heliosphere is not due to turbulent evolution, but rather to the existence of convected structures, including mini-clouds and other twisted flux tubes, that were formed with low Alfvenicity. There is still a role for turbulence in the above picture, but it is highly modified from the traditional views.

  5. Broad-Band Spectroscopy of Hercules X-1 with Suzaku

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Asami, Fumi; Enoto, Teruaki; Iwakiri, Wataru; Yamada, Shin'ya; Tamagawa, Toru; Mihara, Tatehiro; Nagase, Fumiaki

    2014-01-01

    Hercules X-1 was observed with Suzaku in the main-on state from 2005 to 2010. The 0.4- 100 keV wide-band spectra obtained in four observations showed a broad hump around 4-9 keV in addition to narrow Fe lines at 6.4 and 6.7 keV. The hump was seen in all the four observations regardless of the selection of the continuum models. Thus it is considered a stable and intrinsic spectral feature in Her X-1. The broad hump lacked a sharp structure like an absorption edge. Thus it was represented by two different spectral models: an ionized partial covering or an additional broad line at 6.5 keV. The former required a persistently existing ionized absorber, whose origin was unclear. In the latter case, the Gaussian fitting of the 6.5-keV line needs a large width of sigma = 1.0-1.5 keV and a large equivalent width of 400-900 eV. If the broad line originates from Fe fluorescence of accreting matter, its large width may be explained by the Doppler broadening in the accretion flow. However, the large equivalent width may be inconsistent with a simple accretion geometry.

  6. Power supply circuit for an ion engine sequentially operated power inverters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cardwell, Jr., Gilbert I. (Inventor)

    2000-01-01

    A power supply circuit for an ion engine suitable for a spacecraft has a voltage bus having input line and a return line. The power supply circuit includes a pulse width modulation circuit. A plurality of bridge inverter circuits is coupled to the bus and the pulse width modulation circuit. The pulse width modulation circuit generates operating signals having a variable duty cycle. Each bridge inverter has a primary winding and a secondary winding. Each secondary winding is coupled to a rectifier bridge. Each secondary winding is coupled in series with another of the plurality of rectifier bridges.

  7. Absorption line studies of reflection from horizontally inhomogeneous layers. [in cloudy planetary atmospheres

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Appleby, J. F.; Van Blerkom, D. J.

    1975-01-01

    The article details an inhomogeneous reflecting layer (IRFL) model designed to survey absorption line behavior from a Squires-like cloud cover (which is characterized by convection cell structure). Computational problems and procedures are discussed in detail. The results show trends usually opposite to those predicted by a simple reflecting layer model. Per cent equivalent width variations for the tower model are usually somewhat greater for weak than for relatively strong absorption lines, with differences of a factor of about two or three. IRFL equivalent width variations do not differ drastically as a function of geometry when the total volume of absorbing gas is held constant. The IRFL results are in many instances consistent with observed equivalent width variations of Jupiter, Saturn, and Venus.

  8. Narrow line width dual wavelength semiconductor optical amplifier based random fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shawki, Heba A.; Kotb, Hussein E.; Khalil, Diaa

    2018-02-01

    A novel narrow line-width Single longitudinal mode (SLM) dual wavelength random fiber laser of 20 nm separation between wavelengths of 1530 and 1550 nm is presented. The laser is based on Rayleigh backscattering in a standard single mode fiber of 2 Km length as distributed mirrors, and a semiconductor optical amplifier (SOA) as the optical amplification medium. Two optical bandpass filters are used for the two wavelengths selectivity, and two Faraday Rotator mirrors are used to stabilize the two lasing wavelengths against fiber random birefringence. The optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR) was measured to be 38 dB. The line-width of the laser was measured to be 13.3 and 14 KHz at 1530 and 1550 nm respectively, at SOA pump current of 370 mA.

  9. Theoretical and experimental determination of L -shell decay rates, line widths, and fluorescence yields in Ge

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guerra, M.; Sampaio, J. M.; Madeira, T. I.; Parente, F.; Indelicato, P.; Marques, J. P.; Santos, J. P.; Hoszowska, J.; Dousse, J.-Cl.; Loperetti, L.; Zeeshan, F.; Müller, M.; Unterumsberger, R.; Beckhoff, B.

    2015-08-01

    Fluorescence yields (FYs) for the Ge L shell were determined by a theoretical and two experimental groups within the framework of the International Initiative on X-Ray Fundamental Parameters Collaboration. Calculations were performed using the Dirac-Fock method, including relativistic and QED corrections. The experimental value of the L3FY ωL 3 was determined at the Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt undulator beamline of the synchrotron radiation facility BESSY II in Berlin, Germany, and the L α1 ,2 and L β1 line widths were measured at the Swiss Light Source, Paul Scherrer Institute, Switzerland, using monochromatized synchrotron radiation and a von Hamos x-ray crystal spectrometer. The measured fluorescence yields and line widths are compared to the corresponding calculated values.

  10. Time-resolved spectrophotometry of the AM Herculis system E2003 + 225

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mccarthy, Patrick; Bowyer, Stuart; Clarke, John T.

    1986-01-01

    Time-resolved, medium-resolution photometry is reported for the binary system E2003 + 225 over a complete orbital period in 1984. The object was 1.5-2 mag fainter than when viewed earlier in 1984. The fluxes, equivalent widths and full widths at FWHM for dominant lines are presented for four points in the cycle. A coincidence of emission lines and a 4860 A continuum line was observed for the faster component, which had a 500 km/sec velocity amplitude that was symmetric around the zero line. An aberrant emission line component, i.e., stationary narrow emission lines displaced about 9 A from the rest wavelengths, is modeled as Zeeman splitting of emission from material close to the primary.

  11. The 3 micron spectrum of the classical Be star Beta Monocerotis A

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sellgren, K.; Smith, R. G.

    1992-01-01

    A 3.1-3.7-micron spectrum of the classical Be star Beta Mon A is presented at a resolution of lambda/Delta-lambda of 700-800. The spectrum shows strong hydrogen recombination lines, including Pf-delta and a series of Humphreys lines from Hu 19 to Hu 28. The relative recombination line strengths suggest that Pf-delta has a large optical depth. The Humphreys lines have relative strengths consistent with case B and may be optically thin. The line widths observed are broader than the Balmer lines and similar in width to Fe II lines, consistent with a disk model in which optically thinner lines arise primarily from a faster rotating inner disk, while optically thicker lines come mainly from a slower rotating outer disk. The apparent lack of Stark broadening of the Humphreys lines is used to place an upper limit on the circumstellar electron density of about 10 exp 12/cu cm.

  12. THE LICK AGN MONITORING PROJECT 2011: SPECTROSCOPIC CAMPAIGN AND EMISSION-LINE LIGHT CURVES

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Barth, Aaron J.; Bennert, Vardha N.; Canalizo, Gabriela

    2015-04-15

    In the Spring of 2011 we carried out a 2.5 month reverberation mapping campaign using the 3 m Shane telescope at Lick Observatory, monitoring 15 low-redshift Seyfert 1 galaxies. This paper describes the observations, reductions and measurements, and data products from the spectroscopic campaign. The reduced spectra were fitted with a multicomponent model in order to isolate the contributions of various continuum and emission-line components. We present light curves of broad emission lines and the active galactic nucleus (AGN) continuum, and measurements of the broad Hβ line widths in mean and rms spectra. For the most highly variable AGNs wemore » also measured broad Hβ line widths and velocity centroids from the nightly spectra. In four AGNs exhibiting the highest variability amplitudes, we detect anticorrelations between broad Hβ width and luminosity, demonstrating that the broad-line region “breathes” on short timescales of days to weeks in response to continuum variations. We also find that broad Hβ velocity centroids can undergo substantial changes in response to continuum variations; in NGC 4593, the broad Hβ velocity shifted by ∼250 km s{sup −1} over a 1 month period. This reverberation-induced velocity shift effect is likely to contribute a significant source of confusion noise to binary black hole searches that use multi-epoch quasar spectroscopy to detect binary orbital motion. We also present results from simulations that examine biases that can occur in measurement of broad-line widths from rms spectra due to the contributions of continuum variations and photon-counting noise.« less

  13. The Lick AGN Monitoring Project 2011: Spectroscopic Campaign and Emission-line Light Curves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Barth, Aaron J.; Bennert, Vardha N.; Canalizo, Gabriela; Filippenko, Alexei V.; Gates, Elinor L.; Greene, Jenny E..; Li, Weidong; Malkan, Matthew A.; Pancoast, Anna; Sand, David J.; hide

    2016-01-01

    In the Spring of 2011 we carried out a 2.5 month reverberation mapping campaign using the 3 m Shane telescope at Lick Observatory, monitoring 15 low-redshift Seyfert 1 galaxies. This paper describes the observations, reductions and measurements, and data products from the spectroscopic campaign. The reduced spectra were fitted with a multicomponent model in order to isolate the contributions of various continuum and emission-line components. We present light curves of broad emission lines and the active galactic nucleus (AGN) continuum, and measurements of the broad Hß line widths in mean and rms spectra. For the most highly variable AGNs we also measured broad H beta line widths and velocity centroids from the nightly spectra. In four AGNs exhibiting the highest variability amplitudes, we detect anticorrelations between broad H beta width and luminosity, demonstrating that the broad-line region "breathes" on short timescales of days to weeks in response to continuum variations. We also find that broad H beta velocity centroids can undergo substantial changes in response to continuum variations; in NGC 4593, the broad H beta velocity shifted by approximately 250 km s(exp -1) over a 1 month period. This reverberation-induced velocity shift effect is likely to contribute a significant source of confusion noise to binary black hole searches that use multi-epoch quasar spectroscopy to detect binary orbital motion. We also present results from simulations that examine biases that can occur in measurement of broad-line widths from rms spectra due to the contributions of continuum variations and photon-counting noise.

  14. Automated Defect and Correlation Length Analysis of Block Copolymer Thin Film Nanopatterns

    PubMed Central

    Murphy, Jeffrey N.; Harris, Kenneth D.; Buriak, Jillian M.

    2015-01-01

    Line patterns produced by lamellae- and cylinder-forming block copolymer (BCP) thin films are of widespread interest for their potential to enable nanoscale patterning over large areas. In order for such patterning methods to effectively integrate with current technologies, the resulting patterns need to have low defect densities, and be produced in a short timescale. To understand whether a given polymer or annealing method might potentially meet such challenges, it is necessary to examine the evolution of defects. Unfortunately, few tools are readily available to researchers, particularly those engaged in the synthesis and design of new polymeric systems with the potential for patterning, to measure defects in such line patterns. To this end, we present an image analysis tool, which we have developed and made available, to measure the characteristics of such patterns in an automated fashion. Additionally we apply the tool to six cylinder-forming polystyrene-block-poly(2-vinylpyridine) polymers thermally annealed to explore the relationship between the size of each polymer and measured characteristics including line period, line-width, defect density, line-edge roughness (LER), line-width roughness (LWR), and correlation length. Finally, we explore the line-edge roughness, line-width roughness, defect density, and correlation length as a function of the image area sampled to determine each in a more rigorous fashion. PMID:26207990

  15. Internal kinematics of disk galaxies in the local universe

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Catinella, Barbara

    2005-11-01

    This dissertation makes use of a homogeneous sample of several thousand normal, non-interacting, spiral galaxies, for which I-band photometry and optical and/ or radio spectroscopy are available, to investigate the average kinematic properties of disk systems at low redshifts ( z [Special characters omitted.] 0.1). New long-slit Ha rotation curves (RCs) for 402 galaxies, which were incorporated into the larger sample, are presented in this work. The main goals of this thesis are: (a) The definition of a set of average, or template , RCs in bins covering a wide range of galaxy luminosity. The template relations represent an accurate description of the average circular velocity field of local spiral galaxies, and are intended to be a standard reference for more distant samples and to constrain theoretical models of galactic disks. (b) The characterization of the systematics associated with different velocity width measurement techniques, and the derivation of a robust measure of rotational velocity to be used for applications of the Tully-Fisher (TF) distance method. A direct cross-calibration of the optical and radio widths has been obtained. (c) The assessment of the impact of the limitations on optical line widths extracted from fixed apertures, such as those being collected for ~10 6 galaxies by the on-going Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS). Since the SDSS fiber technique generally does not sample the full extent of a galaxy RC, the observed line widths yield rotational width measurements that depend on the redshifts of the objects, on the physical sizes of their line-emitting regions, and on the intrinsic shapes of their RCs. Numerical simulations of these biases have been carried out for galaxies with realistic circular velocity fields (described by the template RCs) in the redshift range covered by the SDSS spectroscopic sample. Statistical corrections to be applied to the aperture line widths as a function of galaxy redshift and luminosity have been derived, and their impact on the TF relation examined. The use of the SDSS line widths, corrected for aperture effects, has the potential to solve the debated issue of luminosity evolution of galaxies at intermediate redshifts.

  16. Magnetofluid Turbulence in the Solar Wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldstein, Melvyn L.

    2008-01-01

    The solar wind shows striking characteristics that suggest that it is a turbulent magnetofluid, but the picture is not altogether simple. From the earliest observations, a strong correlation between magnetic fluctuations and plasma velocity fluctuations was noted. The high corrections suggest that the fluctuations are Alfven waves. In addition, the power spectrum of the magnetic fluctuation showed evidence of an inertial range that resembled that seen in fully-developed fluid turbulence. Alfven waves, however, are exact solutions of the equations of incompressible magnetohydrodynamics. Thus, there was a puzzle: how can a magnetofluid consisting of Alfven waves be turbulent? The answer lay in the role of velocity shears in the solar wind that could drive turbulent evolution. Puzzles remain: for example, the power spectrum of the velocity fluctuations is less steep than the slope of the magnetic fluctuations, nor do we understand even now why the solar wind appears to be nearly incompressible with a -5/3 power-spectral index.

  17. Phenomenology of non-Alfvenic turbulence in a uniformly expanding medium

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Matthaeus, W. H.; Zank, G. P.

    1995-01-01

    Transport and decay of magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) turbulence in a weakly inhomogeneous uniformly expanding medium involves a fairly complex formalism, even for the case where no spectral information is required. Here we argue that the phenomenology for decay simplifies greatly if: (1) the cross helicity (Alfvenicity) is small, (2) the dynamical influence of the large scale magnetic field is negligible either because of spectral anisotropy or because the expansion speed is much greater than the corresponding Alfven speed, and (3) the ratio of kinetic energy to magnetic energy for the fluctuations is either unity or some other constant. These conditions are acceptable as an approximation to solar wind turbulence in the outer heliosphere. In these circumstances a reasonable MHD energy-containing phenomenology is essentially that of locally homogeneous Kolmogoroff turbulence in a uniformly expanding medium. Analytical solutions for this model are presented for both undriven and driven cases.

  18. Observation and analysis of abrupt changes in the interplanetary plasma velocity and magnetic field.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, R. N.; Belcher, J. W.; Lazarus, A. J.

    1973-01-01

    This paper presents a limited study of the physical nature of abrupt changes in the interplanetary plasma velocity and magnetic field based on 19 day's data from the Pioneer 6 spacecraft. The period was chosen to include a high-velocity solar wind stream and low-velocity wind. Abrupt events were accepted for study if the sum of the energy density in the magnetic field and velocity changes was above a specified minimum. A statistical analysis of the events in the high-velocity solar wind stream shows that Alfvenic changes predominate. This conclusion is independent of whether steady state requirements are imposed on conditions before and after the event. Alfvenic changes do not dominate in the lower-speed wind. This study extends the plasma field evidence for outwardly propagating Alfvenic changes to time scales as small as 1 min (scale lengths on the order of 20,000 km).

  19. High-frequency shear Alfven instability driven by circulating energetic ions in NSTX

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kolesnichenko, Ya. I.; White, R. B.; Yakovenko, Yu. V.

    2006-12-15

    It is shown that a number of features of an instability with the frequency comparable to the ion gyrofrequency observed in the National Spherical Torus Experiment [E. D. Fredrickson et al., 'Observation of hole-clump pair generation by global or compressional Alfven eigenmodes', Contributed Papers, 33rd European Physical Society Conference on Plasma Physics, Rome, 2006, Europhysics Conference Abstracts (European Physical Society, Petit-Lancy, 2006), Report P5.058 (unpublished)] is consistent with the features of the Alfven instability with large, about the inverse, Larmor radius of the energetic ions ({rho}{sub b}{sup -1}) longitudinal wavenumbers. The conclusions drawn are based on an analysis of themore » resonant interaction of the energetic circulating ions and the waves, as well as on the calculation of the instability growth rate taking into account effects of the finite Larmor radius, {rho}{sub b}.« less

  20. Wave-Particle Energy Exchange Directly Observed in a Kinetic Alfven-Branch Wave

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gershman, Daniel J.; F-Vinas, Adolfo; Dorelli, John C.; Boardsen, Scott A. (Inventor); Avanov, Levon A.; Bellan, Paul M.; Schwartz, Steven J.; Lavraud, Benoit; Coffey, Victoria N.; Chandler, Michael O.; hide

    2017-01-01

    Alfven waves are fundamental plasma wave modes that permeate the universe. At small kinetic scales they provide a critical mechanism for the transfer of energy between electromagnetic fields and charged particles. These waves are important not only in planetary magnetospheres, heliospheres, and astrophysical systems, but also in laboratory plasma experiments and fusion reactors. Through measurement of charged particles and electromagnetic fields with NASAs Magnetospheric Multiscale (MMS) mission, we utilize Earths magnetosphere as a plasma physics laboratory. Here we confirm the conservative energy exchange between the electromagnetic field fluctuations and the charged particles that comprise an undamped kinetic Alfven wave. Electrons confined between adjacent wave peaks may have contributed to saturation of damping effects via non-linear particle trapping. The investigation of these detailed wave dynamics has been unexplored territory in experimental plasma physics and is only recently enabled by high-resolution MMS observations.

  1. Measurements of air-broadened and nitrogen-broadened half-widths and shifts of ozone lines near 9 microns

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, M. A. H.; Rinsland, C. P.; Devi, Malathy V.; Benner, D. Chris; Thakur, K. B.

    1988-01-01

    Air- and nitrogen-broadened half-widths and line shifts at room temperature for more than 60 individual vibration-rotation transitions in the nu1 fundamental band of (O-16)3 and several transitions in the nu3 band were determined from infrared absorption spectra. These spectra were recorded at 0.005/cm resolution with a Fourier-transform spectrometer. A tunable-diode-laser spectrometer operating in the 1090-1150/cm region was also used to record data on oxygen-, nitrogen-, and air-broadened half-widths for selected individual transitions. The nitrogen- and air-broadened half-widths determined by these two different measurement techniques are consistent to within 4 percent. The results are in good agreement with other published measurements and calculations.

  2. 25 CFR 169.26 - Telephone and telegraph lines; radio, television, and other communications facilities.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... width in excess of 50 feet on each side of the centerline, unless special requirements are clearly set forth in the application which fully justify a width in excess of 50 feet on each side of the centerline... from those showing the line of route, and shall be drawn to a scale of 50 feet to an inch. Such maps...

  3. 25 CFR 169.26 - Telephone and telegraph lines; radio, television, and other communications facilities.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... width in excess of 50 feet on each side of the centerline, unless special requirements are clearly set forth in the application which fully justify a width in excess of 50 feet on each side of the centerline... from those showing the line of route, and shall be drawn to a scale of 50 feet to an inch. Such maps...

  4. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SEMICONDUCTOR INJECTION LASERS SELCO-87: Line width of a single longitudinal mode emitted by an AlGaAs heterojunction laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bogatov, Alexandr P.; Eliseev, P. G.; Luk'yanov, S. A.; Pak, G. T.; Petrakova, T. V.

    1988-11-01

    A nonmonotonic dependence of the emission line width on the power was observed for a single longitudinal mode of an AlGaAs heterojunction laser. This behavior could be due to the dependence of the waveguide coefficient of the amplitude-phase coupling on the nature of operation of the laser.

  5. EISCAT and ESRAD radars observations of polar mesosphere winter echoes during solar proton events on 11-12 November 2004

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Belova, E.; Kirkwood, S.; Sergienko, T.

    2013-07-01

    Polar mesosphere winter echoes (PMWE) were detected by two radars, ESRAD at 52 MHz located near Kiruna, Sweden, and EISCAT at 224 MHz located near Tromsø, Norway, during the strong solar proton event on 11-12 November 2004. PMWE maximum volume reflectivity was estimated to be 3 × 10-15 m-1 for ESRAD and 2 × 10-18 m-1 for EISCAT. It was found that the shape of the echo power spectrum is close to Gaussian inside the PMWE layers, and outside of them it is close to Lorentzian, as for the standard ion line of incoherent scatter (IS). The EISCAT PMWE spectral width is about 5-7 m s-1 at 64-67 km and 7-10 m s-1 at 68-70 km. At the lower altitudes the PMWE spectral widths are close to those for the IS ion line derived from the EISCAT data outside the layers. At the higher altitudes the PMWE spectra are broader by 2-4 m s-1 than those for the ion line. The ESRAD PMWE spectral widths at 67-72 km altitude are 3-5 m s-1, that is, 2-4 m s-1 larger than ion line spectral widths modelled for the ESRAD radar. The PMWE spectral widths for both EISCAT and ESRAD showed no dependence on the echo strength. It was found that all these facts cannot be explained by turbulent origin of the echoes. We suggested that evanescent perturbations in the electron gas generated by the incident infrasound waves may explain the observed PMWE spectral widths. However, a complete theory of radar scatter from this kind of disturbance needs to be developed before a full conclusion can be made.

  6. Polar Spacecraft Based Comparisons of Intense Electric Fields and Poynting Flux Near and Within the Plasma Sheet-Tail Lobe Boundary to UVI Images: An Energy Source for the Aurora

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wygant, J. R.; Keiling, A.; Cattell, C. A.; Johnson, M.; Lysak, R. L.; Temerin, M.; Mozer, F. S.; Kletzing, C. A.; Scudder, J. D.; Peterson, W.; hide

    2000-01-01

    In this paper, we present measurements from two passes of the Polar spacecraft of intense electric and magnetic field structures associated with Alfven waves at and within the outer boundary of the plasma sheet at geocentric distances of 4-6 R(sub E), near local midnight. The electric field variations have maximum values exceeding 100 mV/m and are typically polarized approximately normal to the plasma sheet boundary. The electric field structures investigated vary over timescales (in the spacecraft frame.) ranging front 1 to 30 s. They are associated with strong magnetic field fluctuations with amplitudes of 10-40 nT which lie predominantly ill the plane of the plasma sheet and are perpendicular to the local magnetic field. The Poynting flux associated with the perturbation fields measured at these altitudes is about 1-2 ergs per square centimeters per second and is directed along the average magnetic field direction toward the ionosphere. If the measured Poynting flux is mapped to ionospheric altitudes along converging magnetic field lines. the resulting energy flux ranges up to 100 ergs per centimeter squared per second. These strongly enhanced Poynting fluxes appear to occur in layers which are observed when the spacecraft is magnetically conjugate (to within a 1 degree mapping accuracy) to intense auroral structures as detected by the Polar UV Imager (UVI). The electron energy flux (averaged over a spatial resolution of 0.5 degrees) deposited in the ionosphere due to auroral electron beams as estimated from the intensity in the UVI Lyman-Birge-Hopfield-long filters is 15-30 ergs per centimeter squared per second. Thus there is evidence that these electric field structures provide sufficient Poynting flux to power the acceleration of auroral electrons (as well as the energization of upflowing ions and Joule heating of the ionosphere). During some events the phasing and ratio of the transverse electric and magnetic field variations are consistent with earthward propagation of Alfven surface waves with phase velocities of 4000-10000 kilometers per second. During other events the phase shifts between electric and magnetic fields suggest interference between upward and downward propagating Alfven waves. The E/B ratios are about an order of magnitude larger than typical values of C/SIGMA(sub p), where SIGMA(sub p), is the height integrated Pedersen conductivity. The contribution to the total energy flux at these altitudes from Poynting flux associated with Alfven waves is comparable to or larger than the contribution from the particle energy flux and 1-2 orders of magnitude larger than that estimated from the large-scale steady state convection electric field and field-aligned current system.

  7. Polar spacecraft based comparisons of intense electric fields and Poynting flux near and within the plasma sheet-tail lobe boundary to UVI images: An energy source for the aurora

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wygant, J. R.; Keiling, A.; Cattell, C. A.; Johnson, M.; Lysak, R. L.; Temerin, M.; Mozer, F. S.; Kletzing, C. A.; Scudder, J. D.; Peterson, W.; Russell, C. T.; Parks, G.; Brittnacher, M.; Germany, G.; Spann, J.

    2000-08-01

    In this paper, we present measurements from two passes of the Polar spacecraft of intense electric and magnetic field structures associated with Alfven waves at and within the outer boundary of the plasma sheet at geocentric distances of 4-6 RE near local midnight. The electric field variations have maximum values exceeding 100 mV/m and are typically polarized approximately normal to the plasma sheet boundary. The electric field structures investigated vary over timescales (in the spacecraft frame) ranging from 1 to 30 s. They are associated with strong magnetic field fluctuations with amplitudes of 10-40 nT which lie predominantly in the plane of the plasma sheet and are perpendicular to the local magnetic field. The Poynting flux associated with the perturbation fields measured at these altitudes is about 1-2 ergs cm-2 s-1 and is directed along the average magnetic field direction toward the ionosphere. If the measured Poynting flux is mapped to ionospheric altitudes along converging magnetic field lines, the resulting energy flux ranges up to 100 ergs cm-2s-1. These strongly enhanced Poynting fluxes appear to occur in layers which are observed when the spacecraft is magnetically conjugate (to within a 1° mapping accuracy) to intense auroral structures as detected by the Polar UV Imager (UVI). The electron energy flux (averaged over a spatial resolution of 0.5° ) deposited in the ionosphere due to auroral electron beams as estimated from the intensity in the UVI Lyman-Birge-Hopfield-long filters is 15-30 ergs cm-2s-1. Thus there is evidence that these electric field structures provide sufficient Poynting flux to power the acceleration of auroral electrons (as well as the energization of upflowing ions and Joule heating of the ionosphere). During some events the phasing and ratio of the transverse electric and magnetic field variations are consistent with earthward propagation of Alfven surface waves with phase velocities of 4000-10000 km/s. During other events the phase shifts between electric and magnetic fields suggest interference between upward and downward propagating Alfven waves. The E/B ratios are about an order of magnitude larger than typical values of c/Σp, where Σp is the height integrated Pedersen conductivity. The contribution to the total energy flux at these altitudes from Poynting flux associated with Alfven waves is comparable to or larger than the contribution from the particle energy flux and 1-2 orders of magnitude larger than that estimated from the large-scale steady state convection electric field and field-aligned current system.

  8. Measurements of argon-, helium-, hydrogen-, and nitrogen-broadened widths of methane lines near 9000 per cm

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fox, Kenneth; Jennings, Donald E.; Stern, Elizabeth A.; Hubbard, Rob

    1988-01-01

    Pressure-broadened widths of rotational-vibrational lines in CH4 have been measured at very high spectral resolution in the R-branch of the 3nu3 overtone. The broadening gases were Ar, He, H2, and N2. Results are presented as averages for J-multiplets at ambient temperature. The overall values (per cm per atm) for these R-branch lines are 0.0651 (CH4-Ar), 0.0508 (CH4-He), 0.0728 (CH4-H2), and 0.0715 (CH4-N2).

  9. The Sloan Digital Sky Survey Reverberation Mapping Project: The C IV Blueshift, Its Variability, and Its Dependence Upon Quasar Properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Mouyuan; Xue, Yongquan; Richards, Gordon T.; Trump, Jonathan R.; Shen, Yue; Brandt, W. N.; Schneider, D. P.

    2018-02-01

    We use the multi-epoch spectra of 362 quasars from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey Reverberation Mapping project to investigate the dependence of the blueshift of C IV relative to Mg II on quasar properties. We confirm that high-blueshift sources tend to have low C IV equivalent widths (EWs), and that the low-EW sources span a range of blueshift. Other high-ionization lines, such as He II, also show similar blueshift properties. The ratio of the line width (measured as both the full width at half maximum and the velocity dispersion) of C IV to that of Mg II increases with blueshift. Quasar variability enhances the connection between the C IV blueshift and quasar properties (e.g., EW). The variability of the Mg II line center (i.e., the wavelength that bisects the cumulative line flux) increases with blueshift. In contrast, the C IV line center shows weaker variability at the extreme blueshifts. Quasars with the high-blueshift C IV lines tend to have less variable continuum emission, when controlling for EW, luminosity, and redshift. Our results support the scenario that high-blueshift sources tend to have large Eddington ratios.

  10. Experimental and theoretical investigation of the rocking curves measured for MoK{sub α} X-ray characteristic lines in the double-crystal nondispersive scheme

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Marchenkov, N. V., E-mail: marchenkov@ns.crys.ras.ru; Chukhovskii, F. N.; Blagov, A. E.

    2015-03-15

    The rocking curves (RCs) for MoK{sub α1} and MoK{sub α2} characteristic X-ray lines have been experimentally and theoretically studied in the nondispersive scheme of an X-ray double-crystal TPC-K diffractometer. The results of measurements and theoretical calculations of double-crystal RCs for characteristic X-rays from tubes with a molybdenum anode and different widths of slits show that a decrease in the slit width leads to an increase in the relative contribution of the MoK{sub α2}-line RC in comparison with the intensity of the tails of the MoK{sub α1}-line RC. It is shown that the second peak of the MoK{sub α2} line becomesmore » increasingly pronounced in the tail of the MoK{sub α1}-line RC with a decrease in the slit width. Two plane-parallel Si plates (input faces (110), diffraction vector h 〈220〉) were used as a monochromator crystal and a sample. The results of measuring double-crystal RCs are in good agreement with theoretical calculations.« less

  11. Raman Spectra of Crystalline Double Calcium Orthovanadates Ca10M(VO4)7 (M = Li, K, Na) and Their Interpretation Based on Deconvolution Into Voigt Profiles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khodasevich, I. A.; Voitikov, S. V.; Orlovich, V. A.; Kosmyna, M. B.; Shekhovtsov, A. N.

    2016-09-01

    Unpolarized spontaneous Raman spectra of crystalline double calcium orthovanadates Ca10M(VO4)7 (M = Li, K, Na) in the range 150-1600 cm-1 were measured. Two vibrational bands with full-width at half-maximum (FWHM) of 37-50 cm-1 were found in the regions 150-500 and 700-1000 cm-1. The band shapes were approximated well by deconvolution into Voigt profiles. The band at 700-1000 cm-1 was stronger and deconvoluted into eight Voigt profiles. The frequencies of two strong lines were ~848 and ~862 cm-1 for Ca10Li(VO4)7; ~850 and ~866 cm-1 for Ca10Na(VO4)7; and ~844 and ~866 cm-1 for Ca10K(VO4)7. The Lorentzian width parameters of these lines in the Voigt profiles were ~5 times greater than those of the Gaussian width parameters. The FWHM of the Voigt profiles were ~18-42 cm-1. The two strongest lines had widths of 21-25 cm-1. The vibrational band at 300-500 cm-1 was ~5-6 times weaker than that at 700-1000 cm-1 and was deconvoluted into four lines with widths of 25-40 cm-1. The large FWHM of the Raman lines indicated that the crystal structures were disordered. These crystals could be of interest for Raman conversion of pico- and femtosecond laser pulses because of the intense vibrations with large FWHM in the Raman spectra.

  12. Effects of interventions on normalizing step width during self-paced dual-belt treadmill walking with virtual reality, a randomised controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Oude Lansink, I L B; van Kouwenhove, L; Dijkstra, P U; Postema, K; Hijmans, J M

    2017-10-01

    Step width is increased during dual-belt treadmill walking, in self-paced mode with virtual reality. Generally a familiarization period is thought to be necessary to normalize step width. The aim of this randomised study was to analyze the effects of two interventions on step width, to reduce the familiarization period. We used the GRAIL (Gait Real-time Analysis Interactive Lab), a dual-belt treadmill with virtual reality in the self-paced mode. Thirty healthy young adults were randomly allocated to three groups and asked to walk at their preferred speed for 5min. In the first session, the control-group received no intervention, the 'walk-on-the-line'-group was instructed to walk on a line, projected on the between-belt gap of the treadmill and the feedback-group received feedback about their current step width and were asked to reduce it. Interventions started after 1min and lasted 1min. During the second session, 7-10days later, no interventions were given. Linear mixed modeling showed that interventions did not have an effect on step width after the intervention period in session 1. Initial step width (second 30s) of session 1 was larger than initial step width of session 2. Step width normalized after 2min and variation in step width stabilized after 1min. Interventions do not reduce step width after intervention period. A 2-min familiarization period is sufficient to normalize and stabilize step width, in healthy young adults, regardless of interventions. A standardized intervention to normalize step width is not necessary. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Detector Sampling of Optical/IR Spectra: How Many Pixels per FWHM?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Robertson, J. Gordon

    2017-08-01

    Most optical and IR spectra are now acquired using detectors with finite-width pixels in a square array. Each pixel records the received intensity integrated over its own area, and pixels are separated by the array pitch. This paper examines the effects of such pixellation, using computed simulations to illustrate the effects which most concern the astronomer end-user. It is shown that coarse sampling increases the random noise errors in wavelength by typically 10-20 % at 2 pixels per Full Width at Half Maximum, but with wide variation depending on the functional form of the instrumental Line Spread Function (i.e. the instrumental response to a monochromatic input) and on the pixel phase. If line widths are determined, they are even more strongly affected at low sampling frequencies. However, the noise in fitted peak amplitudes is minimally affected by pixellation, with increases less than about 5%. Pixellation has a substantial but complex effect on the ability to see a relative minimum between two closely spaced peaks (or relative maximum between two absorption lines). The consistent scale of resolving power presented by Robertson to overcome the inadequacy of the Full Width at Half Maximum as a resolution measure is here extended to cover pixellated spectra. The systematic bias errors in wavelength introduced by pixellation, independent of signal/noise ratio, are examined. While they may be negligible for smooth well-sampled symmetric Line Spread Functions, they are very sensitive to asymmetry and high spatial frequency sub-structure. The Modulation Transfer Function for sampled data is shown to give a useful indication of the extent of improperly sampled signal in an Line Spread Function. The common maxim that 2 pixels per Full Width at Half Maximum is the Nyquist limit is incorrect and most Line Spread Functions will exhibit some aliasing at this sample frequency. While 2 pixels per Full Width at Half Maximum is nevertheless often an acceptable minimum for moderate signal/noise work, it is preferable to carry out simulations for any actual or proposed Line Spread Function to find the effects of various sampling frequencies. Where spectrograph end-users have a choice of sampling frequencies, through on-chip binning and/or spectrograph configurations, it is desirable that the instrument user manual should include an examination of the effects of the various choices.

  14. A new mathematical formulation of the line-by-line method in case of weak line overlapping

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ishov, Alexander G.; Krymova, Natalie V.

    1994-01-01

    A rigorous mathematical proof is presented for multiline representation on the equivalent width of a molecular band which consists in the general case of n overlapping spectral lines. The multiline representation includes a principal term and terms of minor significance. The principal term is the equivalent width of the molecular band consisting of the same n nonoverlapping spectral lines. The terms of minor significance take into consideration the overlapping of two, three and more spectral lines. They are small in case of the weak overlapping of spectral lines in the molecular band. The multiline representation can be easily generalized for optically inhomogeneous gas media and holds true for combinations of molecular bands. If the band lines overlap weakly the standard formulation of line-by-line method becomes too labor-consuming. In this case the multiline representation permits line-by-line calculations to be performed more effectively. Other useful properties of the multiline representation are pointed out.

  15. Association of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Width With Anterior Knee Laxity.

    PubMed

    Wang, Hsin-Min; Shultz, Sandra J; Schmitz, Randy J

    2016-06-02

    Greater anterior knee laxity (AKL) has been identified as an anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury risk factor. The structural factors that contribute to greater AKL are not fully understood but may include the ACL and bone geometry. To determine the relationship of ACL width and femoral notch angle to AKL. Cross-sectional study. Controlled laboratory. Twenty recreationally active females (age = 21.2 ± 3.1 years, height = 1.66.1 ± 7.3 cm, mass = 66.5 ± 12.0 kg). Anterior cruciate ligament width and femoral notch angle were obtained with magnetic resonance imaging of the knee and AKL was assessed. Anterior cruciate ligament width was measured as the width of a line that transected the ACL and was drawn perpendicular to the Blumensaat line. Femoral notch angle was formed by the intersection of the line parallel to the posterior cortex of the femur and the Blumensaat line. Anterior knee laxity was the anterior displacement of the tibia relative to the femur (mm) at 130 N of an applied force. Ten participants' magnetic resonance imaging data were assessed on 2 occasions to establish intratester reliability and precision. Using stepwise backward linear regression, we examined the extent to which ACL width, femoral notch angle, and weight were associated with AKL. Strong measurement consistency and precision (intraclass correlation coefficient [2,1] ± SEM) were established for ACL width (0.98 ± 0.3 mm) and femoral notch angle (0.97° ± 1.1°). The regression demonstrated that ACL width (5.9 ± 1.4 mm) was negatively associated with AKL (7.2 ± 2.0 mm; R(2) = 0.22, P = .04). Femoral notch angle and weight were not retained in the final model. A narrower ACL was associated with greater AKL. This finding may inform the development of ACL injury-prevention programs that include components designed to increase ACL size or strength (or both). Future authors should establish which other factors contribute to greater AKL in order to best inform injury-prevention efforts.

  16. Molybdenum electron impact width parameter measurement by laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sternberg, E. M. A.; Rodrigues, N. A. S.; Amorim, J.

    2016-01-01

    In this work, we suggest a method for electron impact width parameter calculation based on Stark broadening of emission lines of a laser-ablated plasma plume. First, electron density and temperature must be evaluated by means of the Saha-Boltzmann plot method for neutral and ionized species of the plasma. The method was applied for laser-ablated molybdenum plasma plume. For molybdenum plasma electron temperature, which varies around 10,000 K, and electron density, which reaches values around 1018 cm-3, and considering that total measured line broadening was due experimental and Stark broadening mainly, electron impact width parameter of molybdenum emission lines was determined as (0.01 ± 0.02) nm. Intending to validate the presented method, it was analyzed the laser-ablated aluminum plasma plume and the obtained results were in agreement with the predicted on the literature.

  17. Line width measurement below 60 nm using an optical interferometer and artificial neural network

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    See, Chung W.; Smith, Richard J.; Somekh, Michael G.; Yacoot, Andrew

    2007-03-01

    We have recently described a technique for optical line-width measurements. The system currently is capable of measuring line-width down to 60 nm with a precision of 2 nm, and potentially should be able to measure down to 10nm. The system consists of an ultra-stable interferometer and artificial neural networks (ANNs). The former is used to generate optical profiles which are input to the ANNs. The outputs of the ANNs are the desired sample parameters. Different types of samples have been tested with equally impressive results. In this paper we will discuss the factors that are essential to extend the application of the technique. Two of the factors are signal conditioning and sample classification. Methods, including principal component analysis, that are capable of performing these tasks will be considered.

  18. Single steady frequency and narrow-linewidth external-cavity semiconductor laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Weirui; Jiang, Pengfei; Xie, Fuzeng

    2003-11-01

    A single longitudinal mode and narrow line width external cavity semiconductor laser is proposed. It is constructed with a semiconductor laser, collimator, a flame grating, and current and temperature control systems. The one facet of semiconductor laser is covered by high transmission film, and another is covered by high reflection film. The flame grating is used as light feedback element to select the mode of the semiconductor laser. The temperature of the constructed external cavity semiconductor laser is stabilized in order of 10-3°C by temperature control system. The experiments have been carried out and the results obtained - the spectral line width of this laser is compressed to be less than 1.4MHz from its original line-width of more than 1200GHz and the output stability (including power and mode) is remarkably enhanced.

  19. Common angle plots as perception-true visualizations of categorical associations.

    PubMed

    Hofmann, Heike; Vendettuoli, Marie

    2013-12-01

    Visualizations are great tools of communications-they summarize findings and quickly convey main messages to our audience. As designers of charts we have to make sure that information is shown with a minimum of distortion. We have to also consider illusions and other perceptual limitations of our audience. In this paper we discuss the effect and strength of the line width illusion, a Muller-Lyer type illusion, on designs related to displaying associations between categorical variables. Parallel sets and hammock plots are both affected by line width illusions. We introduce the common-angle plot as an alternative method for displaying categorical data in a manner that minimizes the effect from perceptual illusions. Results from user studies both highlight the need for addressing line-width illusions in displays and provide evidence that common angle charts successfully resolve this issue.

  20. Progress towards modeling tokamak boundary plasma turbulence and understanding its role in setting divertor heat flux widths

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Bin

    2017-10-01

    QCMs (quasi-coherent modes) are well characterized in the edge of Alcator C-Mod, when operating in the Enhanced Dα (EDA) H-mode, a promising alternative regime for ELM (edge localized modes) suppressed operation. To improve the understanding of the physics behind the QCMs, three typical C-Mod EDA H-Mode discharges are simulated by BOUT + + using a six-field two-fluid model (based on the Braginskii equations). The simulated characteristics of the frequency versus wave number spectra of the modes is in reasonable agreement with phase contrast imaging data. The key simulation results are: 1) Linear spectrum analysis and the nonlinear phase relationship indicate the dominance of resistive-ballooning modes and drift-Alfven wave instabilities; 2) QCMs originate inside the separatrix; (3) magnetic flutter causes the mode spreading into the SOL; 4) the boundary electric field Er changes the turbulent characteristics of the QCMs and controls edge transport and the divertor heat flux width; 5) the magnitude of the divertor heat flux depends on the physics models, such as sources and sinks, sheath boundary conditions, and parallel heat flux limiting coefficient. The BOUT + + simulations have also been performed for inter-ELM periods of DIII-D and EAST discharges, and similar quasi-coherent modes have been found. The parallel electron heat fluxes projected onto the target from these BOUT + + simulations follow the experimental heat flux width scaling, in particular the inverse dependence of the width on the poloidal magnetic field with an outlier. Further turbulence statistics analysis shows that the blobs are generated near the pedestal peak gradient region inside the separatrix and contribute to the transport of the particle and heat in the SOL region. To understand the Goldston heuristic drift-based model, results will also be presented from self-consistent transport simulations with the electric and magnetic drifts in BOUT + + and with the sheath potential included in the SOL. Work supported by LLNL under Contract DE-AC52-07NA27344. This work was also supported by US DOE Grant DE-FC02-99ER54512, using Alcator C-Mod, a DOE Office of Science User Facility, and under the auspices of the CSC (No. 201506340019).

  1. An Atlas of Computed Equivalent Widths of Quasar Broad Emission Lines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Korista, Kirk; Baldwin, Jack; Ferland, Gary; Verner, Dima

    We present graphically the results of several thousand photoionization calculations of broad emission-line clouds in quasars, spanning 7 orders of magnitude in hydrogen ionizing flux and particle density. The equivalent widths of 42 quasar emission lines are presented as contours in the particle density-ionizing flux plane for a typical incident continuum shape, solar chemical abundances, and cloud column density of N(H) = 1023 cm-2. Results are similarly given for a small subset of emission lines for two other column densities (1022 and 1024 cm-2), five other incident continuum shapes, and a gas metallicity of 5 Z⊙. These graphs should prove useful in the analysis of quasar emission-line data and in the detailed modeling of quasar broad emission-line regions. The digital results of these emission-line grids and many more are available over the Internet.

  2. Results of Detailed Modeling of the Narrow-Line Region of Seyfert Galaxies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Moore, David; Cohen, Ross D.

    1996-01-01

    We present model line profiles of [O II] lambda3727, [Ne III] lambda3869, [O I] lambda5007, [Fe VII] lambda6087, [Fe X] lambda6374, [O I] lambda6300, H(alpha) lambda6563, and [S 2] lambda6731. The profiles presented here illustrate explicitly the pronounced effects that collisional de-excitation, and that spatial variations in both the ionization parameter and cloud column density, have on Narrow-Line Region (NLR) model profiles. The above effects were included only qualitatively in a previous analytical treatment by Moore and Cohen. By making a direct correspondence between these model profiles and the analytical model profiles of Moore and Cohen, and by comparing with the observed profiles presented in a companion paper and also with those presented elsewhere in the literature, we strengthen some of the conclusions of Moore and Cohen. Most notably, we argue for constant ionization parameter, uniformly accelerated outflow of clouds that are individually stratified in ionization, and the interpretation of emission-line width correlations with ionization potential as a column density effect. For comparison with previous observational studies, such as our own in a companion paper, we also calculate profile parameters for some of the models, and we present and discuss the resulting line width correlations with critical density (n(sub cr)) and Ionization Potential (IP). Because the models we favor are those that produce extended profile wings as observed in high spectral resolution studies, the line width correlations of our favoured models are of particular interest. Line width correlations with n(sub cr) and/or IP result only if the width parameter is more sensitive to extended profile wings than is the Full Width at Half-Maximum (FWHM). Correlations between FWHM and n(sub cr) and/or IP result only after convolving the model profiles with a broad instrumental profile that simulates the lower spectral resolution used in early observational studies. The model in agreement with the greatest number of observational considerations has electron density decreasing outward from n(sub e) approx. equals 10(exp 6)/cu cm to n(sub e) approx. equals 10(exp 2)/cu cm and, due to collisional de-excitation effects in the lowest velocity clouds, it generates broad flat-topped profile peaks in the lines of lowest critical density (e.g., [O II] lambda3727 and [S II] lambda(lambda)6716, 6731). Because the observed profile peaks of both low and high critical density lines are often very similar, our favored model requires a contribution to NLR emission-line spectra from low-velocity, low-density, and low-ionization gas not included in the model NLR.

  3. A coherent nonlinear theory of auroral Langmuir-Alfven-whistler (LAW) events in the planetary magnetosphere.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lopes, S. R.; Chian, A. C.-L.

    1996-01-01

    A coherent nonlinear theory of three-wave coupling involving Langmuir, Alfven and whistler waves is formulated and applied to the observation of auroral LAW events in the planetary magnetosphere. The effects of pump depletion, dissipation and frequency mismatch in the nonlinear wave dynamics are analyzed. The relevance of this theory for understanding the fine structures of auroral whistler-mode emissions and amplitude modulations of auroral Langmuir waves is discussed.

  4. Reconstruction of a Broadband Spectrum of Alfvenic Fluctuations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Vinas, Adolfo F.; Fuentes, Pablo S. M.; Araneda, Jaime A.; Maneva, Yana G.

    2014-01-01

    Alfvenic fluctuations in the solar wind exhibit a high degree of velocities and magnetic field correlations consistent with Alfven waves propagating away and toward the Sun. Two remarkable properties of these fluctuations are the tendencies to have either positive or negative magnetic helicity (-1 less than or equal to sigma(sub m) less than or equal to +1) associated with either left- or right- topological handedness of the fluctuations and to have a constant magnetic field magnitude. This paper provides, for the first time, a theoretical framework for reconstructing both the magnetic and velocity field fluctuations with a divergence-free magnetic field, with any specified power spectral index and normalized magnetic- and cross-helicity spectrum field fluctuations for any plasma species. The spectrum is constructed in the Fourier domain by imposing two conditions-a divergence-free magnetic field and the preservation of the sense of magnetic helicity in both spaces-as well as using Parseval's theorem for the conservation of energy between configuration and Fourier spaces. Applications to the one-dimensional spatial Alfvenic propagation are presented. The theoretical construction is in agreement with typical time series and power spectra properties observed in the solar wind. The theoretical ideas presented in this spectral reconstruction provide a foundation for more realistic simulations of plasma waves, solar wind turbulence, and the propagation of energetic particles in such fluctuating fields.

  5. Scanning electron microscope measurement of width and shape of 10nm patterned lines using a JMONSEL-modeled library.

    PubMed

    Villarrubia, J S; Vladár, A E; Ming, B; Kline, R J; Sunday, D F; Chawla, J S; List, S

    2015-07-01

    The width and shape of 10nm to 12 nm wide lithographically patterned SiO2 lines were measured in the scanning electron microscope by fitting the measured intensity vs. position to a physics-based model in which the lines' widths and shapes are parameters. The approximately 32 nm pitch sample was patterned at Intel using a state-of-the-art pitch quartering process. Their narrow widths and asymmetrical shapes are representative of near-future generation transistor gates. These pose a challenge: the narrowness because electrons landing near one edge may scatter out of the other, so that the intensity profile at each edge becomes width-dependent, and the asymmetry because the shape requires more parameters to describe and measure. Modeling was performed by JMONSEL (Java Monte Carlo Simulation of Secondary Electrons), which produces a predicted yield vs. position for a given sample shape and composition. The simulator produces a library of predicted profiles for varying sample geometry. Shape parameter values are adjusted until interpolation of the library with those values best matches the measured image. Profiles thereby determined agreed with those determined by transmission electron microscopy and critical dimension small-angle x-ray scattering to better than 1 nm. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  6. Stark parameter dependence of the rest core charge of the emitters for multiply charged ions spectral lines

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Šćepanović, M., E-mail: mara.scepanovic@gmail.com; Purić, J.

    2016-03-25

    Stark width and shift simultaneous dependence on the upper level ionization potential and rest core charge of the emitter has been evaluated and discussed. It has been verified that the found relations, connecting Stark broadening parameters with upper level ionization potential and rest core charge of the emitters for particular electron temperature and density, can be used for prediction of Stark line width and shift data in case of ions for which observed data, or more detailed calculations, are not yet available. Stark widths and shifts published data are used to demonstrate the existence of other kinds of regularities withinmore » similar spectra of different elements and their ionization stages. The emphasis is on the Stark parameter dependence on the upper level ionization potential and on the rest core charge for the lines from similar spectra of multiply charged ions. The found relations connecting Stark widths and shift parameters with upper level ionization potential, rest core charge and electron temperature were used for a prediction of new Stark broadening data, thus avoiding much more complicated procedures.« less

  7. Visual search performance on an lcd monitor: effects of color combination of figure and icon background, shape of icon, and line width of icon border.

    PubMed

    Huang, Kuo-Chen; Chiu, Tsai-Lan

    2007-04-01

    This study investigated the effects of color combinations for the figure/icon background, icon shape, and line width of the icon border on visual search performance on a liquid crystal display screen. In a circular stimulus array, subjects had to search for a target item which had a diameter of 20 cm and included one target and 19 distractors. Analysis showed that the icon shape significantly affected search performance. The correct response time was significantly shorter for circular icons than for triangular icons, for icon borders with a line width of 3 pixels than for 1 or 2 pixels, and for 2 pixels than for 1 pixel. The color combination also significantly affected the visual search performance: white/yellow, white/blue, black-red, and black/ yellow color combinations for the figure/icon background had shorter correct response times compared to yellow/blue, red/green, yellow/green, and blue/red. However, no effects were found for the line width of the icon border or the icon shape on the error rate. Results have implications for graphics-based design of interfaces, such as for mobile phones, Web sites, and PDAs, as well as complex industrial processes.

  8. Non-Maxwellian Analysis of the Transition-region Line Profiles Observed by the Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dudík, Jaroslav; Dzifčáková, Elena; Polito, Vanessa

    2017-06-10

    We investigate the nature of the spectral line profiles for transition-region (TR) ions observed with the Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph (IRIS) . In this context, we analyzed an active-region observation performed by IRIS in its 1400 Å spectral window. The TR lines are found to exhibit significant wings in their spectral profiles, which can be well fitted with a non-Maxwellian κ distribution. The fit with a κ distribution can perform better than a double-Gaussian fit, especially for the strongest line, Si iv 1402.8 Å. Typical values of κ found are about 2, occurring in a majority of spatial pixels wheremore » the TR lines are symmetric, i.e., the fit can be performed. Furthermore, all five spectral lines studied (from Si iv, O iv, and S iv) appear to have the same full-width at half-maximum irrespective of whether the line is an allowed or an intercombination transition. A similar value of κ is obtained for the electron distribution by the fitting of the line intensities relative to Si iv 1402.8 Å, if photospheric abundances are assumed. The κ distributions, however, do not remove the presence of non-thermal broadening. Instead, they actually increase the non-thermal width. This is because, for κ distributions, TR ions are formed at lower temperatures. The large observed non-thermal width lowers the opacity of the Si iv line sufficiently enough for this line to become optically thin.« less

  9. ¹⁴N Quadrupole Resonance line broadening due to the earth magnetic field, occuring only in the case of an axially symmetric electric field gradient tensor.

    PubMed

    Aissani, Sarra; Guendouz, Laouès; Marande, Pierre-Louis; Canet, Daniel

    2015-01-01

    As demonstrated before, the application of a weak static B0 magnetic field (less than 10 G) may produce definite effects on the ¹⁴N Quadrupole Resonance line when the electric field gradient tensor at the nitrogen nucleus level is of axial symmetry. Here, we address more precisely the problem of the relative orientation of the two magnetic fields (the static field and the radio-frequency field of the pure NQR experiment). For a field of 6G, the evolution of the signal intensity, as a function of this relative orientation, is in very good agreement with the theoretical predictions. There is in particular an intensity loss by a factor of three when going from the parallel configuration to the perpendicular configuration. By contrast, when dealing with a very weak magnetic field (as the earth field, around 0.5 G), this effect drops to ca. 1.5 in the case Hexamethylenetetramine (HMT).This is explained by the fact that the Zeeman shift (due to the very weak magnetic field) becomes comparable to the natural line-width. The latter can therefore be determined by accounting for this competition. Still in the case of HMT, the estimated natural line-width is half the observed line-width. The extra broadening is thus attributed to earth magnetic field. The latter constitutes therefore the main cause of the difference between the natural transverse relaxation time (T₂) and the transverse relaxation time derived from the observed line-width (T₂(⁎)). Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  10. Mapping and characterization of the major quantitative trait locus qSS7 associated with increased length and decreased width of rice seeds.

    PubMed

    Qiu, Xianjin; Gong, Rong; Tan, Youbin; Yu, Sibin

    2012-12-01

    Seed shape in rice (Oryza sativa) is an important factor that determines grain appearance, cooking quality and grain yield. Here, we report a major quantitative trait locus qSS7 on the long arm of chromosome 7 for seed length, seed width and the ratio of seed length to width, identified using a segregating population derived from a cross between an indica variety Zhenshan97 and a chromosomal segment substitution line of a japonica variety Cypress within the genetic background of Zhenshan97. The Cypress allele at qSS7 contributes to an increase in seed length and the ratio of length to width, but a decrease in seed width, without significantly changing seed weight, plant height, heading date or number of spikelets per panicle. Using a large F(2) population generated from a substitution line that carries only a heterozygous single segment surrounding qSS7, we delimited the QTL to a 23-kb region containing two annotated genes. Progeny testing of the informative recombinants suggested that this qSS7 region is a composite QTL in which at least two genes contribute to seed length and width. Sequence comparison and expression analysis of two probable candidate genes revealed differences between the parental lines. These results will facilitate cloning of the gene(s) underlying qSS7 as well as marker-assisted transfer of desirable genes for seed shape in rice improvement.

  11. Synchrotron radiation-based quasi-elastic scattering using time-domain interferometry with multi-line gamma rays.

    PubMed

    Saito, Makina; Masuda, Ryo; Yoda, Yoshitaka; Seto, Makoto

    2017-10-02

    We developed a multi-line time-domain interferometry (TDI) system using 14.4 keV Mössbauer gamma rays with natural energy widths of 4.66 neV from 57 Fe nuclei excited using synchrotron radiation. Electron density fluctuations can be detected at unique lengths ranging from 0.1 nm to a few nm on time scales from several nanoseconds to the sub-microsecond order by quasi-elastic gamma-ray scattering (QGS) experiments using multi-line TDI. In this report, we generalize the established expression for a time spectrum measured using an identical single-line gamma-ray emitter pair to the case of a nonidentical pair of multi-line gamma-ray emitters by considering the finite energy width of the incident synchrotron radiation. The expression obtained illustrates the unique characteristics of multi-line TDI systems, where the finite incident energy width and use of a nonidentical emitter pair produces further information on faster sub-picosecond-scale dynamics in addition to the nanosecond dynamics; this was demonstrated experimentally. A normalized intermediate scattering function was extracted from the spectrum and its relaxation form was determined for a relaxation time of the order of 1 μs, even for relatively large momentum transfer of ~31 nm -1 . The multi-line TDI method produces a microscopic relaxation picture more rapidly and accurately than conventional single-line TDI.

  12. Turbulent Heating and Fluctuation Characteristics in Alfvenic Turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dorland, William

    2005-10-01

    Alfve'n waves are ubiquitous in natural and laboratory plasmas. In this talk, the main focus is on astrophysical plasmas that are turbulent, magnetized, hot and diffuse. The dynamically important characteristics of these plasmas are often well- described by magnetohydrodynamics [see e.g., Ref. 1]. However, much of what we actually observe is critically affected by how much of the turbulent energy is absorbed by (highly radiative) electrons [2], the amplitude of density fluctuations [3], and the spectral indices of turbulent, Alfve'nic cascades. These questions each have essentially kinetic aspects. In this talk, we present detailed simulations and analyses of of the cascade of shear Alfve'n waves, to and through scales comparable to the ion Larmor radius in the direction perpendicular to the magnetic field. We demonstrate analytically and numerically that the nonlinear gyrokinetic equations, originally developed for fusion applications, are perfectly suited to these astrophysical problems. We present extensive linear and nonlinear gyrokinetic simulation results from the GS2 code. We demonstrate accurate resolution of the damping of kinetic Alfve'n waves in plasmas with beta small, large and comparable to unity, for a wide range of electron-to-ion temperature ratios, in linear and nonlinear contexts. We have used the GS2 code to calculate the turbulent energy absorption, density fluctuation characteristics, and spectral indices for plasmas with parameters taken from hot accretion flows and from the interstellar plasma. These results will be compared with theoretical predictions [2] and to observations. Co-authors: S. C. Cowley (UCLA), G. W. Hammett (PPPL), E. Quataert and G. Howes (UC-Berkeley), and A. Scheckochihin (Cambridge) 1. S. Balbus and J. Hawley, Rev Mod Phys, Vol. 70, p. 1. 2. E. Quataert and A. Gruzinov, Ap J, Vol. 520, p. 248; E. Quataert, Ap J, Vol. 500, p. 978.3. Y. Lithwick and P. Goldreich, Ap J, Vol. 562, p. 279.4. P. Goldreich and Sridhar, Ap J, Vol. 438, p. 763; P. Goldreich and Sridhar, Ap J, Vol. 485, p. 680.

  13. On the Detectability of Oxygen X-Ray Fluorescence and Its Use as a Solar Photospheric Abundance Diagnostic

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Drake, Jeremy J.; Ercolano, Barbara

    2008-08-01

    Monte Carlo calculations of the O Kα line fluoresced by coronal X-rays and emitted just above the temperature minimum region of the solar atmosphere have been employed to investigate the use of this feature as an abundance diagnostic. While they are quite weak, we estimate line equivalent widths in the range 0.02-0.2 Å, depending on the X-ray plasma temperature. The line remains essentially uncontaminated by blends for coronal temperatures T <= 3 × 106 K and should be quite observable, with a flux gtrsim2 photons s-1 arcmin-2. Model calculations for solar chemical mixtures with an O abundance adjusted up and down by a factor of 2 indicate 35%-60% changes in O Kα line equivalent width, providing a potentially useful O abundance diagnostic. Sensitivity of equivalent width to differences between recently recommended chemical compositions with "high" and "low" complements of the CNO trio important for interpreting helioseismological observations is less acute, amounting to 20%-26% at coronal temperatures T <= 2 × 106 K. While still feasible for discriminating between these two mixtures, uncertainties in measured line equivalent widths and in the models used for interpretation would need to be significantly less than 20%. Provided a sensitive X-ray spectrometer with resolving power >=1000 and suitably well-behaved instrumental profile can be built, X-ray fluorescence presents a viable means for resolving the solar "oxygen crisis."

  14. The electromagnetic interchange mode in a partially ionized collisional plasma. [spread F region

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hudson, M. K.; Kennel, C. F.

    1974-01-01

    A collisional electromagnetic dispersion relation is derived from two-fluid theory for the interchange mode coupled to the Alfven, acoustic, drift and entropy modes in a partially ionized plasma. The fundamental electromagnetic nature of the interchange model is noted; coupling to the intermediate Alfven mode is strongly stabilizing for finite k sub z. Both ion viscous and ion-neutral stabilization are included, and it was found that collisions destroy the ion finite Larmor radius cutoff at short perpendicular wavelengths.

  15. Jeans instability of rotating magnetized dusty plasma

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sharma, S.; Sutar, D. L.; Kumar, V.; Pensia, R. K.

    2018-05-01

    It has been shown that rotation has to play a predominant important role in the formation of many astrophysical objects and the stability of molecular clouds. In this paper the theoretical investigation of the presence of rotation in the magnetized dusty plasma. The general dispersion relation is obtained normal mode analysis technique, and we found the Alfven mode is modified due to the presence of rotation and magnetic field. The graphical presentation shows that rotation and Alfven wave velocity have a stabilizing in the system.

  16. Convective cell generation by kinetic Alfven wave turbulence in the auroral ionosphere

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhao, J. S.; Wu, D. J.; Yu, M. Y.

    2012-06-15

    Modulation of convective cells by kinetic Alfven wave (KAW) turbulence is investigated. The interaction is governed by a nonlinear dispersion relation for the convective cells. It is shown that KAW turbulence is disrupted by excitation of the large-scale convective motion through a resonant instability. Application of the results to the auroral ionosphere shows that cross-scale coupling of the KAW turbulence and convective cells plays an important role in the evolution of ionospheric plasma turbulence.

  17. Shining a light on galactic outflows: photoionized outflows

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chisholm, John; Tremonti, Christy A.; Leitherer, Claus; Chen, Yanmei; Wofford, Aida

    2016-04-01

    We study the ionization structure of galactic outflows in 37 nearby, star-forming galaxies with the Cosmic Origins Spectrograph on the Hubble Space Telescope. We use the O I, Si II, Si III, and Si IV ultraviolet absorption lines to characterize the different ionization states of outflowing gas. We measure the equivalent widths, line widths, and outflow velocities of the four transitions, and find shallow scaling relations between them and galactic stellar mass and star formation rate. Regardless of the ionization potential, lines of similar strength have similar velocities and line widths, indicating that the four transitions can be modelled as a comoving phase. The Si equivalent width ratios (e.g. Si IV/Si II) have low dispersion, and little variation with stellar mass; while ratios with O I and Si vary by a factor of 2 for a given stellar mass. Photoionization models reproduce these equivalent width ratios, while shock models under predict the relative amount of high ionization gas. The photoionization models constrain the ionization parameter (U) between -2.25 < log (U) < -1.5, and require that the outflow metallicities are greater than 0.5 Z⊙. We derive ionization fractions for the transitions, and show that the range of ionization parameters and stellar metallicities leads to a factor of 1.15-10 variation in the ionization fractions. Historically, mass outflow rates are calculated by converting a column density measurement from a single metal ion into a total hydrogen column density using an ionization fraction, thus mass outflow rates are sensitive to the assumed ionization structure of the outflow.

  18. Maskless Lithography Using Negative Photoresist Material: Impact of UV Laser Intensity on the Cured Line Width

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mohammed, Mohammed Ziauddin; Mourad, Abdel-Hamid I.; Khashan, Saud A.

    2018-06-01

    The application of maskless lithography technique on negative photoresist material is investigated in this study. The equipment used in this work is designed and built especially for maskless lithography applications. The UV laser of 405 nm wavelength with 0.85 Numerical Aperture is selected for direct laser writing. All the samples are prepared on a glass substrate. Samples are tested at different UV laser intensities and different stage velocities in order to study the impact on patterned line width. Three cases of spin coated layers of thickness 90 μm, 40 μm, and 28 μm on the substrate are studied. The experimental results show that line width has a generally increasing trend with intensity. However, a decreasing trend was observed for increasing velocity. The overall performance shows that the mr-DWL material is suitable for direct laser writing systems.

  19. Automatic alternative phase-shift mask CAD layout tool for gate shrinkage of embedded DRAM in logic below 0.18 μm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ohnuma, Hidetoshi; Kawahira, Hiroichi

    1998-09-01

    An automatic alternative phase shift mask (PSM) pattern layout tool has been newly developed. This tool is dedicated for embedded DRAM in logic device to shrink gate line width with improving line width controllability in lithography process with a design rule below 0.18 micrometers by the KrF excimer laser exposure. The tool can crete Levenson type PSM used being coupled with a binary mask adopting a double exposure method for positive photo resist. By using graphs, this tool automatically creates alternative PSM patterns. Moreover, it does not give any phase conflicts. By adopting it to actual embedded DRAM in logic cells, we have provided 0.16 micrometers gate resist patterns at both random logic and DRAM areas. The patterns were fabricated using two masks with the double exposure method. Gate line width has been well controlled under a practical exposure-focus window.

  20. Maskless Lithography Using Negative Photoresist Material: Impact of UV Laser Intensity on the Cured Line Width

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mohammed, Mohammed Ziauddin; Mourad, Abdel-Hamid I.; Khashan, Saud A.

    2018-04-01

    The application of maskless lithography technique on negative photoresist material is investigated in this study. The equipment used in this work is designed and built especially for maskless lithography applications. The UV laser of 405 nm wavelength with 0.85 Numerical Aperture is selected for direct laser writing. All the samples are prepared on a glass substrate. Samples are tested at different UV laser intensities and different stage velocities in order to study the impact on patterned line width. Three cases of spin coated layers of thickness 90 μm, 40 μm, and 28 μm on the substrate are studied. The experimental results show that line width has a generally increasing trend with intensity. However, a decreasing trend was observed for increasing velocity. The overall performance shows that the mr-DWL material is suitable for direct laser writing systems.

  1. Fine pattern replication on 10 x 10-mm exposure area using ETS-1 laboratory tool in HIT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamamoto, K.; Watanabe, Takeo; Hada, Hideo; Komano, Hiroshi; Kishimura, Shinji; Okazaki, Shinji; Kinoshita, Hiroo

    2002-07-01

    Utilizing ETS-1 laboratory tool in Himeji Institute of Technology (HIT), as for the fine pattern replicated by using the Cr mask in static exposure, it is replicated in the exposure area of 10 mm by 2 mm in size that the line and space pattern width of 60 nm, the isolated line pattern width of 40 nm, and hole pattern width of 150 nm. According to the synchronous scanning of the mass and wafer with EUVL laboratory tool with reduction optical system which consisted of three-aspherical-mirror in the NewSUBARU facilities succeeded in the line of 60 nm and the space pattern formation in the exposure region of 10mm by 10mm. From the result of exposure characteristics for positive- tone resist for KrF and EB, KrF chemically amplified resist has better characteristics than EB chemically amplified resist.

  2. VizieR Online Data Catalog: Blazars equivalent widths and radio luminosity (Landt+, 2004)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Landt, H.; Padovani, P.; Perlman, E. S.; Giommi, P.

    2004-07-01

    Blazars are currently separated into BL Lacertae objects (BL Lacs) and flat spectrum radio quasars based on the strength of their emission lines. This is performed rather arbitrarily by defining a diagonal line in the Ca H&K break value-equivalent width plane, following Marcha et al. (1996MNRAS.281..425M). We readdress this problem and put the classification scheme for blazars on firm physical grounds. We study ~100 blazars and radio galaxies from the Deep X-ray Radio Blazar Survey (DXRBS, Cat. and ) and 2-Jy radio survey and find a significant bimodality for the narrow emission line [OIII]{lambda}5007. This suggests the presence of two physically distinct classes of radio-loud active galactic nuclei (AGN). We show that all radio-loud AGN, blazars and radio galaxies, can be effectively separated into weak- and strong-lined sources using the [OIII]{lambda}5007-[OII]{lambda}3727 equivalent width plane. This plane allows one to disentangle orientation effects from intrinsic variations in radio-loud AGN. Based on DXRBS, the strongly beamed sources of the new class of weak-lined radio-loud AGN are made up of BL Lacs at the ~75 per cent level, whereas those of the strong-lined radio-loud AGN include mostly (~97 per cent) quasars. (4 data files).

  3. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sanchez-Arriaga, G.; Hada, T.; Nariyuki, Y.

    The triple-degenerate derivative nonlinear Schroedinger (TDNLS) system modified with resistive wave damping and growth is truncated to study the coherent coupling of four waves, three Alfven and one acoustic, near resonance. In the conservative case, the truncation equations derive from a time independent Hamiltonian function with two degrees of freedom. Using a Poincare map analysis, two parameters regimes are explored. In the first regime we check how the modulational instability of the TDNLS system affects to the dynamics of the truncation model, while in the second one the exact triple degenerated case is discussed. In the dissipative case, the truncationmore » model gives rise to a six dimensional flow with five free parameters. Computing some bifurcation diagrams the dependence with the sound to Alfven velocity ratio as well as the Alfven modes involved in the truncation is analyzed. The system exhibits a wealth of dynamics including chaotic attractor, several kinds of bifurcations, and crises. The truncation model was compared to numerical integrations of the TDNLS system.« less

  4. Plasma Heating inside ICMEs by Alfvenic Fluctuations Dissipation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, H.; Wang, C.; He, J.; Zhang, L.; Richardson, J. D.; Belcher, J. W.; Tu, C.

    2017-12-01

    Nonlinear cascade of low-frequency Alfvenic fluctuations (AFs) is regarded as one of the candidate energy sources that heat plasma during the non-adiabatic expansion of interplanetary coronal mass ejections (ICMEs). However, AFs inside ICMEs were seldom reported in the literature. In this study, we investigate AFs inside ICMEs using observations from Voyager 2 between 1 and 6 au. It has been found that AFs with a high degree of Alfvenicity frequently occurred inside ICMEs for almost all of the identified ICMEs (30 out of 33 ICMEs) and for 12.6% of the ICME time interval. As ICMEs expand and move outward, the percentage of AF duration decays linearly in general. The occurrence rate of AFs inside ICMEs is much less than that in ambient solar wind, especially within 4.75 au. AFs inside ICMEs are more frequently presented in the center and at the boundaries of ICMEs. In addition, the proton temperature inside ICME has a similar "W"-shaped distribution. These findings suggest significant contribution of AFs on local plasma heating inside ICMEs.

  5. Mode conversion between Alfven wave eigenmodes in axially inhomogeneous two-ion-species plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Roberts, D.R.; Hershkowitz, N.; Tataronis, J.A.

    The uniform cylindrical plasma model of Litwin and Hershkowitz (Phys. Fluids {bold 30}, 1323 (1987)) is shown to predict mode conversion between the lowest radial order {ital m}=+1 fast magnetosonic surface and slow ion-cyclotron global eigenmodes of the Alfven wave at the light-ion species Alfven resonance of a cold two-ion plasma. A hydrogen ({ital h})--deuterium ({ital d}) plasma is examined in experiments. The fast mode is efficiently excited by a rotating field antenna array at {omega}{similar to}{Omega}{sub {ital h}} in the central cell of the Phaedrus-B tandem mirror (Phys. Rev. Lett. {bold 51}, 1955(1983)). Radially scanned magnetic probes observe themore » propagating eigenmode wave fields within a shallow central cell magnetic gradient in which the conversion zone is axially localized according to {ital n}{sub {ital d}}/{ital n}{sub {ital h}}. A low radial-order slow ion-cyclotron mode, observed in the vicinity of the conversion zone, gives evidence for the predicted mode conversion.« less

  6. Particle acceleration and magnetic field generation in SNR shocks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Suslov, M.; Diamond, P. H.; Malkov, M. A.

    2006-04-01

    We discuss the diffusive acceleration mechanism in SNR shocks in terms of its potential to accelerate CRs to 10^18 eV, as observations imply. One possibility, currently discussed in the literature, is to resonantly generate a turbulent magnetic field via accelerated particles in excess of the background field. We analyze some problems of this scenario and suggest a different mechanism, which is based on the generation of Alfven waves at the gyroradius scale at the background field level, with a subsequent transfer to longer scales via interaction with strong acoustic turbulence in the shock precursor. The acoustic turbulence in turn, may be generated by Drury instability or by parametric instability of the Alfven (A) waves. The essential idea is an A->A+S decay instability process, where one of the interacting scatterers (i.e. the sound, or S-waves) are driven by the Drury instability process. This rapidly generates longer wavelength Alfven waves, which in turn resonate with high energy CRs thus binding them to the shock and enabling their further acceleration.

  7. Generation of mesoscale magnetic fields and the dynamics of Cosmic Ray acceleration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Diamond, P. H.; Malkov, M. A.

    The problem of the cosmic ray origin is discussed in connection with their acceleration in supernova remnant shocks. The diffusive shock acceleration mechanism is reviewed and its potential to accelerate particles to the maximum energy of (presumably) galactic cosmic rays (1018eV ) is considered. It is argued that to reach such energies, a strong magnetic field at scales larger than the particle gyroradius must be created as a result of the acceleration process, itself. One specific mechanism suggested here is based on the generation of Alfven wave at the gyroradius scale with a subsequent transfer to longer scales via interaction with strong acoustic turbulence in the shock precursor. The acoustic turbulence in turn, may be generated by Drury instability or by parametric instability of the Alfven waves. The generation mechanism is modulational instability of CR generated Alfven wave packets induced, in turn, by scattering off acoustic fluctuations in the shock precursor which are generated by Drury instability.

  8. Theoretical studies of the solar atmosphere and interstellar pickup ions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1994-01-01

    Solar atmosphere research activities are summarized. Specific topics addressed include: (1) coronal mass ejections and related phenomena; (2) parametric instabilities of Alfven waves; (3) pickup ions in the solar wind; and (4) cosmic rays in the outer heliosphere. Also included is a list of publications covering the following topics: catastrophic evolution of a force-free flux rope; maximum energy release in flux-rope models of eruptive flares; sheet approximations in models of eruptive flares; material ejection, motions of loops and ribbons of two-ribbon flares; dispersion relations for parametric instabilities of parallel-propagating; parametric instabilities of parallel-propagating Alfven waves; beat, modulation, and decay instabilities of a circularly-polarized Alfven wave; effects of time-dependent photoionization on interstellar pickup helium; observation of waves generated by the solar wind pickup of interstellar hydrogen ions; ion thermalization and wave excitation downstream of the quasi-perpendicular bowshock; ion cyclotron instability and the inverse correlation between proton anisotrophy and proton beta; and effects of cosmic rays and interstellar gas on the dynamics of a wind.

  9. Self-Consistent and Time-Dependent Solar Wind Models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ong, K. K.; Musielak, Z. E.; Rosner, R.; Suess, S. T.; Sulkanen, M. E.

    1997-01-01

    We describe the first results from a self-consistent study of Alfven waves for the time-dependent, single-fluid magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) solar wind equations, using a modified version of the ZEUS MHD code. The wind models we examine are radially symmetrical and magnetized; the initial outflow is described by the standard Parker wind solution. Our study focuses on the effects of Alfven waves on the outflow and is based on solving the full set of the ideal nonlinear MHD equations. In contrast to previous studies, no assumptions regarding wave linearity, wave damping, and wave-flow interaction are made; thus, the models naturally account for the back-reaction of the wind on the waves, as well as for the nonlinear interaction between different types of MHD waves. Our results clearly demonstrate when momentum deposition by Alfven waves in the solar wind can be sufficient to explain the origin of fast streams in solar coronal holes; we discuss the range of wave amplitudes required to obtained such fast stream solutions.

  10. Measurements of solar transition zone velocities and line broadening using the ultraviolet spectrometer and polarimeter on the Solar Maximum Mission

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Simon, G.; Mein, P.; Vial, J. C.; Shine, R. A.; Woodgate, B. E.

    1982-01-01

    The UVSP instrument on SMM is able to observe solar regions at two wavelengths in the same line with a band-pass of 0.3 A. Intensity and Doppler velocity maps are derived. It is shown that the numerical values are sensitive to the adopted Doppler width and the range of velocities is limited to within 30 km/sec. A method called Double Dopplergram Determination (DDD) is described for deriving both the Doppler width and the velocity (up to 80 km/sec), and the main sources of uncertainties are discussed. To illustrate the method, a set of C IV 1548 A observations is analyzed according to this procedure. The mean C IV Doppler width measured (0.15 A) is comparable to previous determinations. A relation is found between bright regions and down-flows. Large Doppler widths correspond to strong velocity gradients.

  11. The chromospheres and coronae of five G-K main-sequence stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jordan, C.; Ayres, T. R.; Brown, A.; Linsky, J. L.; Simon, T.

    1987-01-01

    Previous data and high and low dispersion IUE observations of Chi 1 Ori, Alpha Cen A, Xi Boo A, Alpha Cen B, and Epsilon Eri are used to model the atmospheres of these stars from the high chromosphere to the corona. The energy lost by radiation and transferred by thermal conduction is investigated to establish the heating requirements, and results similar to those found for the solar atmosphere are found. The observed emission measurement distribution below 100,000 K can be described by a model in which Alfven wave energy input, observed through nonthermal line broadening, is balanced by radiation losses. Comparison of the coronal, transition region, and chromospheric pressures shows scaling relations which are compatible with previous flux correlations.

  12. Temporal correlations between impulsive ultraviolet and hard X-ray bursts in solar flares observed with high time resolution

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cheng, Chung-Chieh; Vanderveen, K.; Orwig, L. E.; Tandberg-Hanssen, E.

    1988-01-01

    The impulsive phase of solar flares has been simultaneously observed in the ultraviolet O V line, the UV continuum, and hard X-rays with a time resolution of 0.128 s by the SMM satellite. A close time correspondence between the three impulsive components is found, with the best correlation being at the peak of the impulsive phase. Individual bursts or fast features in the O V and the UV continuum are shown to lag behind the corresponding hard X-ray features. None of the considered energy transport mechanisms (thermal conduction, a nonthermal electron beam, electron hole boring, UV radiation, and Alfven waves) are able to consistently account for the observed temporal correlations.

  13. The Iron Abundance of IOTA Herculis From Ultraviolet Iron Lines

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grigsby, J.; Mulliss, C.; Baer, G.

    1995-03-01

    We have obtained (Adelman 1992, 1993, private comunication) coadded, high-resolution IUE spectra of Iota Herculis (B3 IV) in both short wavelength (SWP) and long wavelength (LWP) regions. The spectra span the ultraviolet spectrum from 110 - 300 nm and have a SNR of roughly 30 -50; they are described in Adelman et. al. (1993, ApJ 419, 276). Abundance indicators were 54 lines of Fe II and 26 lines of Fe III whose atomic parameters have been measured in the laboratory. LTE synthetic spectra for comparison with observations were produced with the Kurucz model atmosphere and spectral synthesis codes ATLAS9/SYNTHE (Kurucz 1979, ApJS 40,1; Kurucz and Avrett 1981, SAO Special Report 391). Model parameters were chosen from the literature: effective temperature = 17500 K, log g =3.75, v sin i= 11 km/s, and turbulent velocity = 0 km/s. (Peters and Polidan 1985, in IAU Symposium 111, ed. D. S. Hayes et al. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 417). We determined the equivalent widths of the chosen lines by fitting gaussian profiles to the lines and by measuring the equivalent widths of the gaussians. We derived abundances by fitting a straight line to a plot of observed equivalent widths vs. synthetic equivalent widths; we adjusted the iron abundance of the models until a slope of unity was achieved. The abundances derived from the different ionization stages are in agreement: Fe II lines indicate an iron abundance that is 34 +15/-10% the solar value([Fe/H]=-0.47 +0.16-0.15dex), while from Fe III lines we obtain 34 +/- 10% ([Fe/H]=-0.47 +0.11/-0.15 dex). A search of the literature suggests that no previous investigations of this star's iron abundance have found agreement between the different ionization stages. We thank Saul Adelman for his generous assistance, and the Faculty Research Fund Board of Wittenberg University for support of this research.

  14. Intrinsic line shape of electromagnetic radiation from a stack of intrinsic Josephson junctions synchronized by an internal cavity resonance

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Koshelev, Alexei

    2013-03-01

    Stacks of intrinsic Josephson-junctions are realized in mesas fabricated out of layered superconducting single crystals, such as Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8 (BSCCO). Synchronization of phase oscillations in different junctions can be facilitated by the coupling to the internal cavity mode leading to powerful and coherent electromagnetic radiation in the terahertz frequency range. An important characteristic of this radiation is the shape of the emission line. A finite line width appears due to different noise sources leading to phase diffusion. We investigated the intrinsic line shape caused by the thermal noise for a mesa fabricated on the top of a BSCCO single crystal. In the ideal case of fully synchronized stack the finite line width is coming from two main contributions, the quasiparticle-current noise inside the mesa and the fluctuating radiation in the base crystal. We compute both contributions and conclude that for realistic mesa's parameters the second mechanism typically dominates. The role of the cavity quality factor in the emission line spectrum is clarified. Analytical results were verified by numerical simulations. In real mesa structures part of the stack may not be synchronized and chaotic dynamics of unsynchronized junctions may determine the real line width. Work supported by UChicago Argonne, LLC, under contract No. DE-AC02-06CH11357.

  15. Comprehensive analysis of line-edge and line-width roughness for EUV lithography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bonam, Ravi; Liu, Chi-Chun; Breton, Mary; Sieg, Stuart; Seshadri, Indira; Saulnier, Nicole; Shearer, Jeffrey; Muthinti, Raja; Patlolla, Raghuveer; Huang, Huai

    2017-03-01

    Pattern transfer fidelity is always a major challenge for any lithography process and needs continuous improvement. Lithographic processes in semiconductor industry are primarily driven by optical imaging on photosensitive polymeric material (resists). Quality of pattern transfer can be assessed by quantifying multiple parameters such as, feature size uniformity (CD), placement, roughness, sidewall angles etc. Roughness in features primarily corresponds to variation of line edge or line width and has gained considerable significance, particularly due to shrinking feature sizes and variations of features in the same order. This has caused downstream processes (Etch (RIE), Chemical Mechanical Polish (CMP) etc.) to reconsider respective tolerance levels. A very important aspect of this work is relevance of roughness metrology from pattern formation at resist to subsequent processes, particularly electrical validity. A major drawback of current LER/LWR metric (sigma) is its lack of relevance across multiple downstream processes which effects material selection at various unit processes. In this work we present a comprehensive assessment of Line Edge and Line Width Roughness at multiple lithographic transfer processes. To simulate effect of roughness a pattern was designed with periodic jogs on the edges of lines with varying amplitudes and frequencies. There are numerous methodologies proposed to analyze roughness and in this work we apply them to programmed roughness structures to assess each technique's sensitivity. This work also aims to identify a relevant methodology to quantify roughness with relevance across downstream processes.

  16. Detection of Ionospheric Alfven Resonator Signatures Onboard C/NOFS: Implications for IRI Modeling

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Simoes, F.; Klenzing, J.; Ivanov, S.; Pfaff, R.; Rowland, D.; Bilitza, D.

    2011-01-01

    The 2008-2009 long-lasting solar minimum activity has been the one of its kind since the dawn of space age, offering exceptional conditions for investigating space weather in the near-Earth environment. First ever detection of Ionospheric Alfven Resonator (IAR) signatures in orbit offers new means for investigating ionospheric electrodynamics, namely MHD (MagnetoHydroDynamics) wave propagation, aeronomy processes, ionospheric dynamics, and Sun-Earth connection mechanisms at a local scale. Local and global plasma density heterogeneities in the ionosphere and magnetosphere allow for formation of waveguides and resonators where magnetosonic and shear Alfven waves propagate. The ionospheric magnetosonic waveguide results from complete magnetosonic wave reflection about the ionospheric F-region peak, where the Alfven index of refraction presents a maximum. MHD waves can also be partially trapped in the vertical direction between the lower boundary of the ionosphere and the magnetosphere, a resonance mechanism known as IAR. In this work we present C/NOFS (Communications/Navigation Outage Forecasting System) Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) electric field measurements related to IAR signatures, discuss the resonance and wave propagation mechanisms in the ionosphere, and address the electromagnetic inverse problem from which electron/ion distributions can be derived. These peculiar IAR electric field measurements provide new, complementary methodologies for inferring ionospheric electron and ion density profiles, and also contribute for the investigation of ionosphere dynamics and space weather monitoring. Specifically, IAR spectral signatures measured by C/NOFS contribute for improving the International Reference Ionosphere (IRI) model, namely electron density and ion composition.

  17. Homogeneous and inhomogeneous broadenings and the Voigt line shapes in the phase-resolved and intensity sum-frequency generation vibrational spectroscopy.

    PubMed

    Chen, Shun-Li; Fu, Li; Gan, Wei; Wang, Hong-Fei

    2016-01-21

    In this report, we show that the ability to measure the sub-1 cm(-1) resolution phase-resolved and intensity high-resolution broadband sum frequency generation vibrational spectra of the -CN stretch vibration of the Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) monolayer of the 4-n-octyl-4'-cyanobiphenyl (8CB) on the z-cut α-quartz surface allows the direct comparison and understanding of the homogeneous and inhomogeneous broadenings in the imaginary and intensity SFG vibrational spectral line shapes in detail. The difference of the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the imaginary and intensity sum-frequency generation vibrational spectroscopy spectra of the same vibrational mode is the signature of the Voigt line shape and it measures the relative contribution to the overall line shape from the homogeneous and inhomogeneous broadenings in SFG vibrational spectra. From the phase-resolved and intensity spectra, we found that the FWHM of the 2238.00 ± 0.02 cm(-1) peak in the phase-resolved imaginary and intensity spectra is 19.2 ± 0.2 cm(-1) and 21.6 ± 0.4 cm(-1), respectively, for the -CN group of the 8CB LB monolayer on the z-cut α-quartz crystal surface. The FWHM width difference of 2.4 cm(-1) agrees quantitatively with a Voigt line shape with a homogeneous broadening half width of Γ = 5.29 ± 0.08 cm(-1) and an inhomogeneous standard derivation width Δω = 5.42 ± 0.07 cm(-1). These results shed new lights on the understanding and interpretation of the line shapes of both the phase-resolved and the intensity SFG vibrational spectra, as well as other incoherent and coherent spectroscopic techniques in general.

  18. Investigating the Luminous Environment of SDSS Data Release 4 Mg II Absorption Line Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Caler, Michelle A.; Ravi, Sheth K.

    2018-01-01

    We investigate the luminous environment within a few hundred kiloparsecs of 3760 Mg II absorption line systems. These systems lie along 3760 lines of sight to Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) Data Release 4 QSOs, have redshifts that range between 0.37 ≤ z ≤ 0.82, and have rest equivalent widths greater than 0.18 Å. We use the SDSS Catalog Archive Server to identify galaxies projected near 3 arcminutes of the absorbing QSO’s position, and a background subtraction technique to estimate the absolute magnitude distribution and luminosity function of galaxies physically associated with these Mg II absorption line systems. The Mg II absorption system sample is split into two parts, with the split occurring at rest equivalent width 0.8 Å, and the resulting absolute magnitude distributions and luminosity functions compared on scales ranging from 50 h-1 kpc to 880 h-1 kpc. We find that, on scales of 100 h-1 kpc and smaller, the two distributions differ: the absolute magnitude distribution of galaxies associated with systems of rest frame equivalent width ≥ 0.8 Å (2750 lines of sight) seems to be approximated by that of elliptical-Sa type galaxies, whereas the absolute magnitude distribution of galaxies associated with systems of rest frame equivalent width < 0.8 Å (1010 lines of sight) seems to be approximated by that of Sa-Sbc type galaxies. However, on larger scales greater than 200 h-1 kpc, both distributions are broadly consistent with that of elliptical-Sa type galaxies. We note that, in a broader context, these results represent an estimate of the bright end of the galaxy luminosity function at a median redshift of z ˜ 0.65.

  19. A reassessment of absolute energies of the x-ray L lines of lanthanide metals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fowler, J. W.; Alpert, B. K.; Bennett, D. A.; Doriese, W. B.; Gard, J. D.; Hilton, G. C.; Hudson, L. T.; Joe, Y.-I.; Morgan, K. M.; O'Neil, G. C.; Reintsema, C. D.; Schmidt, D. R.; Swetz, D. S.; Szabo, C. I.; Ullom, J. N.

    2017-08-01

    We introduce a new technique for determining x-ray fluorescence line energies and widths, and we present measurements made with this technique of 22 x-ray L lines from lanthanide-series elements. The technique uses arrays of transition-edge sensors, microcalorimeters with high energy-resolving power that simultaneously observe both calibrated x-ray standards and the x-ray emission lines under study. The uncertainty in absolute line energies is generally less than 0.4 eV in the energy range of 4.5 keV to 7.5 keV. Of the seventeen line energies of neodymium, samarium, and holmium, thirteen are found to be consistent with the available x-ray reference data measured after 1990; only two of the four lines for which reference data predate 1980, however, are consistent with our results. Five lines of terbium are measured with uncertainties that improve on those of existing data by factors of two or more. These results eliminate a significant discrepancy between measured and calculated x-ray line energies for the terbium L l line (5.551 keV). The line widths are also measured, with uncertainties of 0.6 eV or less on the full-width at half-maximum in most cases. These measurements were made with an array of approximately one hundred superconducting x-ray microcalorimeters, each sensitive to an energy band from 1 keV to 8 keV. No energy-dispersive spectrometer has previously been used for absolute-energy estimation at this level of accuracy. Future spectrometers, with superior linearity and energy resolution, will allow us to improve on these results and expand the measurements to more elements and a wider range of line energies.

  20. Broadband optical frequency comb generator based on driving N-cascaded modulators by Gaussian-shaped waveform

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hmood, Jassim K.; Harun, Sulaiman W.

    2018-05-01

    A new approach for realizing a wideband optical frequency comb (OFC) generator based on driving cascaded modulators by a Gaussian-shaped waveform, is proposed and numerically demonstrated. The setup includes N-cascaded MZMs, a single Gaussian-shaped waveform generator, and N-1 electrical time delayer. The first MZM is driven directly by a Gaussian-shaped waveform, while delayed replicas of the Gaussian-shaped waveform drive the other MZMs. An analytical model that describes the proposed OFC generator is provided to study the effect of number and chirp factor of cascaded MZM as well as pulse width on output spectrum. Optical frequency combs at frequency spacing of 1 GHz are generated by applying Gaussian-shaped waveform at pulse widths ranging from 200 to 400 ps. Our results reveal that, the number of comb lines is inversely proportional to the pulse width and directly proportional to both number and chirp factor of cascaded MZMs. At pulse width of 200 ps and chirp factor of 4, 67 frequency lines can be measured at output spectrum of two-cascaded MZMs setup. Whereas, increasing the number of cascaded stages to 3, 4, and 5, the optical spectra counts 89, 109 and 123 frequency lines; respectively. When the delay time is optimized, 61 comb lines can be achieved with power fluctuations of less than 1 dB for five-cascaded MZMs setup.

  1. Slope mass movements on rocky sea-cliffs: A power-law distributed natural hazard on the Barlavento Coast, Algarve, Portugal

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Teixeira, Sebastião Braz

    2006-06-01

    The coast of the Central Algarve, Portugal, is dominated by sea-cliffs, cut on Miocene calcarenites; here, the main coastal geologic hazards result from the conflict between human occupation and sea-cliff recession. The evolution of this rocky coast occurs through an intermittent and discontinuous series of slope mass movements, along a 46 km cliff front. For the last 30 years, the increase of tourism occupation has amplified the risks to both people and buildings. In the last decade we have seen several accidents caused by cliff failure, which killed or wounded people and destroyed several buildings. The definition of buffer zones limited by hazard lines parallel to the cliff edge, where land use is restricted, is a widely used and effective preventive measure for mitigating risk. Rocky coasts typically show a slow cliff evolution. The process of gathering statistically significant field inventories of mass movements is, thus, very long. Although mass movement catalogues provide fundamental information on sea cliff evolution patterns and are an outstanding tool in hazard assessment, published data sets are still rare. In this work, we use two inventories of mass movement width, recorded on sea cliffs cut on Miocene calcarenites: a nine year long continuous field inventory (1995-2004) with 140 recorded events, and a 44 year long catalogue based on comparative analysis of aerial photographs (1947-1991), that includes 177 events. The cumulative frequency-width distributions of both data sets fit, above a critical width value corresponding to the threshold of full completeness of the inventories, to power-law distributions. The knowledge of the limits of the catalogues enabled the construction of a 53 year long record inventory over the range of mean width ⩾3 m ( n=167 events) and maximum width ⩾4 m ( n=155 events). The data assembled corresponds to a partial series and was converted to a return period-size distribution. Both return period-width distributions (mean width and maximum width) are also power-law distributions. Equations of return period-width distributions give the width of hazard lines corresponding to the width of mass movement, in which return period equals the period that hazard line is referred to.

  2. QSO Narrow [OIII] Line Width and Host Galaxy Luminosity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bonning, E. W.; Shields, G. A.; Salviander, S.

    2004-05-01

    Established correlations between galaxy bulge luminosity L, black hole mass MBH, and stellar velocity dispersion sigma in galaxies suggest a close relationship between the growth of supermassive black holes and their host galaxies. Measurements of the MBH - sigma relationship as a function of cosmic time may shed light on the origin of this relationship. One approach is to derive MBH and sigma from the widths of QSO broad and narrow lines, respectively (Shields et al. 2003, ApJ, 583, 124; Nelson 2000, ApJ, 544, L91). We investigate the utility of using the velocity of the narrow line emitting gas as a surrogate for stellar velocity dispersion in QSOs by examining host magnitudes and [OIII] line widths for low redshift QSOs. For our limited range of L, the increase in sigma with L predicted by the Faber-Jackson relation is substantially obscured by scatter. However, sigma([O III]) is consistent in the mean with host galaxy luminosity. EWB is a NASA GSRP fellow. GAS and SS are supported under Texas Advanced Research Program grant 003658-0177-2001 and NSF grant AST-0098594.

  3. Sonographic analysis of the intercostal spaces for the application of high-intensity focused ultrasound therapy to the liver.

    PubMed

    Kim, Young-Sun; Park, Min Jung; Rhim, Hyunchul; Lee, Min Woo; Lim, Hyo Keun

    2014-07-01

    The purposes of this study were to assess the widths of the intercostal spaces of the right inferior human rib cage through which high-intensity focused ultrasound therapy would be applied for treating liver cancer and to elucidate the demographic factors associated with intercostal space width. From March 2013 to June 2013, the widths of the intercostal spaces and the ribs at six areas of the right inferior rib cage (area 1, lowest intercostal space on anterior axillary line and the adjacent upper rib; area 2, second-lowest intercostal space on anterior axillary line and the adjacent upper rib; areas 3 and 4, lowest and second-lowest spaces on midaxillary line; areas 5 and 6, lowest and second-lowest spaces on posterior axillary line) were sonographically measured in 466 patients (214 men, 252 women; mean age, 53.0 years) after an abdominal sonographic examination. Demographic factors and the presence or absence of chronic liver disease were evaluated by multivariate analysis to investigate which factors influence intercostal width. The width of the intercostal space was 19.7 ± 3.7 mm (range, 9-33 mm) at area 1, 18.3 ± 3.4 mm (range, 9-33 mm) at area 2, 17.4 ± 4.0 mm (range, 7-33 mm) at area 3, 15.4 ± 3.5 mm (range, 5-26 mm) at area 4, 17.2 ± 3.7 mm (range, 7-28 mm) at area 5, and 14.5 ± 3.6 mm (range, 4-26 mm) at area 6. The corresponding widths of the ribs were 15.2 ± 2.3 mm (range, 8-22 mm), 14.5 ± 2.3 mm (range, 9-22 mm), 13.2 ± 2.0 mm (range, 9-20), 14.3 ± 2.2 mm (range, 9-20 mm), 15.0 ± 2.2 mm (range, 10-22 mm), and 15.1 ± 2.3 mm (range, 8-21 mm). Only female sex was significantly associated with the narrower intercostal width at areas 1, 2, 3, and 5 (regression coefficient, 1.124-1.885; p = 0.01-0.04). There was substantial variation in the widths of the intercostal spaces of the right inferior rib cage such that the anterior and inferior aspects of the intercostal space were relatively wider. Women had significantly narrower intercostal spaces than men.

  4. Ultraviolet photometry from the orbiting astronomical observatory. XVI - The stellar Lyman-alpha absorption line

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Savage, B. D.; Panek, R. J.

    1974-01-01

    The stellar Lyman-alpha line at 1216 A was observed in 29 lightly reddened stars of spectral type B2.5 to B9 by a far-UV spectrophotometer on OAO-2. The equivalent widths obtained range from 15 A at type B2.5 to 65 A at type B8; in the late-B stars, the L-alpha line removes 2 to 3% of the total stellar flux. In this sampling, the strength of the L-alpha line correlates well with measures of the Balmer discontinuity and Balmer line strengths; luminosity classification does not seem to affect the line strength. The observed line widths also agree with the predictions of Mihala's grid of non-LTE model atmospheres. In some cases, the L-alpha line influences the interstellar column densities reported in the interstellar OAO-2 L-alpha survey. Hence, these data toward lightly reddened B2 and B1.5 stars should be regarded as upper limits only.

  5. Shift measurements of the stark-broadened ionized helium lines at 1640 and 1215 angstrom. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Vanzandt, J. R.

    1976-01-01

    Time-resolved measurements were made of the shifts of the ionized helium lines at 1,640 A (n = 3 approaches 2) and 1,215 A (n = 4 approaches 2), and of the Stark profile of the 1,215 A wavelength line. An electromagnetic shock tube was used as a light source. The plasma conditions corresponded to electron temperatures of approximately 3.5 eV and electron densities of 0.8 to 1.8 x 10 to the 17th power/cubic cm. The measured shifts fell between two previous estimates of plasma polarization shifts. The measured Stark width of the 1,215 A wavelength line was up to 30% greater than the theoretical width.

  6. An investigation into a micro-sized droplet impinging on a surface with sharp wettability contrast

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lim, C. Y.; Lam, Y. C.

    2014-10-01

    An experimental investigation was conducted into a micro-sized droplet jetted onto a surface with sharp wettability contrast. The dynamics of micro-sized droplet impingement on a sharp wettability contrast surface, which is critical in inkjet printing technology, has not been investigated in the literature. Hydrophilic lines with line widths ranging from 27 to 53 µm, and contact angle ranging from 17° to 77°, were patterned on a hydrophobic surface with a contact angle of 107°. Water droplets with a diameter of 81 µm were impinged at various offset distances from the centre of the hydrophilic line. The evolution of the droplet upon impingement can be divided into three distinct phases, namely the kinematic phase, the translating phase where the droplet moves towards the centre of the hydrophilic line, and the conforming phase where the droplet spreads along the line. The key parameters affecting the conformability of the droplet to the hydrophilic line pattern are the ratio of the line width to the initial droplet diameter and the contact angle of the hydrophilic line. The droplet will only conform completely to the hydrophilic pattern if the line width is not overly small relative to the droplet and the contact angle of the hydrophilic line is sufficiently low. The impact offset distance does not affect the final shape and final location of the droplet, as long as part of the droplet touches the hydrophilic line upon impingement. This process has a significant impact on inkjet printing technology as high accuracy of inkjet droplet deposition and shape control can be achieved through wettability patterning.

  7. Studies on 405nm blue-violet diode laser with external grating cavity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Bin; Gao, Jun; Zhao, Jun; Yu, Anlan; Luo, Shiwen; Xiong, Dongsheng; Wang, Xinbing; Zuo, Duluo

    2016-03-01

    Spectroscopy applications of free-running laser diodes (LD) are greatly restricted as its broad band spectral emission. And the power of a single blue-violet LD is around several hundred milliwatts by far, it is of great importance to obtain stable and narrow line-width laser diodes with high efficiency. In this paper, a high efficiency external cavity diode laser (ECDL) with high output power and narrow band emission at 405 nm is presented. The ECDL is based on a commercially available LD with nominal output power of 110 mW at an injection current of 100 mA. The spectral width of the free-running LD is about 1 nm (FWHM). A reflective holographic grating which is installed on a home-made compact adjustable stage is utilized for optical feedback in Littrow configuration. In this configuration, narrow line-width operation is realized and the effects of grating groove density as well as the groove direction related to the beam polarization on the performances of the ECDL are experimentally investigated. In the case of grating with groove density of 3600 g/mm, the threshold is reduced from 21 mA to 18.3 mA or 15.6 mA and the tuning range is 3.95 nm or 6.01 nm respectively when the grating is orientated in TE or TM polarization. In addition, an output beam with a line-width of 30 pm and output power of 92.7 mW is achieved in TE polarization. With these narrow line-width and high efficiency, the ECDL is capable to serve as a light source for spectroscopy application such as Raman scattering and laser induced fluorescence.

  8. Cyclotron resonance in HgTe/CdTe-based heterostructures in high magnetic fields

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Cyclotron resonance study of HgTe/CdTe-based quantum wells with both inverted and normal band structures in quantizing magnetic fields was performed. In semimetallic HgTe quantum wells with inverted band structure, a hole cyclotron resonance line was observed for the first time. In the samples with normal band structure, interband transitions were observed with wide line width due to quantum well width fluctuations. In all samples, impurity-related magnetoabsorption lines were revealed. The obtained results were interpreted within the Kane 8·8 model, the valence band offset of CdTe and HgTe, and the Kane parameter EP being adjusted. PMID:23013642

  9. EUV observations of quiescent prominences from Skylab

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Moe, O. K.; Cook, J. W.; Mango, S. A.

    1979-01-01

    Measurements of line intensities and line widths for three quiescent prominences observed with Naval Research Laboratory slit spectrograph on ATM/Skylab are reported. The wavelengths of the observed lines cover the range 1175 A to 1960 A. The measured intensities have been calibrated to within approximately a factor 2 and are average intensities over a 2 arcsec by 60 arcsec slit. Nonthermal velocities from the measured line widths are derived. The nonthermal velocity is found to increase with temperature in the prominence transition zone. Electron densities and pressures are derived from density sensitive line ratios. Electron pressures for two of the prominences are found to lie in the range 0.04-0.08 dyn/sq cm, while values for the third and most intense and active of the three prominences are in the range 0.07-0.22 dyn/sq cm.

  10. The Solar Flare 4: 10 keV X-ray Spectrum

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Phillips, K. J. H.

    2004-01-01

    The 4-10 keV solar flare spectrum includes highly excited lines of stripped Ca, Fe, and Ni ions as well as a continuum steeply falling with energy. Groups of lines at approximately 7 keV and approximately 8 keV, observed during flares by the broad-band RHESSI spectrometer and called here the Fe-line and Fe/Ni-line features, are formed mostly of Fe lines but with Ni lines contributing to the approximately 8 keV feature. Possible temperature indicators of these line features are discussed - the peak or centroid energies of the Fe-line feature, the line ratio of the Fe-line to the Fe/Ni-line features, and the equivalent width of the Fe-line feature. The equivalent width is by far the most sensitive to temperature. However, results will be confused if, as is commonly believed, the abundance of Fe varies from flare to flare, even during the course of a single flare. With temperature determined from the thermal continuum, the Fe-line feature becomes a diagnostic of the Fe abundance in flare plasmas. These results are of interest for other hot plasmas in coronal ionization equilibrium such as stellar flare plasmas, hot gas in galaxies, and older supernova remnants.

  11. A measurement of the width and shift of the Fe I 3719.94 A line broadened by helium. [for stellar atmosphere studies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Driver, R. D.; Lombardi, G.

    1977-01-01

    Results are reported for measurements of the widths and shifts of the overlapping helium-broadened profiles of the Fe I absorption lines at 3719.94 and 3722.56 A, which were performed in a ballistic piston compressor using a saturated solution of FeCl3 in ethanol. It is found that at 4000 K, the 3719.94-A line has a gamma/n (FWHM) value of approximately 5.2 billionths rad/sec per cu cm, the blue shift of this line corresponds to a beta/n value of about 0.49 billionth rad/sec per cu cm, and the 3722.56-A line has the same values. These results are compared with previous experimental determinations and with theoretical calculations of neutral-line broadening for the Fe I lines. The significance of these measurements with respect to the solar spectrum and cool DG white dwarfs is discussed.

  12. ULF Waves in the Ionospheric Alfven Resonator: Modeling of MICA Observations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Streltsov, A. V.; Tulegenov, B.

    2017-12-01

    We present results from a numerical study of physical processes responsible for the generation of small-scale, intense electromagnetic structures in the ultra-low-frequency range frequently observed in the close vicinity of bright discrete auroral arcs. In particular, our research is focused on the role of the ionosphere in generating these structures. A significant body of observations demonstrate that small-scale electromagnetic waves with frequencies below 1 Hz are detected at high latitudes where the large-scale, downward magnetic field-aligned current (FAC) interact with the ionosphere. Some theoretical studies suggest that these waves can be generated by the ionospheric feedback instability (IFI) inside the ionospheric Alfven resonator (IAR). The IAR is the region in the low-altitude magnetosphere bounded by the strong gradient in the Alfven speed at high altitude and the conducting bottom of the ionosphere (ionospheric E-region) at low altitude. To study ULF waves in this region we use a numerical model developed from reduced two fluid MHD equations describing shear Alfven waves in the ionosphere and magnetosphere of the earth. The active ionospheric feedback on structure and amplitude of magnetic FACs that interact with the ionosphere is implemented through the ionospheric boundary conditions that link the parallel current density with the plasma density and the perpendicular electric field in the ionosphere. Our numerical results are compared with the in situ measurements performed by the Magnetosphere-Ionosphere Coupling in the Alfven Resonator (MICA) sounding rocket, launched on February 19, 2012 from Poker Flat Research Range in Alaska to measure fields and particles during a passage through a discreet auroral arc. Parameters of the simulations are chosen to match actual MICA parameters, allowing the comparison in the most precise and rigorous way. Waves generated in the numerical model have frequencies between 0.30 and 0.45 Hz, while MICA measured similar waves in the range from 0.18 to 0.50 Hz. These results prove that the IFI driven inside the IAR by a system of large-scale upward-downward currents is the main mechanism responsible for the generation of small-scale intense ULF waves in the vicinity of discrete auroral arcs.

  13. Electroreflectance spectra from multiple InGaN/GaN quantum wells in the nonuniform electric field of a p–n junction

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Avakyants, L. P.; Aslanyan, A. E.; Bokov, P. Yu., E-mail: pavel-bokov@physics.msu.ru

    A line at E = 2.77 eV (with a width of Γ = 88 meV) related to interband transitions in the region of multiple quantum wells in the active region is detected in the electroreflectance spectra of the GaN/InGaN/AlGaN heterostructure. As the modulation bias is reduced from 2.9 to 0.4 V, the above line is split into two lines with energies of E{sub 1} = 2.55 eV and E{sub 2} = 2.75 eV and widths of Γ{sub 1} = 66 meV and Γ{sub 2} = 74 meV, respectively. The smaller widths of separate lines indicate that these lines are causedmore » by interband transitions in particular quantum wells within the active region. The difference between the interband transition energies E{sub 1} and E{sub 2} in identical quantum wells in the active region is related to the fact that the quantum wells are in an inhomogeneous electric field of the p–n junction. The magnitudes of the electric-field strengths in particular quantum wells in the active region of the heterostructure are estimated to be 1.6 and 2.2 MV/cm.« less

  14. Saw-tooth refractive x-ray optics with sub-micron resolution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cederstrom, Bjorn; Ribbing, Carolina; Lundqvist, Mats

    2002-11-01

    Saw-tooth refractive x-ray lenses have been used to focus a synchrotron beam to sub-μm line width. These lenses are free from spherical aberration and work in analogy with 1-D focusing parabolic compound refractive lenses. However, the focal length can be varied by a simple mechanical procedure. Silicon lenses were fabricated by wet anisotropic etching, and epoxy replicas were molded from the silicon masters. Theses lenses provided 1-D intensity gains up to a factor of 40 and the smallest focal line width was 0.74 μm, very close to the theoretical expectation. Two crossed lenses were put in series to obtain 2-D focusing and the 80 μm by 275 μm source was imaged to 1.0 μm by 5.4 μm. Beryllium lenses were fabricated using conventional computer-controlled milling. The focal line width was 1.7 μm, nearly 3 times larger than predicted by theory. This can be attributed to large surface roughness and a bent lens shape.

  15. Measurements of resonant scattering in the Perseus cluster core with Hitomi SXS

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sato, K.; Zhuravleva, I.

    2017-10-01

    Hitomi (ASTRO-H) SXS allows us to investigate fine structures of emission lines in extended X-ray sources for the first time. Thanks to its high energy resolution of 5 eV at 6 keV in orbit, Hitomi SXS finds a quiescent atmosphere in the Intra cluster medium of the Perseus cluster core where the gas has a line-of-sight velocity dispersion below 200 km/sec from the line width in the spectral analysis (Hitomi collaboration, Nature, 2016). The resonant scattering is also important to measure the gas velocity as a complementary probe of the direct measurement from the line width. Particularly in the cluster core, resonant scattering should be taken into account when inferring physical properties from line intensities because the optical depth of the He-alpha resonant line is expected to be larger than 1. The observed line flux ratio of Fe XXV He-α resonant to forbidden lines is found to be lower in the cluster core when compared to the outer region, consistent with resonant scattering of the resonant line and also in support of the low turbulent velocity.

  16. Asymmetric Reconnection With A Shear Flow and Applications to X-line Motion at the Polar Cusps

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Doss, C.; Komar, C. M.; Beidler, M.; Cassak, P.; Wilder, F. D.; Eriksson, S.

    2014-12-01

    Magnetic reconnection at the polar cusps of the magnetosphere is marked by strong asymmetries in plasma density and magnetic field strength in addition to a potentially strong bulk flow shear parallel to the reconnecting magnetic field caused by the solar wind. Much has been learned about the effect of either asymmetries or shear flow on reconnection, but only a handful of studies have addressed systems with both. We perform a careful theoretical, numerical, and observational study of such systems. It is known that an asymmetry in magnetic field offsets the X-line from the center of the diffusion region in the inflow direction toward the weaker magnetic field. A key finding is that this alters the flow profile seen at the X-line relative to expectations from symmetric reconnection results. This causes the X-line to drift in the outflow direction due to the shear flow. We calculate a prediction for the X-line drift speed for arbitrary asymmetric magnetic field strengths and show the result is consistent with two-fluid numerical simulations. These predictions are also shown to be consistent with recent observations of a tailward moving X-line in Cluster observations of reconnection at the polar cusp. The reconnection rate with a shear flow is observed to drop as in symmetric reconnection, and the behavior of the reconnection qualitatively changes when the shear flow speed exceeds the hybrid Alfven speed of the outflow known from asymmetric reconnection theory.

  17. Rotational Dynamics of the Methyl Radical in Superfluid 4He Nanodroplets

    DOE PAGES

    Morrison, Alexander M.; Raston, Paul L.; Douberly, Gary E.

    2012-12-07

    Here, we report the ro-vibrational spectrum of the ν 3(e') band of the methyl radical (CH 3) solvated in superfluid 4He nanodroplets. Five allowed transitions produce population in the N K = 0 0, 1 1, 1 0, 2 2 and 2 0 rotational levels. The observed transitions exhibit variable Lorentzian line shapes, consistent with state specific homogeneous broadening effects. Population relaxation of the 00 and 11 levels is only allowed through vibrationally inelastic decay channels, and the PP 1(1) and RR 0(0) transitions accessing these levels have 4.12(1) and 4.66(1) GHz full-width at half-maximum line widths, respectively. The linemore » widths of the PR 1(1) and RR 1(1) transitions are comparatively broader (8.6(1) and 57.0(6) GHz, respectively), consistent with rotational relaxation of the 2 0 and 2 2 levels within the vibrationally excited manifold. The nuclear spin symmetry allowed rotational relaxation channel for the excited 1 0 level has an energy difference similar to those associated with the 2 0 and 2 2 levels. However, the PQ 1(1) transition that accesses the 1 0 level is 2.3 and 15.1 times narrower than the PR 1(1) and RR 1(1) lines, respectively. The relative line widths of these transitions are rationalized in terms of the anisotropy in the He-CH 3 potential energy surface, which couples the molecule rotation to the collective modes of the droplet.« less

  18. Three dimensional magnetohydrodynamic simulation of linearly polarised Alfven wave dynamics in Arnold-Beltrami-Childress magnetic field

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tsiklauri, D.

    Previous studies (e.g., Malara et al., Astrophys. J. 533, 523 (2000)) considered small-amplitude Alfven wave (AW) packets in Arnold-Beltrami-Childress (ABC) magnetic field using WKB approximation. They draw a distinction between 2D AW dissipation via phase mixing and 3D AW dissipation via exponentially divergent magnetic field lines. In the former case, AW dissipation time scales as S{sup 1∕3} and in the latter as log(S), where S is the Lundquist number. In this work, linearly polarised Alfven wave dynamics in ABC magnetic field via direct 3D magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) numerical simulation is studied for the first time. A Gaussian AW pulse with length-scalemore » much shorter than ABC domain length and a harmonic AW with wavelength equal to ABC domain length are studied for four different resistivities. While it is found that AWs dissipate quickly in the ABC field, contrary to an expectation, it is found the AW perturbation energy increases in time. In the case of the harmonic AW, the perturbation energy growth is transient in time, attaining peaks in both velocity and magnetic perturbation energies within timescales much smaller than the resistive time. In the case of the Gaussian AW pulse, the velocity perturbation energy growth is still transient in time, attaining a peak within few resistive times, while magnetic perturbation energy continues to grow. It is also shown that the total magnetic energy decreases in time and this is governed by the resistive evolution of the background ABC magnetic field rather than AW damping. On contrary, when the background magnetic field is uniform, the total magnetic energy decrease is prescribed by AW damping, because there is no resistive evolution of the background. By considering runs with different amplitudes and by analysing the perturbation spectra, possible dynamo action by AW perturbation-induced peristaltic flow and inverse cascade of magnetic energy have been excluded. Therefore, the perturbation energy growth is attributed to a new instability. The growth rate appears to be dependent on the value of the resistivity and the spatial scale of the AW disturbance. Thus, when going beyond WKB approximation, AW damping, described by full MHD equations, does not guarantee decrease of perturbation energy. This has implications for the MHD wave plasma heating in exponentially divergent magnetic fields.« less

  19. Turbulence and Global Properties of the Solar Wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldstein, Melvyn L.

    2010-01-01

    The solar wind shows striking characteristics that suggest that it is a turbulent magnetofluid, but the picture is not altogether simple. From the earliest observations, a strong correlation between magnetic fluctuations and plasma velocity fluctuations was noted. The high corrections suggest that the fluctuations are Alfven waves. In addition, the power spectrum of the magnetic fluctuation showed evidence of an inertial range that resembled that seen in fully-developed fluid turbulence. Alfven waves, however, are exact solutions of the equations of incompressible magnetohydrodynamics. Thus, there was a puzzle: how can a magnetofluid consisting of Alfven waves be turbulent? The answer lay in the role of velocity shears in the solar wind that could drive turbulent evolution. Puzzles remain: for example, the power spectrum of the velocity fluctuations is less steep than the slope of the magnetic fluctuations. The plasma in the magnetic tail of Earth's magnetosphere also shows aspects of turbulence, as does the plasma in the dayside magnetosphere near the poles the dayside cusps. Recently, new analyses of high time resolution magnetic field data from Cluster have offered a glimpse of how turbulence is dissipated, thus heating the ambient plasma.

  20. Upper-hybrid wave-driven Alfvenic turbulence in magnetized dusty plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Misra, A. P.; Banerjee, S.

    The nonlinear dynamics of coupled electrostatic upper-hybrid (UH) and Alfven waves (AWs) is revisited in a magnetized electron-ion plasma with charged dust impurities. A pair of nonlinear equations that describe the interaction of UH wave envelopes (including the relativistic electron mass increase) and the density as well as the compressional magnetic field perturbations associated with the AWs are solved numerically to show that many coherent solitary patterns can be excited and saturated due to modulational instability of unstable UH waves. The evolution of these solitary patterns is also shown to appear in the states of spatiotemporal coherence, temporal as wellmore » as spatiotemporal chaos, due to collision and fusion among the patterns in stochastic motion. Furthermore, these spatiotemporal features are demonstrated by the analysis of wavelet power spectra. It is found that a redistribution of wave energy takes place to higher harmonic modes with small wavelengths, which, in turn, results in the onset of Alfvenic turbulence in dusty magnetoplasmas. Such a scenario can occur in the vicinity of Saturn's magnetosphere as many electrostatic solitary structures have been observed there by the Cassini spacecraft.« less

  1. Analysis of velocity and magnetic field fluctuations from simulated Solar Probe Plus measurements: Interpretation and predictions.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Perez, J. C.; Chandran, B. D. G.

    2016-12-01

    As Solar Probe Plus (SPP) explores the near-Sun environment, our ability to obtain meaningful interpretation of in-situ measurements faces two significant challenges. The first challenge is that the Taylor Hypothesis (TH), which is normally used in the interpretation of existing spacecraft data, breaks down at the low heliocentric distances that SPP mission will explore. The second challenge is our limited understanding of turbulence in this region, largely due to the theoretical and numerical difficulties in modeling this problem. In this work we present recent progress towards overcoming these challenges using high-resolution numerical simulations of Alfvenic turbulence in the inner heliosphere. We fly virtual SPP spacecraft in the simulation domain to obtain single-point measurements of the velocity and magnetic field fluctuations at several radial locations relevant to SPP. We use these virtual measurements to 1) validate a recently introduced modified TH that allows one to recover the spatial structure of the dominant (outward-propagating) Alfvenic fluctuations, of the kind SPP will encounter; and 2) to compare these virtual observations with our most recent phenomenological models of reflection-driven Alfven turbulence.

  2. Simulations of Solar Wind Turbulence

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldstein, Melvyn L.; Usmanov, A. V.; Roberts, D. A.

    2008-01-01

    Recently we have restructured our approach to simulating magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) turbulence in the solar wind. Previously, we had defined a 'virtual' heliosphere that contained, for example, a tilted rotating current sheet, microstreams, quasi-two-dimensional fluctuations as well as Alfven waves. In this new version of the code, we use the global, time-stationary, WKB Alfven wave-driven solar wind model developed by Usmanov and described in Usmanov and Goldstein [2003] to define the initial state of the system. Consequently, current sheets, and fast and slow streams are computed self-consistently from an inner, photospheric, boundary. To this steady-state configuration, we add fluctuations close to, but above, the surface where the flow become super-Alfvenic. The time-dependent MHD equations are then solved using a semi-discrete third-order Central Weighted Essentially Non-Oscillatory (CWENO) numerical scheme. The computational domain now includes the entire sphere; the geometrical singularity at the poles is removed using the multiple grid approach described in Usmanov [1996]. Wave packets are introduced at the inner boundary such as to satisfy Faraday's Law [Yeh and Dryer, 1985] and their nonlinear evolution are followed in time.

  3. Numerical simulation of the multiple core localized low shear toroidal Alfvenic eigenmodes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Wenjia; Zhou, Deng; Hu, Youjun; Ming, Yue

    2018-03-01

    In modern tokamak experiments, scenarios with weak central magnetic shear has been proposed. It is necessary to study the Alfvenic mode activities in such scenarios. Theoretical researches have predicted the multiplicity of core-localized toroidally induced Alfvenic eigenmodes for ɛ/s > 1, where ɛ is the inverse aspect ratio and s is magnetic shear. We numerically investigate the existence of multiplicity of core-localized TAEs and mode characteristics using NOVA code in the present work. We firstly verify the existence of the multiplicity for zero beta plasma and the even mode at the forbidden zone. For finite beta plasma, the mode parities become more distinguishable, and the frequencies of odd modes are close to the upper tip of the continuum, while the frequencies of even modes are close to the lower tip of the continuum. Their frequencies are well separated by the forbidden zone. With the increasing value of ɛ/s, more modes with multiple radial nodes will appear, which is in agreement with theoretical prediction. The discrepancy between theoretical prediction and our numerical simulation is also discussed in the main text.

  4. Acceleration of High Energy Cosmic Rays in the Nonlinear Shock Precursor

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Derzhinsky, F.; Diamond, P. H.; Malkov, M. A.

    2006-10-01

    The problem of understanding acceleration of very energetic cosmic rays to energies above the 'knee' in the spectrum at 10^15-10^16eV remains one of the great challenges in modern physics. Recently, we have proposed a new approach to understanding high energy acceleration, based on exploiting scattering of cosmic rays by inhomogenities in the compressive nonlinear shock precursor, rather than by scattering across the main shock, as is conventionally assumed. We extend that theory by proposing a mechanism for the generation of mesoscale magnetic fields (krg<1, where rg is the cosmic ray gyroradius). The mechanism is the decay or modulational instability of resonantly generated Alfven waves scattering off ambient density perturbations in the precursors. Such perturbations can be produced by Drury instability. This mechanism leads to the generation of longer wavelength Alfven waves, thus enabling the confinement of higher energy particles. A simplified version of the theory, cast in the form of a Fokker-Planck equation for the Alfven population, will also be presented. This process also limits field generation on rg scales.

  5. A New Mechanism of Magnetic Field Generation in Supernova Shock Waves and its Implication for Cosmic Ray Acceleration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Diamond, Patrick

    2005-10-01

    SNR shocks are the most probable source of galactic cosmic rays. We discuss the diffusive acceleration mechanism in terms of its potential to accelerate CRs to 10^18 eV, as observations imply. One possibility, currently discussed in the literature, is to resonantly generate a turbulent magnetic field via accelerated particles in excess of the background field. We indicate some difficulties of this scenario and suggest a different possibility, which is based on the generation of Alfven waves at the gyroradius scale at the background field level, with a subsequent transfer to longer scales via interaction with strong acoustic turbulence in the shock precursor. The acoustic turbulence in turn, may be generated by Drury instability or by parametric instability of the Alfven (A) waves. The essential idea is an A-->A+S decay instability process, where one of the interacting scatterers (i.e. the sound, or S-waves) are driven by the Drury instability process. This rapidly generates longer wavelength Alfven waves, which in turn resonate with high energy CRs thus binding them to the shock and enabling their further acceleration.

  6. Effects of compressional magnetic perturbation on kinetic Alfven waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dong, Ge; Bhattacharjee, Amitava; Lin, Zhihong

    2016-10-01

    Kinetic Alfven waves play a very important role in the dynamics of fusion as well as space and astrophysical plasmas. The compressional magnetic perturbation δB|| can play important role in kinetic Alfven waves (KAW) and various instabilities at large plasma β. It could affect the nonlinear behavior of these modes significantly even at small β. In this study, we have implemented δB|| in gyrokinetic toroidal code (GTC). The perpendicular Ampere's law is solved as a force balance equation. Double gyroaveraging is incorporated in the code to treat the finite Larmor radius effects related to δB|| terms. KAW is studied in slab geometry as a benchmark case. A scan in β for the KAW dispersion relation shows that as β approaches 1 (>0.3), the effects of δB|| becomes important. Connections are made with other existing studies of KAWs in the fusion and space plasma literature. This new capability of including δB|| in GTC could be applied to nonlinear simulations of modes such as kinetic ballooning and tearing modes. This research is supported by DOE Contract No. DE-AC02-09CH11466.

  7. SUZAKU MONITORING OF THE IRON K EMISSION LINE IN THE TYPE 1 ACTIVE GALACTIC NUCLEUS NGC 5548

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu Yuan; Elvis, Martin; Wilkes, Belinda J.

    2010-02-20

    We present seven sequential weekly observations of NGC 5548 conducted in 2007 with the Suzaku X-ray Imaging Spectrometer (XIS) in the 0.2-12 keV band and Hard X-ray Detector (HXD) in the 10-600 keV band. The iron Kalpha line is well detected in all seven observations and Kbeta line is also detected in four observations. In this paper, we investigate the origin of the Fe K lines using both the width of the line and the reverberation mapping method. With the co-added XIS and HXD spectra, we identify Fe Kalpha and Kbeta line at 6.396{sup +0.009}{sub -0.007} keV and 7.08{sup +0.05}{submore » -0.05} keV, respectively. The width of line obtained from the co-added spectra is 38{sup +16}{sub -18} eV (FWHM = 4200{sup +1800}{sub -2000} km s{sup -1}) which corresponds to a radius of 20{sup +50}{sub -10} light days, for the virial production of 1.220 x 10{sup 7} M{sub sun} in NGC 5548. To quantitatively investigate the origin of the narrow Fe line by the reverberation mapping method, we compare the observed light curves of Fe Kalpha line with the predicted ones, which are obtained by convolving the continuum light curve with the transfer functions in a thin shell and an inclined disk. The best-fit result is given by the disk case with i = 30 deg. which is better than a fit to a constant flux of the Fe K line at the 92.7% level (F-test). However, the results with other geometries are also acceptable (P>50%). We find that the emitting radius obtained from the light curve is 25-37 light days, which is consistent with the radius derived from the Fe K line width. Combining the results of the line width and variation, the most likely site for the origin of the narrow iron lines is 20-40 light days away from the central engine, though other possibilities are not completely ruled out. This radius is larger than the Hbeta emitting parts of the broad-line region at 6-10 light days (obtained by the simultaneous optical observation), and smaller than the inner radius of the hot dust in NGC 5548 (at about 50 light days).« less

  8. Magnetic Reconnection and the Kelvin-Helmholtz Instability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Knoll, D. A.; Chacon, L.; Brackbill, J. U.; Lapenta, G.

    2002-11-01

    Results are presented from a continuing study of magnetic reconnection caused by the evolution of a Kelvin-Helmholtz instability. To date we have studied 3-D compressible, subsonic and and sub-Alfvenic flow, with differential rotation (a gradient in vorticity parallel to the initial magnetic field) [1,2], as well as 2-D incompressible super-Alfvenic flow [3]. In both cases localized transient reconnection is observed on the Kelvin-Helmholtz time scale, and results indicate that the observed reconnection rate is insensitive to resistivity. In the present study we extend both the 2-D and the 3-D results found in [1,2,3]. In the extension of the 2-D work we focus on the fundamental differences in the nonlinear evolution of a low S simulation (S = 200) and a higher S simulation (S = 10,000). In the 3-D work we study the effects of a density discontinuity (present in [1] and not in [2]), along with study the effects of initial curved field lines in the absence of differential rotation. This basic plasma physics problem has possible application to dayside magnetosphere reconnection as a theoretical model for flux transfer events [1]. The general problem also has possible application to solar physics as it could provide a trigger mechanism for some class of coronal mass ejections. Both applications will be briefly discussed. [1] J.U. Brackbill and D.A. Knoll, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 86 (2001). [2] D.A. Knoll and J.U. Brackbill, Physics of Plasmas, to appear (2002) [3] D.A. Knoll and L. Chacon, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 88 (2002).

  9. Voigt deconvolution method and its applications to pure oxygen absorption spectrum at 1270 nm band.

    PubMed

    Al-Jalali, Muhammad A; Aljghami, Issam F; Mahzia, Yahia M

    2016-03-15

    Experimental spectral lines of pure oxygen at 1270 nm band were analyzed by Voigt deconvolution method. The method gave a total Voigt profile, which arises from two overlapping bands. Deconvolution of total Voigt profile leads to two Voigt profiles, the first as a result of O2 dimol at 1264 nm band envelope, and the second from O2 monomer at 1268 nm band envelope. In addition, Voigt profile itself is the convolution of Lorentzian and Gaussian distributions. Competition between thermal and collisional effects was clearly observed through competition between Gaussian and Lorentzian width for each band envelope. Voigt full width at half-maximum height (Voigt FWHM) for each line, and the width ratio between Lorentzian and Gaussian width (ΓLΓG(-1)) have been investigated. The following applied pressures were at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 8 bar, while the temperatures were at 298 K, 323 K, 348 K, and 373 K range. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Advances in 7xx-nm fiber-coupled modules with application to Tm fiber laser pumping and DPAL (Conference Presentation)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Patterson, Steven G.; Guiney, Tina; Stapleton, Dean; Braker, Joseph; Alegria, Kim; Irwin, David A.; Ebert, Christopher

    2017-02-01

    DILAS has leveraged its industry-leading work in manufacturing low SWaP fiber-coupled modules extending the wavelength range to 793nm for Tm fiber laser pumping. Ideal for medical, industrial and military applications, modules spanning from single emitter-based 9W to TBar-based 200W of 793nm pump power will be discussed. The highlight is a lightweight module capable of <200W of 793nm pump power out of a package weighing < 400 grams. In addition, other modules spanning from single emitter-based 9W to TBar-based 200W of 793nm pump power will be presented. In addition, advances in DPAL modules, emitting at the technologically important wavelengths near 766nm and 780nm, will be detailed. Highlights include a fully microprocessor controlled fiber-coupled module that produces greater than 400W from a 600 micron core fiber and a line width of only 56.3pm. The micro-processor permits the automated center wavelength and line width tuning of the output over a range of output powers while retaining excellent line center and line width stability over time.

  11. H2-broadening, shifting and mixing coefficients of the doublets in the ν2 and ν4 bands of PH3 at room temperature

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Salem, Jamel; Blanquet, Ghislain; Lepère, Muriel; Younes, Rached ben

    2018-05-01

    The broadening, shifting and mixing coefficients of the doublet spectral lines in the ν2 and ν4 bands of PH3 perturbed by H2 have been determined at room temperature. Indeed, the collisional spectroscopic parameters: intensities, line widths, line shifts and line mixing parameters, are all grouped together in the collisional relaxation matrix. To analyse the collisional process and physical effects on spectra of phosphine (PH3), we have used the measurements carried out using a tunable diode-laser spectrometer in the ν2 and ν4 bands of PH3 perturbed by hydrogen (H2) at room temperature. The recorded spectra are fitted by the Voigt profile and the speed-dependent uncorrelated hard collision model of Rautian and Sobelman. These profiles are developed in the studies of isolated lines and are modified to account for the line mixing effects in the overlapping lines. The line widths, line shifts and line mixing parameters are given for six A1 and A2 doublet lines with quantum numbers K = 3n, (n = 1, 2, …) and overlapped by collisional broadening at pressures of less than 50 mbar.

  12. Line parameters for CO2 broadening in the ν2 band of HD16O

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Devi, V. Malathy; Benner, D. Chris; Sung, Keeyoon; Crawford, Timothy J.; Gamache, Robert R.; Renaud, Candice L.; Smith, Mary Ann H.; Mantz, Arlan W.; Villanueva, Geronimo L.

    2017-01-01

    CO2-rich planetary atmospheres such as those of Mars and Venus require accurate knowledge of CO2 broadened HDO half-width coefficients and their temperature dependence exponents for reliable abundance determination. Although a few calculated line lists have recently been published on HDO-CO2 line shapes and their temperature dependences, laboratory measurements of those parameters are thus far non-existent. In this work, we report the first measurements of CO2-broadened half-width and pressure-shift coefficients and their temperature dependences for over 220 transitions in the ν2 band. First measurements of self-broadened half-width and self-shift coefficients at room temperature are also obtained for majority of these transitions. In addition, the first experimental determination of collisional line mixing has been reported for 11 transition pairs for HDO-CO2 and HDO-HDO systems. These results were obtained by analyzing ten high-resolution spectra of HDO and HDO-CO2 mixtures at various sample temperatures and pressures recorded with the Bruker IFS-125HR Fourier transform spectrometer at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL). Two coolable absorption cells with path lengths of 20.38 cm and 20.941 m were used to record the spectra. The various line parameters were retrieved by fitting all ten spectra simultaneously using a multispectrum nonlinear least squares fitting algorithm. The HDO transitions in the 1100-4100 cm-1 range were extracted from the HITRAN2012 database. For the ν2 and 2ν2 -ν2 bands there were 2245 and 435 transitions, respectively. Modified Complex Robert-Bonamy formalism (MCRB) calculations were made for the half-width coefficients, their temperature dependence and the pressure shift coefficients for the HDO-CO2 and HDO-HDO collision systems. MCRB calculations are compared with the measured values.

  13. Theoretical Studies of N2-broadened Half-widths of H2O Lines Involving High j States

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ma, Q.; Tipping, R. H.; Lavrentieva, N. N.

    2012-01-01

    Based on the properties of the energy levels and wave functions of H2O states, one can categorize H2O lines into individually defined groups such that within the same group, the energy levels and the wave functions associated with two paired lines have an identity property while those associated with different pairs have a similarity property. Meanwhile, by thoroughly analyzing processes used to calculate N2-broadened half-widths, it was found that the 'Fourier series' of W(sup a)(sub L(sub 1))(sub K(sub 1))(sub K(sub 1)) (t; j(sub f) T(sub f) and W(sup a)(sub L(sub 1))(sub K(sub 1))(sub K(sub 1)) (t; j(sub i) T(sub i), and a factor P(sub 222) (j(sub f) T(sub f) j(sub i) T(sub i)) are the key items in the Robert-Bonamy formalism to distinguish contributions to ReS2(r(sub c)) among different transitions of j(sub f) T(sub f) - j(sub i). However, these items are completely determined by the energy levels and the wave functions associated with their initial and final states and they must bear the latter's features as well. Thus, it becomes obvious that for two paired lines in the same group, their calculated half-widths must be almost identical and the values associated with different pairs must vary smoothly as their ji values vary. Thus, the pair identity and the smooth variation rules are established within individual groups of lines. One can use these rules to screen half-width data listed in HITRAN and to improve the data accuracies.

  14. SWAYING THREADS OF A SOLAR FILAMENT

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lin, Y.; Engvold, O.; Langangen, Oe.

    From recent high-resolution observations obtained with the Swedish 1 m Solar Telescope in La Palma, we detect swaying motions of individual filament threads in the plane of the sky. The oscillatory characters of these motions are comparable with oscillatory Doppler signals obtained from corresponding filament threads. Simultaneous recordings of motions in the line of sight and in the plane of the sky give information about the orientation of the oscillatory plane. These oscillations are interpreted in the context of the magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) theory. Kink MHD waves supported by the thread body are proposed as an explanation of the observed threadmore » oscillations. On the basis of this interpretation and by means of seismological arguments, we give an estimation of the thread Alfven speed and magnetic field strength by means of seismological arguments.« less

  15. Alfvén Wave Turbulence as a Coronal Heating Mechanism: Simultaneously Predicting the Heating Rate and the Wave-induced Emission Line Broadening

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Oran, R.; Landi, E.; Holst, B. van der

    We test the predictions of the Alfvén Wave Solar Model (AWSoM), a global wave-driven magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) model of the solar atmosphere, against high-resolution spectra emitted by the quiescent off-disk solar corona. AWSoM incorporates Alfvén wave propagation and dissipation in both closed and open magnetic field lines; turbulent dissipation is the only heating mechanism. We examine whether this mechanism is consistent with observations of coronal EUV emission by combining model results with the CHIANTI atomic database to create synthetic line-of-sight spectra, where spectral line widths depend on thermal and wave-related ion motions. This is the first time wave-induced line broadening ismore » calculated from a global model with a realistic magnetic field. We used high-resolution SUMER observations above the solar west limb between 1.04 and 1.34 R {sub ⊙} at the equator, taken in 1996 November. We obtained an AWSoM steady-state solution for the corresponding period using a synoptic magnetogram. The 3D solution revealed a pseudo-streamer structure transversing the SUMER line of sight, which contributes significantly to the emission; the modeled electron temperature and density in the pseudo-streamer are consistent with those observed. The synthetic line widths and the total line fluxes are consistent with the observations for five different ions. Further, line widths that include the contribution from the wave-induced ion motions improve the correspondence with observed spectra for all ions. We conclude that the turbulent dissipation assumed in the AWSoM model is a viable candidate for explaining coronal heating, as it is consistent with several independent measured quantities.« less

  16. An Experimental and Theoretical Study of Nitrogen-Broadened Acetylene Lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thibault, Franck; Martinez, Raul Z.; Bermejo, Dionisio; Ivanov, Sergey V.; Buzykin, Oleg G.; Ma, Qiancheng

    2014-01-01

    We present experimental nitrogen-broadening coefficients derived from Voigt profiles of isotropic Raman Q-lines measured in the 2 band of acetylene (C2H2) at 150 K and 298 K, and compare them to theoretical values obtained through calculations that were carried out specifically for this work. Namely, full classical calculations based on Gordon's approach, two kinds of semi-classical calculations based on Robert Bonamy method as well as full quantum dynamical calculations were performed. All the computations employed exactly the same ab initio potential energy surface for the C2H2N2 system which is, to our knowledge, the most realistic, accurate and up-to-date one. The resulting calculated collisional half-widths are in good agreement with the experimental ones only for the full classical and quantum dynamical methods. In addition, we have performed similar calculations for IR absorption lines and compared the results to bibliographic values. Results obtained with the full classical method are again in good agreement with the available room temperature experimental data. The quantum dynamical close-coupling calculations are too time consuming to provide a complete set of values and therefore have been performed only for the R(0) line of C2H2. The broadening coefficient obtained for this line at 173 K and 297 K also compares quite well with the available experimental data. The traditional Robert Bonamy semi-classical formalism, however, strongly overestimates the values of half-width for both Qand R-lines. The refined semi-classical Robert Bonamy method, first proposed for the calculations of pressure broadening coefficients of isotropic Raman lines, is also used for IR lines. By using this improved model that takes into account effects from line coupling, the calculated semi-classical widths are significantly reduced and closer to the measured ones.

  17. Non-LTE, line-blanketed model atmospheres for late O- and early B-type stars

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Grigsby, James A.; Morrison, Nancy D.; Anderson, Lawrence S.

    1992-01-01

    The use of non-LTE line-blanketed model atmospheres to analyze the spectra of hot stars is reported. The stars analyzed are members of clusters and associations, have spectral types in the range O9-B2 and luminosity classes in the range III-IV, have slow to moderate rotation, and are photometrically constant. Sampled line opacities of iron-group elements were incorporated in the radiative transfer solution; solar abundances were assumed. Good to excellent agreement is obtained between the computed profiles and essentially all the line profiles used to fix the model, and reliable stellar parameters are derived. The synthetic M II 5581 equivalent widths agree well with the observed ones at the low end of the temperature range studied, but, above 25,000 K, the synthetic line is generally stronger than the observed line. The behavior of the observed equivalent widths of N II, N III, C II and C III lines as a function of Teff is studied. Most of the lines show much scatter, with no consistent trend that could indicate abundance differences from star to star.

  18. Alfven wave dispersion behavior in single- and multicomponent plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rahbarnia, K.; Grulke, O.; Klinger, T.

    Dispersion relations of driven Alfven waves (AWs) are measured in single- and multicomponent plasmas consisting of mixtures of argon, helium, and oxygen in a magnetized linear cylindrical plasma device VINETA [C. Franck, O. Grulke, and T. Klinger, Phys. Plasmas 9, 3254 (2002)]. The decomposition of the measured three-dimensional magnetic field fluctuations and the corresponding parallel current pattern reveals that the wave field is a superposition of L- and R-wave components. The dispersion relation measurements agree well with calculations based on a multifluid Hall-magnetohydrodynamic model if the plasma resistivity is correctly taken into account.

  19. Quasi-static evolution of coronal magnetic fields

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Longcope, D. W.; Sudan, R. N.

    1992-01-01

    A formalism is developed to describe the purely quasi-static part of the evolution of a coronal loop driven by its footpoints. This is accomplished under assumptions of a long, thin loop. The quasi-static equations reveal the possibility for sudden 'loss of equilibrium' at which time the system evolves dynamically rather than quasi-statically. Such quasi-static crises produce high-frequency Alfven waves and, in conjunction with Alfven wave dissipation models, form a viable coronal heating mechanism. Furthermore, an approximate solution to the quasi-static equations by perturbation method verifies the development of small-scale spatial current structure.

  20. Diatomic predissociation line widths

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Child, M. S.

    1973-01-01

    Predissociation by rotation and curve crossing in diatomic molecules is discussed. The pattern of predissociation line widths is seen as providing a highly sensitive yardstick for the determination of unknown potential curves. In addition, the computation of such a pattern for given potential curves is considered a matter of routine, unless the predissociation happens to occur from an adiabatic potential curve. Analytic formulas are used to provide physical insight into the details of the predissociation pattern, to the extent that a direct inversion procedure is developed for determination of the repulsive potential curves for Type 1 predissociations.

  1. The Dissipation Range of Interstellar Turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Spangler, Steven R.; Buffo, J. J.

    2013-06-01

    Turbulence may play an important role in a number of interstellar processes. One of these is heating of the interstellar gas, as the turbulent energy is dissipated and changed into thermal energy of the gas, or at least other forms of energy. There have been very promising recent results on the mechanism for dissipation of turbulence in the Solar Wind (Howes et al, Phys. Plasm. 18, 102305, 2011). In the Solar Wind, the dissipation arises because small-scale irregularities develop properties of kinetic Alfven waves, and apparently damp like kinetic Alfven waves. A property of kinetic Alfven waves is that they become significantly compressive on size scales of order the ion Larmor radius. Much is known about the plasma properties of ionized components of interstellar medium such as HII regions and the Diffuse Ionized Gas (DIG) phase, including information on the turbulence in these media. The technique of radio wave scintillations can yield properties of HII region and DIG turbulence on scales of order the ion Larmor radius, which we refer to as the dissipation scale. In this paper, we collect results from a number of published radio scattering measurements of interstellar turbulence on the dissipation scale. These studies show evidence for a spectral break on the dissipation scale, but no evidence for enhanced compressibility of the fluctuations. The simplest explanation of our result is that turbulence in the ionized interstellar medium does not possess properties of kinetic Alfven waves. This could point to an important difference with Solar Wind turbulence. New observations, particularly with the Very Long Baseline Array (VLBA) could yield much better measurements of the power spectrum of interstellar turbulence in the dissipation range. This research was supported at the University of Iowa by grants AST09-07911 and ATM09-56901 from the National Science Foundation.

  2. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Boldyrev, Stanislav; Perez, Jean Carlos

    The complete project had two major goals — investigate MHD turbulence generated by counterpropagating Alfven modes, and study such processes in the LAPD device. In order to study MHD turbulence in numerical simulations, two codes have been used: full MHD, and reduced MHD developed specialy for this project. Quantitative numerical results are obtained through high-resolution simulations of strong MHD turbulence, performed through the 2010 DOE INCITE allocation. We addressed the questions of the spectrum of turbulence, its universality, and the value of the so-called Kolmogorov constant (the normalization coefficient of the spectrum). In these simulations we measured with unprecedented accuracymore » the energy spectra of magnetic and velocity fluctuations. We also studied the so-called residual energy, that is, the difference between kinetic and magnetic energies in turbulent fluctuations. In our analytic work we explained generation of residual energy in weak MHD turbulence, in the process of random collisions of counterpropagating Alfven waves. We then generalized these results for the case of strong MHD turbulence. The developed model explained generation of residual energy is strong MHD turbulence, and verified the results in numerical simulations. We then analyzed the imbalanced case, where more Alfven waves propagate in one direction. We found that spectral properties of the residual energy are similar for both balanced and imbalanced cases. We then compared strong MHD turbulence observed in the solar wind with turbulence generated in numerical simulations. Nonlinear interaction of Alfv´en waves has been studied in the upgraded Large Plasma Device (LAPD). We have simulated the collision of the Alfven modes in the settings close to the experiment. We have created a train of wave packets with the apltitudes closed to those observed n the experiment, and allowed them to collide. We then saw the generation of the second harmonic, resembling that observed in the experiment.« less

  3. Satellite and Ground Signatures of Kinetic and Inertial Scale ULF Alfven Waves Propagating in Warm Plasma in Earth's Magnetosphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rankin, R.; Sydorenko, D.

    2015-12-01

    Results from a 3D global numerical model of Alfven wave propagation in a warm multi-species plasma in Earth's magnetosphere are presented. The model uses spherical coordinates, accounts for a non-dipole magnetic field, vertical structure of the ionosphere, and an air gap below the ionosphere. A realistic density model is used. Below the exobase altitude (2000 km) the densities and the temperatures of electrons, ions, and neutrals are obtained from the IRI and MSIS models. Above the exobase, ballistic (originating from the ionosphere and returning to ionosphere) and trapped (bouncing between two reflection points above the ionosphere) electron populations are considered similar to [Pierrard and Stegen (2008), JGR, v.113, A10209]. Plasma parameters at the exobase provided by the IRI are the boundary conditions for the ballistic electrons while the [Carpenter and Anderson (1992), JGR, v.97, p.1097] model of equatorial electron density defines parameters of the trapped electron population. In the simulations that are presented, Alfven waves with frequencies from 1 Hz to 0.01 Hz and finite azimuthal wavenumbers are excited in the magnetosphere and compared with Van Allen Probes data and ground-based observations from the CARISMA array of ground magnetometers. When short perpendicular scale waves reflect form the ionosphere, compressional Alfven waves are observed to propagate across the geomagnetic field in the ionospheric waveguide [e.g., Lysak (1999), JGR, v.104, p.10017]. Signals produced by the waves on the ground are discussed. The wave model is also applied to interpret recent Van Allen Probes observations of kinetic scale ULF waves that are associated with radiation belt electron dynamics and energetic particle injections.

  4. THE TWO REGIMES OF PHOTOSPHERIC MOTIONS IN {alpha} HYDRA

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gray, David F., E-mail: dfgray@uwo.ca

    2013-02-10

    High-resolution spectroscopic observations of {alpha} Hya were acquired between 2003 and 2010. Analysis of line shifts, differential shifts, line widths, and line bisectors points to two regimes of velocity fields in the photosphere of {alpha} Hya: (1) normal granulation embedded in (2) large convection cells. Variations occur on a wide range of timescales, from several years on down. Radial velocity variations, which are irregular and span 786 m s{sup -1}, have a distribution consistent with a true mean rise velocity of the large cells of {approx}725 m s{sup -1} and a dispersion of {approx}220 m s{sup -1}. The distribution ofmore » granulation velocities, as measured from the widths of spectral lines, shows only small variations, consistent with the two regime concepts. On the multi-year timescale, radial velocity changes, small temperature variations ({approx}10 K), and small line-width variations ({approx}<0.8%) track each other, possibly with phase shifts. The granulation velocity gradient for {alpha} Hya is about half as large as the Sun's and no variation with time was seen, implying that any variation in velocity gradient from one large cell to the next must be less than a few percent. The asymmetry in the granulation velocity distribution, as specified in the flux deficit, is smaller than expected for {alpha} Hya's position in the HR diagram and appears to be variable.« less

  5. A New Black Hole Mass Estimate for Obscured Active Galactic Nuclei

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Minezaki, Takeo; Matsushita, Kyoko

    2015-04-01

    We propose a new method for estimating the mass of a supermassive black hole, applicable to obscured active galactic nuclei (AGNs). This method estimates the black hole mass using the width of the narrow core of the neutral FeKα emission line in X-rays and the distance of its emitting region from the black hole based on the isotropic luminosity indicator via the luminosity scaling relation. Assuming the virial relation between the locations and the velocity widths of the neutral FeKα line core and the broad Hβ emission line, the luminosity scaling relation of the neutral FeKα line core emitting region is estimated. We find that the velocity width of the neutral FeKα line core falls between that of the broad Balmer emission lines and the corresponding value at the dust reverberation radius for most of the target AGNs. The black hole mass {{M}BH,FeKα } estimated with this method is then compared with other black hole mass estimates, such as the broad emission-line reverberation mass {{M}BH,rev} for type 1 AGNs, the mass {{M}BH,{{H2}O}} based on the H2O maser, and the single-epoch mass estimate {{M}BH,pol} based on the polarized broad Balmer lines for type 2 AGNs. We find that {{M}BH,FeKα } is consistent with {{M}BH,rev} and {{M}BH,pol}, and find that {{M}BH,FeKα } correlates well with {{M}BH,{{H2}O}}. These results suggest that {{M}BH,FeKα } is a potential indicator of the black hole mass for obscured AGNs. In contrast, {{M}BH,FeKα } is systematically larger than {{M}BH,{{H2}O}} by about a factor of 5, and the possible origins are discussed.

  6. Temperature Dependence of Molecular Line Strengths and Fei 1565 nm Zeeman Splitting in a Sunspot

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Penn, M. J.; Walton, S.; Chapman, G.; Ceja, J.; Plick, W.

    2003-03-01

    Spectroscopic observations at 1565 nm were made in the eastern half of the main umbra of NOAA 9885 on 1 April 2002 using the National Solar Observatory McMath-Pierce Telescope at Kitt Peak with a tip-tilt image stabilization system and the California State University Northridge-National Solar Observatory infrared camera. The line depth of the OH blend at 1565.1 nm varies with the observed continuum temperature; the variation fits previous observations except that the continuum temperature is lower by 600 K. The equivalent width of the OH absorption line at 1565.2 nm shows a temperature dependence similar to previously published umbral molecular observations at 640 nm. A simple model of expected OH abundance based upon an ionization analogy to molecular dissociation is produced and agrees well with the temperature variation of the line equivalent width. A CN absorption line at 1564.6 nm shows a very different temperature dependence, likely due to complicated formation and destruction processes. Nonetheless a numerical fit of the temperature variation of the CN equivalent width is presented. Finally a comparison of the Zeeman splitting of the Fei 1564.8 nm line with the sunspot temperature derived from the continuum intensity shows an umbra somewhat cooler for a given magnetic field strength than previous comparisons using this infrared 1564.8 nm line, but consistent with these previous infrared measurements the umbra is hotter for a given magnetic field strength than magnetic and temperature measurements at 630.2 nm would suggest. Differences between the 630.2 nm and 1564.8 nm umbral temperature and magnetic field relations are explained with the different heights of formation of the lines and continua at these wavelengths.

  7. Determination of vibration-rotation lines intensities from absorption Fourier spectra

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mandin, J. Y.

    1979-01-01

    The method presented allows the line intensities to be calculated from either their equivalent widths, heights, or quantities deduced from spectra obtained by Fourier spectrometry. This method has proven its effectiveness in measuring intensities of 60 lines of the molecule H2O with a precision of 10%. However, this method cannot be applied to isolated lines.

  8. High-resolution laser absorption spectroscopy of ozone near 1129.4 cm (-1)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Majorana, L. N.

    1981-01-01

    A Beer's Law experiment was performed with a tunable diode laser to determine self broadened line shape parameters of one infrared absorption ozone line in the nu1 band for ten pressures from 0.26 to 6.29 torr at 285 K. The SO2 line positions were used for wavelength calibration. Line shapes were iteratively fitted to the Voigt function at a Doppler width of 29.54 MHz (HWHM) resulting in values for the integrated line strength, (S), of (0.144 +/- 0.007) x 10 to the minus 20th/cm molecule/cu cm, line center frequency, nu sub o, of 1129.426/cm and the Lorentzian contributions to halfwidth. A linear least squares fit of (alpha sub L)5 as a function of pressure yielded a zero intercept of 15.27 +/- 0.29 MHz (rho = 0.99) and a broadening parameter, (alpha sub L)5, of 5.71 +/- 0.29 MHz/Torr. This results in a line width (FWHM) of 0.144 +/- .007/cm at 760 torr and 285 K.

  9. Note: A rectangular pulse generator for 50 kV voltage, 0.8 ns rise time, and 10 ns pulse width based on polymer-film switch.

    PubMed

    Wu, Hanyu; Zhang, Xinjun; Sun, Tieping; Zeng, Zhengzhong; Cong, Peitian; Zhang, Shaoguo

    2015-10-01

    In this article, we describe a rectangular pulse generator, consisting of a polymer-film switch, a tri-plate transmission line, and parallel post-shaped ceramic resistor load, for 50-kV voltage, 0.8-ns rise time, and 10-ns width. The switch and resistors are arranged in atmospheric air and the transmission line can work in atmospheric air or in transformer oil to change the pulse width from 6.7 ns to 10 ns. The fast switching and low-inductance characteristics of the polymer-film switch ensure the fast rising wavefront of <1 ns. This generator can be applied in the calibration of nanosecond voltage dividers and used for electromagnetic pulse tests as a fast-rising current injection source.

  10. Development and applications of tunable, narrow band lasers and stimulated Raman scattering devices for atmospheric lidar

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilkerson, Thomas D.

    1993-01-01

    The main thrust of the program was the study of stimulated Raman processes for application to atmospheric lidar measurements. This has involved the development of tunable lasers, the detailed study of stimulated Raman scattering, and the use of the Raman-shifted light for new measurements of molecular line strengths and line widths. The principal spectral region explored in this work was the visible and near-IR wavelengths between 500 nm and 1.5 microns. Recent alexandrite ring laser experiments are reported. The experiments involved diode injection-locking, Raman shifting, and frequency-doubling. The experiments succeeded in producing tunable light at 577 and 937 nm with line widths in the range 80-160 MHz.

  11. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nishizuka, N.; Nakamura, T.; Kawate, T.

    The Solar Optical Telescope on board Hinode has revealed numerous tiny jets in all regions of the chromosphere outside of sunspots. A typical chromospheric anemone jet has a cusp-shaped structure and bright footpoint, similar to the shape of an X-ray anemone jet observed previously with the Soft X-ray Telescope on board Yohkoh. The similarity in the shapes of chromospheric and X-ray anemone jets suggests that chromospheric anemone jets are produced as a result of the magnetic reconnection between a small bipole (perhaps a tiny emerging flux) and a pre-existing uniform magnetic field in the lower chromosphere. We examine various chromosphericmore » anemone jets in the solar active region near the solar limb and study the typical features (e.g., length, width, lifetime, and velocity) of the chromospheric anemone jets. Statistical studies show that chromospheric anemone jets have: (1) a typical length {approx}1.0-4.0 Mm, (2) a width {approx}100-400 km, (3) a lifetime {approx}100-500 s, and (4) a velocity {approx}5-20 km s{sup -1}. The velocity of the chromospheric anemone jets is comparable to the local Alfven speed in the lower solar chromosphere ({approx}10 km s{sup -1}). The histograms of chromospheric anemone jets near the limb and near the disk center show similar averages and shapes of distributions, suggesting that the characteristic behavior of chromospheric anemone jets is independent of whether they are observed on the disk or at the limb. The observed relationship between the velocity and length of chromospheric anemone jets shows that the jets do not follow ballistic motion but are more likely accelerated by some other mechanism. This is consistent with numerical simulations of chromospheric anemone jets.« less

  12. Three-dimensional finite-element analysis of chevron-notched fracture specimens

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Raju, I. S.; Newman, J. C., Jr.

    1984-01-01

    Stress-intensity factors and load-line displacements were calculated for chevron-notched bar and rod fracture specimens using a three-dimensional finite-element analysis. Both specimens were subjected to simulated wedge loading (either uniform applied displacement or uniform applied load). The chevron-notch sides and crack front were assumed to be straight. Crack-length-to-specimen width ratios (a/w) ranged from 0.4 to 0.7. The width-to-thickness ratio (w/B) was 1.45 or 2. The bar specimens had a height-to-width ratio of 0.435 or 0.5. Finite-element models were composed of singularity elements around the crack front and 8-noded isoparametric elements elsewhere. The models had about 11,000 degrees of freedom. Stress-intensity factors were calculated by using a nodal-force method for distribution along the crack front and by using a compliance method for average values. The stress intensity factors and load-line displacements are presented and compared with experimental solutions from the literature. The stress intensity factors and load-line displacements were about 2.5 and 5 percent lower than the reported experimental values, respectively.

  13. Analysis of He I 1083 nm Imaging Spectroscopy Using a Spectral Standard

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Malanushenko, Elena V.; Jones, Harrison P.

    2004-01-01

    We develop a technique. for the analysis of He I 1083 nanometer spectra which addresses several difficulties through determination of a continuum background by comparison with a well calibrated standard and through removal of nearby solar and telluric blends by differential comparison to an average spectrum. The method is compared with earlier analysis of imaging spectroscopy obtained at the National Solar Observatory/Kitt Peak Vacuum Telescope (NSO/KPVT) with the NASA/NSO Spectromagnetograph (SPM). We examine distributions of Doppler velocity and line width as a function of central intensity for an active region, filament, quiet Sun, and coronal hole. For our example, we find that line widths and central intensity are oppositely correlated in a coronal hole and quiet Sun. Line widths are comparable to the quiet sun in the active region, are systematically lower in the filament, and extend to higher values in the coronal hole. Outward velocities of approximately equal to 2 to 4 kilometers per second are typically observed in the coronal hole. The sensitivity of these results to analysis technique is discussed.

  14. 2.5 MHz Line-Width High-energy, 2 Micrometer Coherent Wind Lidar Transmitter

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Petros, Mulugeta; Yu, Jirong; Trieu, Bo; Bai, Yingxin; Petzar, Paul; Singh, Upendra N.; Reithmaier, Karl

    2007-01-01

    2 micron solid-state lasers are the primary choice for coherent Doppler wind detection. As wind lidars, they are used for wake vortex and clear air turbulence detection providing air transport safety. In addition, 2 micron lasers are one of the candidates for CO2 detection lidars. The rich CO2 absorption line around 2 micron, combined with the long upper state life of time, has made Ho based 2 micron lasers a viable candidate for CO2 sensing DIAL instrument. The design and fabrication of a compact coherent laser radar transmitter for Troposphere wind sensing is under way. This system is hardened for ground as well as airborne applications. As a transmitter for a coherent wind lidar, this laser has stringent spectral line width and beam quality requirements. Although the absolute wavelength does not have to be fixed for wind detection, to maximize return signal, the output wavelength should avoid atmospheric CO2 and H2O absorption lines. The base line laser material is Ho:Tm:LuLF which is an isomorph of Ho:Tm:YLF. LuLF produces 20% more output power than Ho:Tm:YLF. In these materials the Tm absorption cross-section, the Ho emission cross-section, the Tm to Ho energy transfer parameters and the Ho (sup 5) I (sub 7) radiative life time are all identical. However, the improved performance of the LuLF is attributed to the lower thermal population in the (sup 5) I (sub 8) manifold. It also provides higher normal mode to Q-switch conversion than YLF at high pump energy indicating a lower up-conversion. The laser architecture is composed of a seed laser, a ring oscillator, and a double pass amplifier. The seed laser is a single longitudinal mode with a line width of 13 KHz. The 100mJ class oscillator is stretched to 3 meters to accommodate the line-width requirement without compromising the range resolution of the instrument. The amplifier is double passed to produce greater than 300mJ energy.

  15. THE CORES OF THE Fe K{alpha} LINES IN ACTIVE GALACTIC NUCLEI: AN EXTENDED CHANDRA HIGH ENERGY GRATING SAMPLE

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shu, X. W.; Wang, J. X.; Yaqoob, T.

    We extend the study of the core of the Fe K{alpha} emission line at {approx}6.4 keV in Seyfert galaxies reported by Yaqoob and Padmanabhan using a larger sample observed by the Chandra high-energy grating (HEG). The sample consists of 82 observations of 36 unique sources with z < 0.3. Whilst heavily obscured active galactic nuclei are excluded from the sample, these data offer some of the highest precision measurements of the peak energy of the Fe K{alpha} line, and the highest spectral resolution measurements of the width of the core of the line in unobscured and moderately obscured (N {submore » H} < 10{sup 23} cm{sup -2}) Seyfert galaxies to date. From an empirical and uniform analysis, we present measurements of the Fe K{alpha} line centroid energy, flux, equivalent width (EW), and intrinsic width (FWHM). The Fe K{alpha} line is detected in 33 sources, and its centroid energy is constrained in 32 sources. In 27 sources, the statistical quality of the data is good enough to yield measurements of the FWHM. We find that the distribution in the line centroid energy is strongly peaked around the value for neutral Fe, with over 80% of the observations giving values in the range 6.38-6.43 keV. Including statistical errors, 30 out of 32 sources ({approx}94%) have a line centroid energy in the range 6.35-6.47 keV. The mean EW, among the observations in which a non-zero lower limit could be measured, was 53 {+-} 3 eV. The mean FWHM from the subsample of 27 sources was 2060 {+-} 230 km s{sup -1}. The mean EW and FWHM are somewhat higher when multiple observations for a given source are averaged. From a comparison with the H{beta} optical emission-line widths (or, for one source, Br{alpha}), we find that there is no universal location of the Fe K{alpha} line-emitting region relative to the optical broad-line region (BLR). In general, a given source may have contributions to the Fe K{alpha} line flux from parsec-scale distances from the putative black hole, down to matter a factor {approx}2 closer to the black hole than the BLR. We confirm the presence of the X-ray Baldwin effect, an anti-correlation between the Fe K{alpha} line EW and X-ray continuum luminosity. The HEG data have enabled isolation of this effect to the narrow core of the Fe K{alpha} line.« less

  16. The Effects of High Frequency ULF Wave Activity on the Spectral Characteristics of Coherent HF Radar Returns

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wright, D. M.; Yeoman, T. K.; Woodfield, E. E.

    2003-12-01

    It is now a common practice to employ ground-based radars in order to distinguish between those regions of the Earth's upper atmosphere which are magnetically conjugate to open and closed field lines. Radar returns from ionospheric irregularities inside the polar cap and cusp regions generally exhibit large spectral widths in contrast to those which exist on closed field lines at lower latitudes. It has been suggested that the so-called Spectral Width Boundary (SWB) might act as a proxy for the open-closed field line boundary (OCFLB), which would then be an invaluable tool for investigating reconnection rates in the magnetosphere. The exact cause of the increased spectral widths observed at very high latitudes is still subject to considerable debate. Several mechanisms have been proposed. This paper compares a dusk-sector interval of coherent HF radar data with measurements made by an induction coil magnetometer located at Tromso, Norway (66° N geomagnetic). On this occasion, a series of transient regions of radar backscatter exhibiting large spectral widths are accompanied by increases in spectral power of ULF waves in the Pc1-2 frequency band. These observations would then, seem to support the possibility that high frequency magnetospheric wave activity at least contribute to the observed spectral characteristics and that such wave activity might play a significant role in the cusp and polar cap ionospheres.

  17. Spectrum radial velocity analyser (SERVAL). High-precision radial velocities and two alternative spectral indicators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zechmeister, M.; Reiners, A.; Amado, P. J.; Azzaro, M.; Bauer, F. F.; Béjar, V. J. S.; Caballero, J. A.; Guenther, E. W.; Hagen, H.-J.; Jeffers, S. V.; Kaminski, A.; Kürster, M.; Launhardt, R.; Montes, D.; Morales, J. C.; Quirrenbach, A.; Reffert, S.; Ribas, I.; Seifert, W.; Tal-Or, L.; Wolthoff, V.

    2018-01-01

    Context. The CARMENES survey is a high-precision radial velocity (RV) programme that aims to detect Earth-like planets orbiting low-mass stars. Aims: We develop least-squares fitting algorithms to derive the RVs and additional spectral diagnostics implemented in the SpEctrum Radial Velocity AnaLyser (SERVAL), a publicly available python code. Methods: We measured the RVs using high signal-to-noise templates created by coadding all available spectra of each star. We define the chromatic index as the RV gradient as a function of wavelength with the RVs measured in the echelle orders. Additionally, we computed the differential line width by correlating the fit residuals with the second derivative of the template to track variations in the stellar line width. Results: Using HARPS data, our SERVAL code achieves a RV precision at the level of 1 m/s. Applying the chromatic index to CARMENES data of the active star YZ CMi, we identify apparent RV variations induced by stellar activity. The differential line width is found to be an alternative indicator to the commonly used full width half maximum. Conclusions: We find that at the red optical wavelengths (700-900 nm) obtained by the visual channel of CARMENES, the chromatic index is an excellent tool to investigate stellar active regions and to identify and perhaps even correct for activity-induced RV variations.

  18. Drift-Alfven eigenmodes in inhomogeneous plasma

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vranjes, J.; Poedts, S.

    2006-03-15

    A set of three nonlinear equations describing drift-Alfven waves in a nonuniform magnetized plasma is derived and discussed both in linear and nonlinear limits. In the case of a cylindric radially bounded plasma with a Gaussian density distribution in the radial direction the linearized equations are solved exactly yielding general solutions for modes with quantized frequencies and with radially dependent amplitudes. The full set of nonlinear equations is also solved yielding particular solutions in the form of rotating radially limited structures. The results should be applicable to the description of electromagnetic perturbations in solar magnetic structures and in astrophysical column-likemore » objects including cosmic tornados.« less

  19. The Jupiter-Io connection - An Alfven engine in space

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Belcher, John W.

    1987-01-01

    Much has been learned about the electromagnetic interaction between Jupiter and its satellite Io from in situ observations. Io, in its motion through the Io plasma torus at Jupiter, continuously generates an Alfven wing that carries two billion kilowatts of power into the jovian ionosphere. Concurrently, Io is acted upon by a J x B force tending to propel it out of the jovian system. The energy source for these processes is the rotation of Jupiter. This unusual planet-satellite coupling serves as an archetype for the interaction of a large moving conductor with a magnetized plasma, a problem of general space and astrophysical interest.

  20. Alfvén wave interactions in the solar wind

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Webb, G. M.; McKenzie, J. F.; Hu, Q.; le Roux, J. A.; Zank, G. P.

    2012-11-01

    Alfvén wave mixing (interaction) equations used in locally incompressible turbulence transport equations in the solar wind are analyzed from the perspective of linear wave theory. The connection between the wave mixing equations and non-WKB Alfven wave driven wind theories are delineated. We discuss the physical wave energy equation and the canonical wave energy equation for non-WKB Alfven waves and the WKB limit. Variational principles and conservation laws for the linear wave mixing equations for the Heinemann and Olbert non-WKB wind model are obtained. The connection with wave mixing equations used in locally incompressible turbulence transport in the solar wind are discussed.

  1. Suprathermal protons in the interplanetary solar wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goodrich, C. C.; Lazarus, A. J.

    1976-01-01

    Using the Mariner 5 solar wind plasma and magnetic field data, we present observations of field-aligned suprathermal proton velocity distributions having pronounced high-energy shoulders. These observations, similar to the interpenetrating stream observations of Feldman et al. (1974), are clear evidence that such proton distributions are interplanetary rather than bow shock associated phenomena. Large Alfven speed is found to be a requirement for the occurrence of suprathermal proton distribution; further, we find the proportion of particles in the shoulder to be limited by the magnitude of the Alfven speed. It is suggested that this last result could indicate that the proton thermal anisotropy is limited at times by wave-particle interactions

  2. Parametric instabilities of the circularly polarized Alfven waves including dispersion. [for solar wind

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wong, H. K.; Goldstein, M. L.

    1986-01-01

    A class of parametric instabilities of large-amplitude, circularly polarized Alfven waves is considered in which finite frequency (dispersive) effects are included. The dispersion equation governing the instabilities is a sixth-order polynomial which is solved numerically. As a function of K identically equal to k/k-sub-0 (where k-sub-0 and k are the wave number of the 'pump' wave and unstable sound wave, respectively), there are three regionals of instability: a modulation instability at K less than 1, a decay instability at K greater than 1, and a relatively weak and narrow instability at K close to squared divided by v-sub-A squared (where c-sub-s and v-sub-A are the sound and Alfven speeds respectively), the modulational instability occurs when beta is less than 1 (more than 1) for left-hand (right-hand) pump waves, in agreement with the previous results of Sakai and Sonnerup (1983). The growth rate of the decay instability of left-hand waves is greater than the modulational instability at all values of beta. Applications to large-amplitude wave observed in the solar wind, in computer simulations, and in the vicinity of planetary and interplanetary collisionless shocks are discussed.

  3. Propagation of large amplitude Alfven waves in the solar wind neutral sheet

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Malara, F.; Primavera, L.; Veltri, P.

    1995-01-01

    Analysis of solar wind fluctuation data show that the correlation between velocity and magnetic field fluctuations decreases when going farther away from the Sun. This decorrelation can be attributed either to the time evolution of the fluctuations, carried away by the solar wind, or to the interaction between the solar wind neutral sheet and Alfven waves. To check this second hypothesis we have numerically studied the propagation of Alfven waves in the solar wind neutral sheet. The initial conditions have been set up in order to guarantee B(exp 2) = const, so that the following numerical evolution is only due to the inhomogeneity in the background magnetic field. The analysis of the results shows that compressive structures are formed, mainly in the neutral sheet where they have been identified as pressure balanced structures, i.e., tangential discontinuities. Fast perturbations, which are also produced, have a tendency to leave the simulation domain, propagating also perpendicularly to the mean magnetic field. For this reason the level of fast perturbations is always smaller with respect to the previously cited plasma balanced structures, which are slow mode perturbations. A comparison between the numerical results and some particular observational issues is also presented.

  4. Compressional Alfven Eigenmode Similarity Study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Heidbrink, W. W.; Fredrickson, E. D.; Gorelenkov, N. N.; Rhodes, T. L.

    2004-11-01

    NSTX and DIII-D are nearly ideal for Alfven eigenmode (AE) similarity experiments, having similar neutral beams, fast-ion to Alfven speed v_f/v_A, fast-ion pressure, and shape of the plasma, but with a factor of 2 difference in the major radius. Toroidicity-induced AE with ˜100 kHz frequencies were compared in an earlier study [1]; this paper focuses on higher frequency AE with f ˜ 1 MHz. Compressional AE (CAE) on NSTX have a polarization, dependence on the fast-ion distribution function, frequency scaling, and low-frequency limit that are qualitatively consistent with CAE theory [2]. Global AE (GAE) are also observed. On DIII-D, coherent modes in this frequency range are observed during low-field (0.6 T) similarity experiments. Experiments will compare the CAE stability limits on DIII-D with the NSTX stability limits, with the aim of determining if CAE will be excited by alphas in a reactor. Predicted differences in the frequency splitting Δ f between excited modes will also be used. \\vspace0.25em [1] W.W. Heidbrink, et al., Plasmas Phys. Control. Fusion 45, 983 (2003). [2] E.D. Fredrickson, et al., Princeton Plasma Physics Laboratory Report PPPL-3955 (2004).

  5. Studies of a driven Alfvénic cavity and cylindrical Alfven eigenmodes in LAPD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lybarger, Warren; Carter, Troy; Brugman, Brian; Pribyl, Pat

    2004-11-01

    An Alfven wave MASER has been observed in the Large Plasma Device (LAPD), where an instability drives a resonant Alfven wave in the cavity defined by the cathode and anode of the discharge source(J.E. Maggs and G.J. Morales, PRL, 91, 035004-1 (2003)). We will present a study of external driving of this cavity, motivated by a desire to find a source of large amplitude Alfvén waves for studies of nonlinear interactions. The cavity is driven by modulating the discharge current using a broadband, high power push-pull amplifier. The Alfvén waves launched by exciting the cavity are large amplitude (δ B/B ˜ 1%) and are eigenmodes of the cylindrical column. Experimental results will be presented on the structure of the eigenmodes in the plasma column, the Q-value of the cavity and its dependence on plasma parameters, and deviations in the structure of the eigenmodes from ideal MHD due to kinetic effects. Experimental results will be compared to theories of Alfvén eigenmodes in a cylindrical column. * Work supported by DOE grant # DE-FG03-02ER54688

  6. The Interaction of Coronal Mass Ejections with Alfvenic Turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Manchester, W.; van der Holst, B.

    2017-12-01

    We provide a first attempt to understand the interaction between Alfven wave turbulence, kinetic instabilities and temperature anisotropies in the environment of a fast coronal mass ejection (CME). The impact of a fast CME on the solar corona causes turbulent energy, thermal energy and dissipative heating to increase by orders of magnitude, and produces conditions suitable for a host of kinetic instabilities. We study these CME-induced effects with the recently developed Alfven Wave Solar Model, with which we are able to self-consistently simulate the turbulent energy transport and dissipation as well as isotropic electron heating and anisotropic proton heating. Furthermore, the model also offers the capability to address the effects of firehose, mirror mode, and cyclotron kinetic instabilities on proton energy partitioning, all in a global-scale numerical simulation. We find turbulent energy greatly enhanced in the CME sheath, strong wave reflection at the shock, which leads to wave dissipation rates increasing by more than a factor of 100. In contrast, wave energy is greatly diminished by adiabatic expansion in the flux rope. Finally, we find proton temperature anisotropies are limited by kinetic instabilities to a level consistent with solar wind observations.

  7. Alfvenic Generation of Field-Aligned Currents and Displacement Currents in the M-I Coupling System and the Formation of Discrete Auroral Arcs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Y.; Lysak, R. L.

    2016-12-01

    In previous theories (e.g., Hasegawa and Sato, 1979; Sato and Iijima, 1979; Vasyliunas, 1984), field-aligned current (FAC) generation is derived from current continuity assumption plus the force balance between the Lorentz force and other forces in the MHD momentum equation. These theories suggest that the FAC is generated by other forces, such as the inertia and/or pressure gradients. In fact, the FAC cannot be generated by these forces. From Maxwell's equations, FAC generation is associated with enhanced sheared magnetic fields and free magnetic energy where a dynamo action and Alfven waves are needed to generate and transport free magnetic energy. It is obvious that the mechanism of FAC generation cannot be given by analyzing a local force balance. We propose that FACs are generated by Alfvenic interactions in the M-I coupling driven system. From a full set of the dynamical equations, we have found that the generation of the total FAC (J||total ) is associated with spatial gradients of the parallel vorticity, where J||total=J||+J||D, and J||D=(1/4∏)(∂E||/∂t) is the displacement current, which describes E|| generation (Song and Lysak, 2006). The J||total generation is a dynamo process associated with the increase of the azimuthal magnetic flux caused by the axial torque acting on FAC flux tubes. Although the magnitude of the J||D is often very small relative to J||, neglecting this term, we cannot find the mechanism of the E|| generation. When the plasma density is low J||D becomes important relative to the current. We will demonstrate how the generation of E|| and the formation of auroral arcs can redistribute perpendicular mechanical and magnetic stresses which can cause a sudden and violent tail energy release and enhance the total FAC leading to the substorm auroral poleward expansion. We will also show how the nonlinear interaction of incident and reflected Alfven wave packets in the auroral acceleration region can produce quasi-stationary non-propagating electromagnetic plasma structures, such as Alfvenic double layers. These structures will sustain the J||D and can constitute powerful high energy particle accelerators, where electromagnetic energy can be efficiently converted to the particle energy.

  8. --No Title--

    Science.gov Websites

    family:arial;width:100%;background-color:#fff;margin:0}form{margin:0;padding:0 %);background:-webkit-gradient(linear,left top,left bottom,color-stop(0%,#00527f),color-stop(100%,#00324d :16px;line-height:36px;color:white;font-weight:bold}#outer{width:100%;background-color:#eee;margin:0

  9. --No Title--

    Science.gov Websites

    }.caption-box{background:#000;background-color:rgba(0,0,0,.8);color:#fff;padding:1em}.caption-box .teaser }.carousel-caption .headline{color:#fff;font-size:16px;margin:0}@media (min-width:768px){.carousel-caption ;width:auto;height:auto}.carousel-controls{background-color:#000;line-height:1;margin-left:-15px;margin-right

  10. The D1Πu state of HD and the mass scaling relation of its predissociation widths

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dickenson, G. D.; Ubachs, W.

    2012-07-01

    Absorption spectra of HD have been recorded in the wavelength range of 75-90 nm at 100 K using the vacuum ultraviolet Fourier transform spectrometer at the Synchrotron SOLEIL. The present wavelength resolution represents an order of magnitude improvement over that of previous studies. We present a detailed study of the D1Πu-X1Σ+g system observed up to v‧ = 18. The Q-branch transition probing levels of Π- symmetry are observed as narrow resonances limited by the Doppler width at 100 K. Line positions for these transitions are determined to an estimated absolute accuracy of 0.06 cm-1. Predissociation line widths of Π+ levels are extracted from the absorption spectra. A comparison with the recent results on a study of the D1Πu state in H2 and D2 reveals that the predissociation widths scale as μ-2J(J + 1), with μ being the reduced mass of the molecule and J the rotational angular momentum quantum number, as expected from an interaction with the B‧1Σ+u continuum causing the predissociation.

  11. Hitomi observation of radio galaxy NGC 1275: The first X-ray microcalorimeter spectroscopy of Fe-Kα line emission from an active galactic nucleus

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hitomi Collaboration; Aharonian, Felix; Akamatsu, Hiroki; Akimoto, Fumie; Allen, Steven W.; Angelini, Lorella; Audard, Marc; Awaki, Hisamitsu; Axelsson, Magnus; Bamba, Aya; Bautz, Marshall W.; Blandford, Roger; Brenneman, Laura W.; Brown, Gregory V.; Bulbul, Esra; Cackett, Edward M.; Chernyakova, Maria; Chiao, Meng P.; Coppi, Paolo S.; Costantini, Elisa; de Plaa, Jelle; de Vries, Cor P.; den Herder, Jan-Willem; Done, Chris; Dotani, Tadayasu; Ebisawa, Ken; Eckart, Megan E.; Enoto, Teruaki; Ezoe, Yuichiro; Fabian, Andrew C.; Ferrigno, Carlo; Foster, Adam R.; Fujimoto, Ryuichi; Fukazawa, Yasushi; Furuzawa, Akihiro; Galeazzi, Massimiliano; Gallo, Luigi C.; Gandhi, Poshak; Giustini, Margherita; Goldwurm, Andrea; Gu, Liyi; Guainazzi, Matteo; Haba, Yoshito; Hagino, Kouichi; Hamaguchi, Kenji; Harrus, Ilana M.; Hatsukade, Isamu; Hayashi, Katsuhiro; Hayashi, Takayuki; Hayashida, Kiyoshi; Hiraga, Junko S.; Hornschemeier, Ann; Hoshino, Akio; Hughes, John P.; Ichinohe, Yuto; Iizuka, Ryo; Inoue, Hajime; Inoue, Yoshiyuki; Ishida, Manabu; Ishikawa, Kumi; Ishisaki, Yoshitaka; Iwai, Masachika; Kaastra, Jelle; Kallman, Tim; Kamae, Tsuneyoshi; Kataoka, Jun; Katsuda, Satoru; Kawai, Nobuyuki; Kelley, Richard L.; Kilbourne, Caroline A.; Kitaguchi, Takao; Kitamoto, Shunji; Kitayama, Tetsu; Kohmura, Takayoshi; Kokubun, Motohide; Koyama, Katsuji; Koyama, Shu; Kretschmar, Peter; Krimm, Hans A.; Kubota, Aya; Kunieda, Hideyo; Laurent, Philippe; Lee, Shiu-Hang; Leutenegger, Maurice A.; Limousin, Olivier O.; Loewenstein, Michael; Long, Knox S.; Lumb, David; Madejski, Greg; Maeda, Yoshitomo; Maier, Daniel; Makishima, Kazuo; Markevitch, Maxim; Matsumoto, Hironori; Matsushita, Kyoko; McCammon, Dan; McNamara, Brian R.; Mehdipour, Missagh; Miller, Eric D.; Miller, Jon M.; Mineshige, Shin; Mitsuda, Kazuhisa; Mitsuishi, Ikuyuki; Miyazawa, Takuya; Mizuno, Tsunefumi; Mori, Hideyuki; Mori, Koji; Mukai, Koji; Murakami, Hiroshi; Mushotzky, Richard F.; Nakagawa, Takao; Nakajima, Hiroshi; Nakamori, Takeshi; Nakashima, Shinya; Nakazawa, Kazuhiro; Nobukawa, Kumiko K.; Nobukawa, Masayoshi; Noda, Hirofumi; Odaka, Hirokazu; Ohashi, Takaya; Ohno, Masanori; Okajima, Takashi; Ota, Naomi; Ozaki, Masanobu; Paerels, Frits; Paltani, Stéphane; Petre, Robert; Pinto, Ciro; Porter, Frederick S.; Pottschmidt, Katja; Reynolds, Christopher S.; Safi-Harb, Samar; Saito, Shinya; Sakai, Kazuhiro; Sasaki, Toru; Sato, Goro; Sato, Kosuke; Sato, Rie; Sawada, Makoto; Schartel, Norbert; Serlemitsos, Peter J.; Seta, Hiromi; Shidatsu, Megumi; Simionescu, Aurora; Smith, Randall K.; Soong, Yang; Stawarz, Łukasz; Sugawara, Yasuharu; Sugita, Satoshi; Szymkowiak, Andrew; Tajima, Hiroyasu; Takahashi, Hiromitsu; Takahashi, Tadayuki; Takeda, Shin'ichiro; Takei, Yoh; Tamagawa, Toru; Tamura, Takayuki; Tanaka, Takaaki; Tanaka, Yasuo; Tanaka, Yasuyuki T.; Tashiro, Makoto S.; Tawara, Yuzuru; Terada, Yukikatsu; Terashima, Yuichi; Tombesi, Francesco; Tomida, Hiroshi; Tsuboi, Yohko; Tsujimoto, Masahiro; Tsunemi, Hiroshi; Tsuru, Takeshi Go; Uchida, Hiroyuki; Uchiyama, Hideki; Uchiyama, Yasunobu; Ueda, Shutaro; Ueda, Yoshihiro; Uno, Shin'ichiro; Urry, C. Megan; Ursino, Eugenio; Watanabe, Shin; Werner, Norbert; Wilkins, Dan R.; Williams, Brian J.; Yamada, Shinya; Yamaguchi, Hiroya; Yamaoka, Kazutaka; Yamasaki, Noriko Y.; Yamauchi, Makoto; Yamauchi, Shigeo; Yaqoob, Tahir; Yatsu, Yoichi; Yonetoku, Daisuke; Zhuravleva, Irina; Zoghbi, Abderahmen; Kawamuro, Taiki

    2018-03-01

    The origin of the narrow Fe-Kα fluorescence line at 6.4 keV from active galactic nuclei has long been under debate; some of the possible sites are the outer accretion disk, the broad line region, a molecular torus, or interstellar/intracluster media. In 2016 February-March, we performed the first X-ray microcalorimeter spectroscopy with the Soft X-ray Spectrometer (SXS) on board the Hitomi satellite of the Fanaroff-Riley type I radio galaxy NGC 1275 at the center of the Perseus cluster of galaxies. With the high-energy resolution of ˜5 eV at 6 keV achieved by Hitomi/SXS, we detected the Fe-Kα line with ˜5.4 σ significance. The velocity width is constrained to be 500-1600 km s-1 (FWHM for Gaussian models) at 90% confidence. The SXS also constrains the continuum level from the NGC 1275 nucleus up to ˜20 keV, giving an equivalent width of ˜20 eV for the 6.4 keV line. Because the velocity width is narrower than that of the broad Hα line of ˜2750 km s-1, we can exclude a large contribution to the line flux from the accretion disk and the broad line region. Furthermore, we performed pixel map analyses on the Hitomi/SXS data and image analyses on the Chandra archival data, and revealed that the Fe-Kα line comes from a region within ˜1.6 kpc of the NGC 1275 core, where an active galactic nucleus emission dominates, rather than that from intracluster media. Therefore, we suggest that the source of the Fe-Kα line from NGC 1275 is likely a low-covering-fraction molecular torus or a rotating molecular disk which probably extends from a parsec to hundreds of parsecs scale in the active galactic nucleus system.

  12. Coupling Between Microstrip Lines With Finite Width Ground Plane Embedded in Thin Film Circuits

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ponchak, George E.; Dalton, Edan; Tentzeris, Manos M.; Papapolymerou, John

    2003-01-01

    Three-dimensional (3D) interconnects built upon multiple layers of polyimide are required for constructing 3D circuits on CMOS (low resistivity) Si wafers, GaAs, and ceramic substrates. Thin film microstrip lines (TFMS) with finite width ground planes embedded in the polyimide are often used. However, the closely spaced TFMS lines a r e susceptible to high levels of coupling, which degrades circuit performance. In this paper, Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) analysis and experimental measurements a r e used to show that the ground planes must be connected by via holes to reduce coupling in both the forward and backward directions. Furthermore, it is shown that coupled microstrip lines establish a slotline type mode between the two ground planes and a dielectric waveguide type mode, and that the via holes recommended here eliminate these two modes.

  13. Measurement of the profile and intensity of the solar He I lambda 584-A resonance line

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Maloy, J. O.; Hartmann, U. G.; Judge, D. L.; Carlson, R. W.

    1978-01-01

    The intensity and profile of the helium resonance line at 584 A from the entire disk of the sun was investigated by using a rocket-borne helium-filled spectrometer and a curve-of-growth technique. The line profile was found to be accurately represented by a Gaussian profile with full width at half maximum of 122 + or - 10 mA, while the integrated intensity was measured to be 2.6 + or - 1.3 billion photons/s per sq cm at solar activity levels of F(10.7) = 90.8 x 10 to the -22nd per sq m/Hz and Rz = 27. The measured line width is in good agreement with previous spectrographic measurements, but the integrated intensity is larger than most previous photoelectric measurements. However, the derived line center flux of 20 + or - 10 billion photons/s per sq cm/A is in good agreement with values inferred from airglow measurements.

  14. Dynamic "Scanning-Mode" Meniscus Confined Electrodepositing and Micropatterning of Individually Addressable Ultraconductive Copper Line Arrays.

    PubMed

    Lei, Yu; Zhang, Xianyun; Xu, Dingding; Yu, Minfeng; Yi, Zhiran; Li, Zhixiang; Sun, Aihua; Xu, Gaojie; Cui, Ping; Guo, Jianjun

    2018-05-03

    Micro- and nanopatterning of cost-effective addressable metallic nanostructures has been a long endeavor in terms of both scientific understanding and industrial needs. Herein, a simple and efficient dynamic meniscus-confined electrodeposition (MCED) technique for precisely positioned copper line micropatterns with superior electrical conductivity (greater than 1.57 × 10 4 S/cm) on glass, silicon, and gold substrates is reported. An unexpected higher printing speed in the evaporative regime is realized for precisely positioned copper lines patterns with uniform width and height under horizontal scanning-mode. The final line height and width depend on the typical behavior of traditional flow coating process, while the surface morphologies and roughness are mainly governed by evaporation-driven electrocrystallization dynamics near the receding moving contact line. Integrated 3D structures and a rapid prototyping of 3D hot-wire anemometer are further demonstrated, which is very important for the freedom integration applications in advanced conceptual devices, such as miniaturized electronics and biomedical sensors and actuators.

  15. [The application of Doppler broadening and Doppler shift to spectral analysis].

    PubMed

    Xu, Wei; Fang, Zi-shen

    2002-08-01

    The distinction between Doppler broadening and Doppler shift has analyzed, Doppler broadening locally results from the distribution of velocities of the emitting particles, the line width gives the information on temperature of emitting particles. Doppler shift results when the emitting particles have a bulk non random flow velocity in a particular direction, the drift of central wavelength gives the information on flow velocity of emitting particles, and the Doppler shift only drifts the profile of line without changing the width. The difference between Gaussian fitting and the distribution of chord-integral line shape have also been discussed. The distribution of H alpha spectral line shape has been derived from the surface of limiter in HT-6M Tokamak with optical spectroscope multichannel analysis (OSMA), the result by double Gaussian fitting shows that the line shape make up of two port, the emitting of reflect particles with higher energy and the release particle from the limiter surface. Ion temperature and recycling particle flow velocity have been obtained from Doppler broadening and Doppler shift.

  16. Formation of conductive copper lines by femtosecond laser irradiation of copper nitride film on plastic substrates

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Xu, Xiaodong; Yuan, Ningyi, E-mail: nyyuan@cczu.edu.cn; Center for Low-Dimensional Materials, Micro-Nano Devices and Systems, Changzhou University, Changzhou 213164, Jiangsu

    2015-05-15

    In this paper, we report a simple method to form conductive copper lines by scanning a single-beam femtosecond pulse laser on a plastic substrate covered with copper nitride (Cu{sub 3}N) film. The Cu{sub 3}N films were prepared by DC magnetron sputtering in the presence of an Ar + N{sub 2} atmosphere at 100 °C. The influence of the laser power and scanning speed on the formed copper line width, surface features, and morphology was analyzed by means of optical microscopy, X-ray diffraction, non-contact 3D profilometer, and scanning electron microscopy. The experimental results demonstrate that low laser power and low scanningmore » speed favor the formation of uniform and flat Cu lines. After process optimization, copper lines with a width less than 5 μm were obtained, which provides an attractive application prospect in the field of flexible electronic devices.« less

  17. Stocking, growth, and habitat relations in New Hampshire hardwoods

    Treesearch

    William B. Leak

    1983-01-01

    Data from hardwood stands in New Hampshire substantiated the crown-width relationships used to develop the B-line (based on circular crowns) in the 1969 northern hardwood stocking guide, and produced an A-line slightly lower than the original line. Position of the A-line was unrelated to site or forest type. Diameter growth of hardwoods on moist and dry soils declined...

  18. Can we improve C IV-based single epoch black hole mass estimations?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mejía-Restrepo, J. E.; Trakhtenbrot, B.; Lira, P.; Netzer, H.

    2018-05-01

    In large optical surveys at high redshifts (z > 2), the C IV broad emission line is the most practical alternative to estimate the mass (MBH) of active super-massive black holes (SMBHs). However, mass determinations obtained with this line are known to be highly uncertain. In this work we use the Sloan Digital Sky Survey Data Release 7 and 12 quasar catalogues to statistically test three alternative methods put forward in the literature to improve C IV-based MBH estimations. These methods are constructed from correlations between the ratio of the C IV line-width to the low ionization line-widths (Hα, Hβ and Mg II) and several other properties of rest-frame UV emission lines. Our analysis suggests that these correction methods are of limited applicability, mostly because all of them depend on correlations that are driven by the linewidth of the C IV profile itself and not by an interconnection between the linewidth of the C IV line with the linewidth of the low ionization lines. Our results show that optical C IV-based mass estimates at high redshift cannot be a proper replacement for estimates based on IR spectroscopy of low ionization lines like Hα, Hβ and Mg II.

  19. An Empirical Expression for the Line Widths of Ammonia

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brown, Linda R.; Peterson, Dean B.

    1994-01-01

    The hydrogen-broadened line widths of 116 (sup 14)NH(sub 3) ground state transitions have been measured at 0.006 cm(sup -1) resolution using a Bruker spectrometer in the 24 to 210 cm(sup -1) region. The rotational variation of the experimental widths with J(sup '),K(sup ') = 1,0 to 10,10 has been reproduced to 2.4 % using an heuristically derived expression of the form

    gamma = a(sub 0) + a(sub 1) J(sup ') + a (sub 2) K(sup ') + a(sub 3) J(sup ')(sup 2) + a(sub 4) J(sup ') K(sup ')

    where J(sup ') and K(sup ') are the lower state symmetric top quantum numbers. This function has also been applied to the measured widths of the 58 transitions of nu(sub 1) at 3 (micro)m, each broadened by N(sub 2), O(sub 2), Ar, H(sub 2), and He. The rms of the observed minus calculated widths are 5% or better for the five foreign broadeners. The values of the fitted constants suggest that for some broadeners the expression might also be written as

    gamma = a(sub 0) + b(sub 1) J(sup ') + b(sub 2)(J(sup ' )- K(sup ')) + b(sub 3) J(sup ')(J(sup ') - K(sup '))

    .

  20. Particle-in-Cell Simulation of Collisionless Driven Reconnection with Open Boundaries

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kimas, Alex; Hesse, Michael; Zenitani, Seiji; Kuznetsova, Maria

    2010-01-01

    First results are discussed from an ongoing study of driven collisionless reconnection using a 2 1/2-dimensional electromagnetic particle-in-cell simulation model with open inflow and outflow boundaries. An extended electron diffusion region (EEDR) is defined as that region surrounding a reconnecting neutral line in which the out-of-plane nonideal electric field is positive. It is shown that the boundaries of this region in the directions of the outflow jets are at the positions where the electrons make the transition from unfrozen meandering motion in the current sheet to outward drifting with the magnetic field in the outflow jets; a turning length scale is defined to mark these positions, The initial width of the EEDR in the inflow directions is comparable to the electron bounce width. Later. as shoulders develop to form a two-scale structure. thc EEDR width expands to the ion bounce width scale. The inner portion of the EEDR or the electron diffusion region proper remains at the electron bounce width. Two methods are introduced for predicting the reconnection electric field using the dimensions of the EEDR. These results are interpreted as further evidence that the EEDR is the region that is relevant to understanding the electron role in the neutral line vicinity.

  1. A theory for narrow-banded radio bursts at Uranus - MHD surface waves as an energy driver

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Farrell, W. M.; Curtis, S. A.; Desch, M. D.; Lepping, R. P.

    1992-01-01

    A possible scenario for the generation of the narrow-banded radio bursts detected at Uranus by the Voyager 2 planetary radio astronomy experiment is described. In order to account for the emission burstiness which occurs on time scales of hundreds of milliseconds, it is proposed that ULF magnetic surface turbulence generated at the frontside magnetopause propagates down the open/closed field line boundary and mode-converts to kinetic Alfven waves (KAW) deep within the polar cusp. The oscillating KAW potentials then drive a transient electron stream that creates the bursty radio emission. To substantiate these ideas, Voyager 2 magnetometer measurements of enhanced ULF magnetic activity at the frontside magnetopause are shown. It is demonstrated analytically that such magnetic turbulence should mode-convert deep in the cusp at a radial distance of 3 RU.

  2. Structure of sunspot light bridges in the chromosphere and transition region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rezaei, R.

    2018-01-01

    Context. Light bridges (LBs) are elongated structures with enhanced intensity embedded in sunspot umbra and pores. Aims: We studied the properties of a sample of 60 LBs observed with the Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph (IRIS). Methods: Using IRIS near- and far-ultraviolet spectra, we measured the line intensity, width, and Doppler shift; followed traces of LBs in the chromosphere and transition region (TR); and compared LB parameters with umbra and quiet Sun. Results: There is a systematic emission enhancement in LBs compared to nearby umbra from the photosphere up to the TR. Light bridges are systematically displaced toward the solar limb at higher layers: the amount of the displacement at one solar radius compares well with the typical height of the chromosphere and TR. The intensity of the LB sample compared to the umbra sample peaks at the middle/upper chromosphere where they are almost permanently bright. Spectral lines emerging from the LBs are broader than the nearby umbra. The systematic redshift of the Si IV line in the LB sample is reduced compared to the quiet Sun sample. We found a significant correlation between the line width of ions arising at temperatures from 3 × 104 to 1.5 × 105 K as there is also a strong spatial correlation among the line and continuum intensities. In addition, the intensity-line width relation holds for all spectral lines in this study. The correlations indicate that the cool and hot plasma in LBs are coupled. Conclusions: Light bridges comprise multi-temperature and multi-disciplinary structures extending up to the TR. Diverse heating sources supply the energy and momentum to different layers, resulting in distinct dynamics in the photosphere, chromosphere, and TR.

  3. The abundance of interstellar sulphur and zinc in high density sight-lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harris, A. W.; Mashesse, J. M.

    1986-01-01

    On the basis of early absorption line studies of individual lines of sight with the Copernicus satellite, chlorine, sulphur and zinc were classed together as elements which showed little or no depletion, relative to hydrogen, in the interstellar medium. The abundances of other less volatile elements, such as Fe and Mg were found to vary widely from one sight-line to another with gas-phase abundances in some cases being orders of magnitude below their solar counterparts. Detailed studies are reported of the depletion/density behavior of two other volatile elements which were previously considered to be virtually undepleted, S and Zn, using equivalent width data from both Copernicus and IUE observations. The results provide further evidence that the established dependence of depletion on n bar (H) extends to volatile elements and show that their use as tracers of metallicity, or for estimating hydrogen column densities, may lead to large errors in sight-lines through dense regions. It now appears that such elements may take part in the surface chemistry of grains and be important constituents of grain mantle material, although they probably do not contribute significantly to the bulk mass of grains. Due to the very similar atomic masses and ionization potentials of sulphur and phosphorous, the thermal velocity distributions of the singly ionized species of these elements in interstellar clouds should be very similar. However, a comparison of Doppler widths (b-values) derived for SIT and PIT in the same sight-lines from the Bohlin et al Copernicus equivalent width measurements has revealed an unexpected systematic discrepancy of a factor of approx. 1.7. This Discrepancy indicates that the normally adopted oscillators strengths of the PII lambda lambda 1153 and 1302 A lines may require revision.

  4. Very narrow band model calculations of atmospheric fluxes and cooling rates

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bernstein, L.S.; Berk, A.; Acharya, P.K.

    1996-10-15

    A new very narrow band model (VNBM) approach has been developed and incorporated into the MODTRAN atmospheric transmittance-radiance code. The VNBM includes a computational spectral resolution of 1 cm{sup {minus}1}, a single-line Voigt equivalent width formalism that is based on the Rodgers-Williams approximation and accounts for the finite spectral width of the interval, explicit consideration of line tails, a statistical line overlap correction, a new sublayer integration approach that treats the effect of the sublayer temperature gradient on the path radiance, and the Curtis-Godson (CG) approximation for inhomogeneous paths. A modified procedure for determining the line density parameter 1/d ismore » introduced, which reduces its magnitude. This results in a partial correction of the VNBM tendency to overestimate the interval equivalent widths. The standard two parameter CG approximation is used for H{sub 2}O and CO{sub 2}, while the Goody three parameter CG approximation is used for O{sub 3}. Atmospheric flux and cooling rate predictions using a research version of MODTRAN, MODR, are presented for H{sub 2}O (with and without the continuum), CO{sub 2}, and O{sub 3} for several model atmospheres. The effect of doubling the CO{sub 2} concentration is also considered. These calculations are compared to line-by-line (LBL) model calculations using the AER, GLA, GFDL, and GISS codes. The MODR predictions fall within the spread of the LBL results. The effects of decreasing the band model spectral resolution are illustrated using CO{sub 2} cooling rate and flux calculations. 36 refs., 18 figs., 1 tab.« less

  5. Low-Altitude Reconnection Inflow-Outflow Observations During a 2010 November 3 Solar Eruption

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Savage, Sabrina L.a; Holman, Gordon; Reeves, Katharine K.; Seaton, Daniel B.; McKenzie, David E.; Su, Yang

    2012-01-01

    For a solar flare occurring on 2010 November 3, we present observations us- ing several SDO/AIA extreme-ultraviolet (EUV) passbands of an erupting flux rope followed by inflows sweeping into a current sheet region. The inflows are soon followed by outflows appearing to originate from near the termination point of the inflowing motion an observation in line with standard magnetic reconnection models. We measure average inflow plane-of-sky speeds to range from approximately 150 - 690 km s-1 with the initial, high-temperature inflows being the fastest. Using the inflow speeds and a range of Alfven speeds, we estimate the Alfvenic Mach number which appears to decrease with time. We also provide inflow and outflow times with respect to RHESSI count rates and find that the fast, high- temperature inflows occur simultaneously with a peak in the RHESSI thermal light curve. Five candidate inflow-outflow pairs are identified with no more than a minute delay between detections. The inflow speeds of these pairs are measured to be approximately 10(exp 2) km s-1 with outflow speeds ranging from approximately 10(exp 2) - 10(exp 33 km s-1 indicating acceleration during the reconnection process. The fastest of these outflows are in the form of apparently traveling density enhancements along the legs of the loops rather than the loop apexes themselves. These flows could possibly either be accelerated plasma, shocks, or waves prompted by reconnection. The measurements presented here show an order of magnitude difference between the retraction speeds of the loops and the speed of the density enhancements within the loops presumably exiting the reconnection site.

  6. LOW-ALTITUDE RECONNECTION INFLOW-OUTFLOW OBSERVATIONS DURING A 2010 NOVEMBER 3 SOLAR ERUPTION

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Savage, Sabrina L.; Holman, Gordon; Su, Yang

    For a solar flare occurring on 2010 November 3, we present observations using several SDO/AIA extreme-ultraviolet (EUV) passbands of an erupting flux rope followed by inflows sweeping into a current sheet region. The inflows are soon followed by outflows appearing to originate from near the termination point of the inflowing motion-an observation in line with standard magnetic reconnection models. We measure average inflow plane-of-sky speeds to range from {approx}150 to 690 km s{sup -1} with the initial, high-temperature inflows being the fastest. Using the inflow speeds and a range of Alfven speeds, we estimate the Alfvenic Mach number which appearsmore » to decrease with time. We also provide inflow and outflow times with respect to RHESSI count rates and find that the fast, high-temperature inflows occur simultaneously with a peak in the RHESSI thermal light curve. Five candidate inflow-outflow pairs are identified with no more than a minute delay between detections. The inflow speeds of these pairs are measured to be {approx}10{sup 2} km s{sup -1} with outflow speeds ranging from {approx}10{sup 2} to 10{sup 3} km s{sup -1}-indicating acceleration during the reconnection process. The fastest of these outflows are in the form of apparently traveling density enhancements along the legs of the loops rather than the loop apexes themselves. These flows could possibly either be accelerated plasma, shocks, or waves prompted by reconnection. The measurements presented here show an order of magnitude difference between the retraction speeds of the loops and the speed of the density enhancements within the loops-presumably exiting the reconnection site.« less

  7. Ground and Satellite Observations of ULF Waves Artificially Produced by HAARP

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chang, C.; Labenski, J.; Shroff, H.; Doxas, I.; Papadopoulos, D.; Milikh, G.; Parrot, M.

    2008-12-01

    Modulated ionospheric heating at ULF frequencies using the HAARP heater was performed from April 28 to May 3, 2008 (http://www.haarp.alaska.edu). Simultaneous ground-based ULF measurements were made locally at Gakona, AK and at Lake Ozette, WA that is 2000 km away. The ground-based results showed that ULF amplitudes measured at Gakona are mostly proportional to the electrojet strength above HAARP, indicating electrojet modulation to be the source of the local ULF waves. However, the timing of ULF events recorded at Lake Ozette did not correlated with the electrojet strength at Gakona, indicating that modulation of F region pressure is the more likely source for distant ULF waves. These observations are consistent with the theoretical understanding that ULF waves generated by current modulation are shear Alfven waves propagating along the magnetic field line, thus at high latitude their observations are limited to the vicinity of the heated spot. On the other hand, propagation of ULF waves at significant lateral distances requires generation of magnetosonic waves since they are the only mode that propagates isotropically and can thus couple efficiently in the Alfvenic duct. In addition to ground-based observations, the DEMETER satellite also provided space measurements of the heating effects during its passes over HAARP. The DEMETER results showed direct detection of HAARP ULF waves at 0.1 Hz. Moreover, density dips were observed every time HAARP was operated at CW mode, which provides clear evidence of duct formation by direct HF heating at F peak. Details of these results will be presented at the meeting. We would like to acknowledge the support provided by the HAARP facility during our ULF experiments.

  8. 75 FR 3486 - Susquehanna to Roseland 500kV Transmission Line, Environmental Impact Statement, Delaware Water...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-01-21

    ... connection with the Susquehanna to Roseland 500kV Transmission Line. SUMMARY: Pursuant to National... Recreational River, and Appalachian National Scenic Trail, in connection with the proposed Susquehanna (Berwick... expand the width of the transmission line right-of-way beyond the Applicant's current holdings. The...

  9. Line intersect sampling: Ell-shaped transects and multiple intersections

    Treesearch

    Timothy G. Gregoire; Harry T. Valentine

    2003-01-01

    The probability of selecting a population element under line intersect sampling depends on the width of the particle in the direction perpendicular to the transect, as is well known. The consequence of this when using ell-shaped transects rather than straight-line transects are explicated, and modifications that preserve design-unbiasedness of Kaiser's (1983)...

  10. 29 CFR 1917.16 - Line handling. (See also § 1917.95(b)).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... also § 1917.95(b)). (a) In order to provide safe access for handling lines while mooring and unmooring... be used. (b) When stringpiece or apron width is insufficient for safe footing, grab lines or rails... the water edge of a berth and a shed or other structure.) ...

  11. 29 CFR 1917.16 - Line handling. (See also § 1917.95(b)).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... also § 1917.95(b)). (a) In order to provide safe access for handling lines while mooring and unmooring... be used. (b) When stringpiece or apron width is insufficient for safe footing, grab lines or rails... the water edge of a berth and a shed or other structure.) ...

  12. The analysis of ensembles of moderately saturated interstellar lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jenkins, E. B.

    1986-01-01

    It is shown that the combined equivalent widths for a large population of Gaussian-like interstellar line components, each with different central optical depths tau(0) and velocity dispersions b, exhibit a curve of growth (COG) which closely mimics that of a single, pure Gaussian distribution in velocity. Two parametric distributions functions for the line populations are considered: a bivariate Gaussian for tau(0) and b and a power law distribution for tau(0) combined with a Gaussian dispersion for b. First, COGs for populations having an extremely large number of nonoverlapping components are derived, and the implications are shown by focusing on the doublet-ratio analysis for a pair of lines whose f-values differ by a factor of two. The consequences of having, instead of an almost infinite number of lines, a relatively small collection of components added together for each member of a doublet are examined. The theory of how the equivalent widths grow for populations of overlapping Gaussian profiles is developed. Examples of the composite COG analysis applied to existing collections of high-resolution interstellar line data are presented.

  13. Electron scattering wings on lines in interacting supernovae

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Chenliang; Chevalier, Roger A.

    2018-03-01

    We consider the effect of electron scattering on lines emitted as a result of supernova interaction with a circumstellar medium, assuming that the scattering occurs in ionized gas in the pre-shock circumstellar medium. The single scattering case gives the broad component in the limit of low optical depth, showing a velocity full width half-maximum that is close to the thermal velocities of electrons. The line shape is approximately exponential at low velocities and steepens at higher velocities. At higher optical depths, the line profile remains exponential at low velocities, but wings strengthen with increasing optical depth. In addition to the line width, the ratio of narrow to broad (scattered) line strength is a possible diagnostic of the gas. The results depend on the density profile of the circumstellar gas, especially if the scattering and photon creation occur in different regions. We apply the scattering model to a number of supernovae, including Type IIn and Type Ia-circumstellar medium (CSM) events. The asymmetry to the red found in some cases can be explained by scattering in a fast wind region that is indicated by observations.

  14. Spectroscopic Results From Blue Hills Observatory of the 2009-2011 Eclipse of epsilon Aurigae

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gorodenski, S. A.

    2012-02-01

    The purpose of this paper is to report spectroscopic results of epsilon Aurigae during the 2009-2011 eclipse. Spectra of the sodium D lines and an absorption line occurring at approximately 5853Å were taken from February 13, 2010, to October 10, 2011, with an LHIRES III spectrograph and a 16-inch Meade telescope at Blue Hills Observatory in Dewey, Arizona. Equivalent width and radial velocity data support the presence of a void or ring structure within the eclipsing disk, and they support a central disk clearing around an unseen primary central object. The results also indicate the disk does not end at fourth contact but continues for a significant distance. Analysis of radial velocities demonstrated the profile of the 5853Å line has a disk component in addition to the primary F0 star component. A split line at this location was observed. From the equivalent width profile of the 5853Å line the duration of the split line event was estimated to be 101 days. Other lesser results are presented and discussed.

  15. VizieR Online Data Catalog: Spectroscopic survey of youngest field stars II. (Frasca+, 2018)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frasca, A.; Guillout, P.; Klutsch, A.; Freire Ferrero, R.; Marilli, E.; Biazzo, K.; Gandolfi, D.; Montes, D.

    2018-01-01

    Radial velocity (RV) and projected rotational velocity (vsini) of the single stars and SB1 systems are quoted in Table A1 along with the V magnitude and B-V color index. The vsini values measured from the full width at half maximum of the of the cross-correlation function (CCF) and by means of the code ROTFIT are both listed in Table A1. Table A2 and A3 report RV and vsini from the CCF for the components of SB2 and triple (SB3) systems, respectively. Table A4 reports, for the single stars and SB1 systems, the spectral type, atmospheric parameters (Teff, logg, and [Fe/H]), the equivalent width of the lithium 6708-A line (corrected for the FeI blends) and the net equivalent width of Hα line, measured after the subtraction of the inactive photospheric template. (4 data files).

  16. Thermal Boundary Layer Effects on Line-of-Sight Tunable Diode Laser Absorption Spectroscopy (TDLAS) Gas Concentration Measurements.

    PubMed

    Qu, Zhechao; Werhahn, Olav; Ebert, Volker

    2018-06-01

    The effects of thermal boundary layers on tunable diode laser absorption spectroscopy (TDLAS) measurement results must be quantified when using the line-of-sight (LOS) TDLAS under conditions with spatial temperature gradient. In this paper, a new methodology based on spectral simulation is presented quantifying the LOS TDLAS measurement deviation under conditions with thermal boundary layers. The effects of different temperature gradients and thermal boundary layer thickness on spectral collisional widths and gas concentration measurements are quantified. A CO 2 TDLAS spectrometer, which has two gas cells to generate the spatial temperature gradients, was employed to validate the simulation results. The measured deviations and LOS averaged collisional widths are in very good agreement with the simulated results for conditions with different temperature gradients. We demonstrate quantification of thermal boundary layers' thickness with proposed method by exploitation of the LOS averaged the collisional width of the path-integrated spectrum.

  17. Air-photo based change in channel width in the Minnesota River basin: Modes of adjustment and implications for sediment budget

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wesley Lauer, J.; Echterling, Caitlyn; Lenhart, Christian; Belmont, Patrick; Rausch, Rachel

    2017-11-01

    The Minnesota River and major tributaries have experienced large increases in discharge over the past century. Aerial photograph-based measurements of channel width were made for the 1938-2015 period at 16 multibend subreaches by digitizing the area between vegetation lines and dividing by centerline length. Results show considerable increases in width for the main stem (0.62 ± 0.10%/y) and major tributaries (0.31 ± 0.08%/y) but are inconclusive for smaller channels (width < 25 m). Width change for a 146.5-km reach of the lower Minnesota River between 1938 and 2008 is similar to that from the subreach-scale analysis. Widening was associated with lateral centerline movement and temporal change in at-a-station hydraulic geometry for water surface width, indicating that widening is associated with cross-sectional change and not simply upward movement of the vegetation line. Digital elevation model analysis and regional hydraulic geometry show that the main stem and larger tributaries account for the vast majority ( 85%) of bankfull channel volume. High-order channels are thus disproportionately responsible for sediment production through cross section enlargement, although floodplains or off-channel water bodies adjacent to these channels likely represent important sediment sinks. Because channel enlargement can play an important role in sediment production, it should be considered in sediment reduction strategies in the Minnesota River basin and carefully evaluated in other watersheds undergoing long-term increases in discharge.

  18. 1H line width dependence on MAS speed in solid state NMR - Comparison of experiment and simulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sternberg, Ulrich; Witter, Raiker; Kuprov, Ilya; Lamley, Jonathan M.; Oss, Andres; Lewandowski, Józef R.; Samoson, Ago

    2018-06-01

    Recent developments in magic angle spinning (MAS) technology permit spinning frequencies of ≥100 kHz. We examine the effect of such fast MAS rates upon nuclear magnetic resonance proton line widths in the multi-spin system of β-Asp-Ala crystal. We perform powder pattern simulations employing Fokker-Plank approach with periodic boundary conditions and 1H-chemical shift tensors calculated using the bond polarization theory. The theoretical predictions mirror well the experimental results. Both approaches demonstrate that homogeneous broadening has a linear-quadratic dependency on the inverse of the MAS spinning frequency and that, at the faster end of the spinning frequencies, the residual spectral line broadening becomes dominated by chemical shift distributions and susceptibility effects even for crystalline systems.

  19. Ab initio non-adiabatic study of the 4pσ B'' 1Σ+u state of H2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Glass-Maujean, M.; Schmoranzer, H.

    2018-05-01

    Fully ab initio non-adiabatic multichannel quantum defect calculations of the 4pσ B'' 1∑u+ energy levels, line intensities and widths, based on the latest quantum-chemical clamped-nuclei calculations of Wolniewicz and collaborators are presented for H2. The B″ state corresponds to the inner well of the ? state. The B'' v ≥ 1 levels are rapidly predissociated through vibrational coupling with the 3pσ B' 1Σ+u continuum so that coupled-equation calculations become unstable. Multichannel quantum defect theory, on the other hand, is demonstrated to be particularly suited to this situation. Experimental data as level energies, line intensities and dissociation widths were revisited and corrected. Reinvestigating previously published spectra, several new lines were assigned.

  20. Analysis of the 0.511 MeV radiation at the OSO-7 satellite. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dunphy, P. P.

    1974-01-01

    Observations of the 0.511 MeV positron annihilation, gamma ray on the OSO-7 satellite are presented. Variables which affect the counting rate are discussed. An upper limit flux of .0076 photons/sq cm/sec is obtained for the quiet sun and a positive solar flux of .063(+ or - .0002) photons/sq cm/sec is obtained for the 3B flare of 4 August 1972. The width of this annihilation line gives an upper limit temperature for the annihilation region of approximately 6 million K. An analysis of the line width and position also shows that the contribution to the line from positronium annihilation is less than 100% at the 99% confidence level. An upper limit is also found for an isotropic cosmic flux.

  1. Erratum: ``CO Line Width Differences in Early Universe Molecular Emission-Line Galaxies: Submillimeter Galaxies versus QSO Hosts'' (AJ, 131, 2763 [2006])

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Carilli, C. L.; Wang, Ran

    2006-11-01

    It has been pointed out to us that in three dimensions the mean angle of randomly oriented disks with respect to the sky plane is <θ>=30deg, and not the 45° assumed in the original paper. This lower angle for the (assumed) random distribution of submillimeter galaxies, coupled with the factor of 2.3 lower mean CO line width for high-z, far-IR-luminous QSO host galaxies relative to the submillimeter galaxies, implies a mean angle with respect to the sky plane for the QSO host galaxies of <θ>QSO=13deg, as opposed to the 18° quoted in the original paper. We thank Pat Hall for bringing this to our attention.

  2. No evidence for Lyman α emission in spectroscopy of z > 7 candidate galaxies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Caruana, Joseph; Bunker, Andrew J.; Wilkins, Stephen M.; Stanway, Elizabeth R.; Lacy, Mark; Jarvis, Matt J.; Lorenzoni, Silvio; Hickey, Samantha

    2012-12-01

    We present Gemini/Gemini Near Infrared Spectrograph (GNIRS) spectroscopic observations of four z-band (z ≈ 7) dropout galaxies and Very Large Telescope (VLT)/XSHOOTER observations of one z-band dropout and three Y-band (z ≈ 8-9) dropout galaxies in the Hubble Ultra Deep Field, which were selected with Wide Field Camera 3 imaging on the Hubble Space Telescope. We find no evidence of Lyman α emission with a typical 5σ sensitivity of 5 × 10-18 erg cm-2 s-1, and use the upper limits on Lyman α flux and the broad-band magnitudes to constrain the rest-frame equivalent widths for this line emission. Accounting for incomplete spectral coverage, we survey 3.0 z-band dropouts and 2.9 Y-band dropouts to a Lyman α rest-frame equivalent width limit >120 Å (for an unresolved emission line); for an equivalent width limit of 50 Å the effective numbers of drop-outs surveyed fall to 1.2 z-band drop-outs and 1.5 Y-band drop-outs. A simple model where the fraction of high rest-frame equivalent width emitters follows the trend seen at z = 3-6.5 is inconsistent with our non-detections at z = 7-9 at the ≈1σ level for spectrally unresolved lines, which may indicate that a significant neutral H I fraction in the intergalactic medium suppresses the Lyman α line in z-drop and Y-drop galaxies at z > 7. Based on observations collected at the European Organization for Astronomical Research in the Southern Hemisphere, Chile, as part of programme 086.A-0968(B).

  3. Pinning of the Contact Line during Evaporation on Heterogeneous Surfaces: Slowdown or Temporary Immobilization? Insights from a Nanoscale Study.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Jianguo; Müller-Plathe, Florian; Leroy, Frédéric

    2015-07-14

    The question of the effect of surface heterogeneities on the evaporation of liquid droplets from solid surfaces is addressed through nonequilibrium molecular dynamics simulations. The mechanism behind contact line pinning which is still unclear is discussed in detail on the nanoscale. Model systems with the Lennard-Jones interaction potential were employed to study the evaporation of nanometer-sized cylindrical droplets from a flat surface. The heterogeneity of the surface was modeled through alternating stripes of equal width but two chemical types. The first type leads to a contact angle of 67°, and the other leads to a contact angle of 115°. The stripe width was varied between 2 and 20 liquid-particle diameters. On the surface with the narrowest stripes, evaporation occurred at constant contact angle as if the surface was homogeneous, with a value of the contact angle as predicted by the regular Cassie-Baxter equation. When the width was increased, the contact angle oscillated during evaporation between two boundaries whose values depend on the stripe width. The evaporation behavior was thus found to be a direct signature of the typical size of the surface heterogeneity domains. The contact angle both at equilibrium and during evaporation could be predicted from a local Cassie-Baxter equation in which the surface composition within a distance of seven fluid-particle diameters around the contact line was considered, confirming the local nature of the interactions that drive the wetting behavior of droplets. More importantly, we propose a nanoscale explanation of pinning during evaporation. Pinning should be interpreted as a drastic slowdown of the contact line dynamics rather than a complete immobilization of it during a transition between two contact angle boundaries.

  4. ALMA Observations of a Quiescent Molecular Cloud in the Large Magellanic Cloud

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wong, Tony; Hughes, Annie; Tokuda, Kazuki; Indebetouw, Rémy; Bernard, Jean-Philippe; Onishi, Toshikazu; Wojciechowski, Evan; Bandurski, Jeffrey B.; Kawamura, Akiko; Roman-Duval, Julia; Cao, Yixian; Chen, C.-H. Rosie; Chu, You-hua; Cui, Chaoyue; Fukui, Yasuo; Montier, Ludovic; Muller, Erik; Ott, Juergen; Paradis, Deborah; Pineda, Jorge L.; Rosolowsky, Erik; Sewiło, Marta

    2017-12-01

    We present high-resolution (subparsec) observations of a giant molecular cloud in the nearest star-forming galaxy, the Large Magellanic Cloud. ALMA Band 6 observations trace the bulk of the molecular gas in 12CO(2-1) and the high column density regions in 13CO(2-1). Our target is a quiescent cloud (PGCC G282.98-32.40, which we refer to as the “Planck cold cloud” or PCC) in the southern outskirts of the galaxy where star formation activity is very low and largely confined to one location. We decompose the cloud into structures using a dendrogram and apply an identical analysis to matched-resolution cubes of the 30 Doradus molecular cloud (located near intense star formation) for comparison. Structures in the PCC exhibit roughly 10 times lower surface density and five times lower velocity dispersion than comparably sized structures in 30 Dor, underscoring the non-universality of molecular cloud properties. In both clouds, structures with relatively higher surface density lie closer to simple virial equilibrium, whereas lower surface-density structures tend to exhibit supervirial line widths. In the PCC, relatively high line widths are found in the vicinity of an infrared source whose properties are consistent with a luminous young stellar object. More generally, we find that the smallest resolved structures (“leaves”) of the dendrogram span close to the full range of line widths observed across all scales. As a result, while the bulk of the kinetic energy is found on the largest scales, the small-scale energetics tend to be dominated by only a few structures, leading to substantial scatter in observed size-line-width relationships.

  5. Solar off-limb line widths: Alfvén waves, ion-cyclotron waves, and preferential heating

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dolla, L.; Solomon, J.

    2008-05-01

    Context: Alfvén waves and ion-cyclotron absorption of high-frequency waves are frequently brought into models devoted to coronal heating and fast solar-wind acceleration. Signatures of ion-cyclotron resonance have already been observed in situ in the solar wind (HELIOS spacecrafts) and, recently, in the upper corona (UVCS/SOHO remote-sensing results). Aims: We propose a method to constrain both the Alfvén wave amplitude and the preferential heating induced by ion-cyclotron resonance, above a partially developed polar coronal hole observed with the SUMER/SOHO spectrometer. Methods: The instrumental stray light contribution is first substracted from the spectra. By supposing that the non-thermal velocity is related to the Alfvén wave amplitude, it is constrained through a density diagnostic and the gradient of the width of the Mg X 625 Å line. The temperatures of several coronal ions, as functions of the distance above the limb, are then determined by substracting the non-thermal component to the observed line widths. Results: The effect of stray light explains the apparent decrease with height in the width of several spectral lines, this decrease usually starting about 0.1-0.2 R_⊙ above the limb. This result rules out any direct evidence of damping of the Alfvén waves, often suggested by other authors. We also find that the ions with the smallest charge-to-mass ratios are the hottest ones at a fixed altitude and that they are subject to a stronger heating, as compared to the others, between 57´´ and 102´´ above the limb. This constitutes a serious clue to ion-cyclotron preferential heating.

  6. Area Judgment from Width and Height Information: The Case of the Rectangle.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mullet, Etienne; Rulence-Paques, Patricia

    1998-01-01

    Adults, 9-year olds, and 5-year olds were shown horizontal and vertical lines of various sizes, presented on same wall or different walls, and asked to estimate corresponding area. Responses indicated that when width and height were separated, children gave same weight to both dimensions while adults gave greater weight to larger dimensions; when…

  7. Optimization of a Focusable and Rotatable Shear-Wave Periodic Permanent Magnet Electromagnetic Acoustic Transducers for Plates Inspection

    PubMed Central

    Qiu, Gongzhe

    2017-01-01

    Due to the symmetry of conventional periodic-permanent-magnet electromagnetic acoustic transducers (PPM EMATs), two shear (SH) waves can be generated and propagated simultaneously in opposite directions, which makes the signal recognition and interpretation complicatedly. Thus, this work presents a new SH wave PPM EMAT design, rotating the parallel line sources to realize the wave beam focusing in a single-direction. The theoretical model of distributed line sources was deduced firstly, and the effects of some parameters, such as the inner coil width, adjacent line sources spacing and the angle between parallel line sources, on SH wave focusing and directivity were studied mainly with the help of 3D FEM. Employing the proposed PPM EMATs, some experiments are carried out to verify the reliability of FEM simulation. The results indicate that rotating the parallel line sources can strength the wave on the closing side of line sources, decreasing the inner coil width and the adjacent line sources spacing can improve the amplitude and directivity of signals excited by transducers. Compared with traditional PPM EMATs, both the capacity of unidirectional excitation and directivity of the proposed PPM EMATs are improved significantly. PMID:29186790

  8. H-α profile of M-type red giant stars by using astronomical spectroscopy technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saadon, Mohd Hafiz Mohd; Zainuddin, Mohd Zambri

    2013-05-01

    The technique of spectroscopy in astronomy is a research or a method which uses spectrum lines emitted by a body that emit electromagnetic ray. These lines will be used to determine the characteristics of any celestial body and one of the most dominant lines is H-α line. The research has been using 20RC Carbon Truss Ritchey-Chrétien telescope, SBIG Self Guided Spectrograph (SGS) with high resolution camera Couple-Charged Device CCD ST-7E. Since H-α line is to be found at 6562.817 Å, neon lamp is being used as calibration because of the obvious lines of this element is in the higher range of visible wavelength, from 5800 to 7500 Å. The software: TheSky and CCDSoft are being used for collecting and analyzing observed data while IRAF which being installed on LINUX interface are used to process the collected data. The data were processed to measure the full width half maximum (FHWM) and equivalent width (EW) for H-α line for each star. Seven M-type red giants that have been chosen are HD 80493, HD 148478, HD 39801, HD 112300, HD 101153, HD 156014 and HD 148783.

  9. Optimization of a Focusable and Rotatable Shear-Wave Periodic Permanent Magnet Electromagnetic Acoustic Transducers for Plates Inspection.

    PubMed

    Song, Xiaochun; Qiu, Gongzhe

    2017-11-24

    Due to the symmetry of conventional periodic-permanent-magnet electromagnetic acoustic transducers (PPM EMATs), two shear (SH) waves can be generated and propagated simultaneously in opposite directions, which makes the signal recognition and interpretation complicatedly. Thus, this work presents a new SH wave PPM EMAT design, rotating the parallel line sources to realize the wave beam focusing in a single-direction. The theoretical model of distributed line sources was deduced firstly, and the effects of some parameters, such as the inner coil width, adjacent line sources spacing and the angle between parallel line sources, on SH wave focusing and directivity were studied mainly with the help of 3D FEM. Employing the proposed PPM EMATs, some experiments are carried out to verify the reliability of FEM simulation. The results indicate that rotating the parallel line sources can strength the wave on the closing side of line sources, decreasing the inner coil width and the adjacent line sources spacing can improve the amplitude and directivity of signals excited by transducers. Compared with traditional PPM EMATs, both the capacity of unidirectional excitation and directivity of the proposed PPM EMATs are improved significantly.

  10. VizieR Online Data Catalog: RPA Southern Pilot Search of 107 Stars (Hansen+, 2018)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hansen, T. T.; Holmbeck, E. M.; Beers, T. C.; Placco, V. M.; Roederer, I. U.; Frebel, A.; Sakari, C. M.; Simon, J. D.; Thompson, I. B.

    2018-03-01

    Complete equivalent width measurements of FeI and FeII lines for all stars in our sample used to derive spectroscopic stellar parameters. Also included are the derived abundances for each line. (2 data files).

  11. Alfven's critical ionization velocity observed in high power impulse magnetron sputtering discharges

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Brenning, N.; Lundin, D.

    2012-09-15

    Azimuthally rotating dense plasma structures, spokes, have recently been detected in several high power impulse magnetron sputtering (HiPIMS) devices used for thin film deposition and surface treatment, and are thought to be important for plasma buildup, energizing of electrons, as well as cross-B transport of charged particles. In this work, the drift velocities of these spokes are shown to be strongly correlated with the critical ionization velocity, CIV, proposed by Alfven. It is proposed as the most promising approach in combining the CIV and HiPIMS research fields is to focus on the role of spokes in the process of electronmore » energization.« less

  12. On Alfvenic Waves and Stochastic Ion Heating with 1Re Observations of Strong Field-aligned Currents, Electric Fields, and O+ ions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Coffey, Victoria; Chandler, Michael; Singh, Nagendra

    2008-01-01

    The role that the cleft/cusp has in ionosphere/magnetosphere coupling makes it a very dynamic region having similar fundamental processes to those within the auroral regions. With Polar passing through the cusp at 1 Re in the Spring of 1996, we observe a strong correlation between ion heating and broadband ELF (BBELF) emissions. This commonly observed relationship led to the study of the coupling of large field-aligned currents, burst electric fields, and the thermal O+ ions. We demonstrate the role of these measurements to Alfvenic waves and stochastic ion heating. Finally we will show the properties of the resulting density cavities.

  13. Solar Probe Plus

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Szabo, Adam

    2011-01-01

    The NASA Solar Probe Plus mission is planned to be launched in 2018 to study the upper solar corona with both.in-situ and remote sensing instrumentation. The mission will utilize 6 Venus gravity assist maneuver to gradually lower its perihelion to 9.5 Rs below the expected Alfven pOint to study the sub-alfvenic solar wind that is still at least partially co-rotates with the Sun. The detailed science objectives of this mission will be discussed. SPP will have a strong synergy with The ESA/NASA Solar orbiter mission to be launched a year ahead. Both missions will focus on the inner heliosphere and will have complimentary instrumentations. Strategies to exploit this synergy will be also presented.

  14. Electron beam transport with current above the Alfven--Lawson limit

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Al'terkop, B.A.; Sokulin, A.Y.; Tarakanov, V.P.

    1989-08-01

    The quasisteady state of a magnetized electron beam with a current above the Alfven-Lawson limit in a cylindrical waveguide of finite length is analyzed. The distribution of the electrostatic field, the limiting current, and the critical length of the waveguide are found in a two-dimensional system. The basic characteristics of the beam for the injection of a current above the limit---the position of the virtual cathode, the beam thickness, and the current which can be transported---are determined. The current which can be transported may exceed the theoretical limit. The accuracy of the analytic results is confirmed by comparison with themore » results of experiments and numerical simulations.« less

  15. Study on profile measurement of extruding tire tread by laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, LiangCai; Zhang, Wanping; Zhu, Weihu

    1996-10-01

    This paper presents a new 2D measuring system-profile measurement of extruding tire tread by laser. It includes the thickness measurement of extruding tire tread by laser and the width measurement of extruding tire tread using Moire Fringe. The system has been applied to process line of extruding tire tread. Two measuring results have been obtained. One is a standard profile picture of extruding tire tread including seven measuring values. Another one is a series of thickness and width values. When the scanning speed < 100mm/sec and total width < 800mm. The measuring errors of width < +/- 0.5mm. While the thickness range is < 40mm. The measuring errors of thickness < +/- 0.1mm.

  16. Three dimensional magnetohydrodynamic simulation of linearly polarised Alfven wave dynamics in Arnold-Beltrami-Childress magnetic field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tsiklauri, David

    2015-04-01

    Previous studies (e.g., Malara et al., Astrophys. J. 533, 523 (2000)) considered small-amplitude Alfven wave (AW) packets in Arnold-Beltrami-Childress (ABC) magnetic field using WKB approximation. They draw a distinction between 2D AW dissipation via phase mixing and 3D AW dissipation via exponentially divergent magnetic field lines. In the former case, AW dissipation time scales as S 1/3 and in the latter as log(S) , where S is the Lundquist number. In this work [1], linearly polarised Alfven wave dynamics in ABC magnetic field via direct 3D magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) numerical simulation is studied for the first time. A Gaussian AW pulse with length-scale much shorter than ABC domain length and a harmonic AW with wavelength equal to ABC domain length are studied for four different resistivities. While it is found that AWs dissipate quickly in the ABC field, contrary to an expectation, it is found the AW perturbation energy increases in time. In the case of the harmonic AW, the perturbation energy growth is transient in time, attaining peaks in both velocity and magnetic perturbation energies within timescales much smaller than the resistive time. In the case of the Gaussian AW pulse, the velocity perturbation energy growth is still transient in time, attaining a peak within few resistive times, while magnetic perturbation energy continues to grow. It is also shown that the total magnetic energy decreases in time and this is governed by the resistive evolution of the background ABC magnetic field rather than AW damping. On contrary, when the background magnetic field is uniform, the total magnetic energy decrease is prescribed by AW damping, because there is no resistive evolution of the background. By considering runs with different amplitudes and by analysing the perturbation spectra, possible dynamo action by AW perturbation-induced peristaltic flow and inverse cascade of magnetic energy have been excluded. Therefore, the perturbation energy growth is attributed to a new instability. The growth rate appears to be dependent on the value of the resistivity and the spatial scale of the AW disturbance. Thus, when going beyond WKB approximation, AW damping, described by full MHD equations, does not guarantee decrease of perturbation energy. This has implications for the MHD wave plasma heating in exponentially divergent magnetic fields. [1] D. Tsiklauri, Phys. Plasmas 21, 052902 (2014); http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.4875920 This research is funded by the Leverhulme Trust Research Project Grant RPG-311

  17. Dynamic modeling of GMA fillet welding using cross-correlation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hellinga, M.; Huissoon, J.; Kerr, H.

    1996-12-31

    The feasibility of employing the cross-correlation system identification technique as a dynamic modeling method for the GMAW process was examined. This approach has the advantages of modeling speed, the ability to operate in low signal to noise environments, the ease of digital implementation, and the lack of model order assumption, making it ideal in a welding application. The width of the weld pool was the parameter investigated as a function of torch travel speed. Both on-line and off-line width measurements were used to identify the impulse response. Experimental results are presented and comparisons made with both step and ramp response.

  18. Correction Factor for Gaussian Deconvolution of Optically Thick Linewidths in Homogeneous Sources

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kastner, S. O.; Bhatia, A. K.

    1999-01-01

    Profiles of optically thick, non-Gaussian emission line profiles convoluted with Gaussian instrumental profiles are constructed, and are deconvoluted on the usual Gaussian basis to examine the departure from accuracy thereby caused in "measured" linewidths. It is found that "measured" linewidths underestimate the true linewidths of optically thick lines, by a factor which depends on the resolution factor r congruent to Doppler width/instrumental width and on the optical thickness tau(sub 0). An approximating expression is obtained for this factor, applicable in the range of at least 0 <= tau(sub 0) <= 10, which can provide estimates of the true linewidth and optical thickness.

  19. Characterization of the frequency stability of an optical frequency standard at 1.39 µm based upon noise-immune cavity-enhanced optical heterodyne molecular spectroscopy.

    PubMed

    Dinesan, H; Fasci, E; D'Addio, A; Castrillo, A; Gianfrani, L

    2015-01-26

    Frequency fluctuations of an optical frequency standard at 1.39 µm have been measured by means of a highly-sensitive optical frequency discriminator based on the fringe-side transmission of a high finesse optical resonator. Built on a Zerodur spacer, the optical resonator exhibits a finesse of 5500 and a cavity-mode width of about 120 kHz. The optical frequency standard consists of an extended-cavity diode laser that is tightly stabilized against the center of a sub-Doppler H(2) (18)O line, this latter being detected by means of noise-immune cavity-enhanced optical heterodyne molecular spectroscopy. The emission linewidth has been carefully determined from the frequency-noise power spectral density by using a rather simple approximation, known as β-line approach, as well as the exact method based on the autocorrelation function of the laser light field. It turns out that the linewidth of the optical frequency standard amounts to about 7 kHz (full width at half maximum) for an observation time of 1 ms. Compared to the free-running laser, the measured width corresponds to a line narrowing by a factor of ~220.

  20. What is Driving the H I Velocity Dispersion?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tamburro, D.; Rix, H.-W.; Leroy, A. K.; Mac Low, M.-M.; Walter, F.; Kennicutt, R. C.; Brinks, E.; de Blok, W. J. G.

    2009-05-01

    We explore what dominant physical mechanism sets the kinetic energy contained in neutral, atomic (H I) gas. Both supernova (SN) explosions and magnetorotational instability (MRI) have been proposed to drive turbulence in gas disks and we compare the H I line widths predicted from turbulence driven by these mechanisms to direct observations in 11 disk galaxies. We use high-quality maps of the H I mass surface density and line width, obtained by The H I Nearby Galaxy Survey. We show that all sample galaxies exhibit a systematic radial decline in the H I line width, which appears to be a generic property of H I disks and also implies a radial decline in kinetic energy density of H I. At a galactocentric radius of r 25—often comparable to the extent of significant star formation—there is a characteristic value of the H I velocity dispersion of 10 ± 2 km s-1. Inside this radius, galaxies show H I line widths well above the thermal value (corresponding to ~8 km s-1) expected from a warm H I component, implying that turbulence drivers must be responsible for maintaining this line width. Therefore, we compare maps of H I kinetic energy to maps of the star formation rate (SFR)—a proxy for the SN rate—and to predictions for energy generated by MRI. We find a positive correlation between kinetic energy of H I and SFR; this correlation also holds at fixed Σ_{H I}, as expected if SNe were driving turbulence. For a given turbulence dissipation timescale, we can estimate the energy input required to maintain the observed kinetic energy. The SN rate implied by the observed recent SFR is sufficient to maintain the observed velocity dispersion, if the SN feedback efficiency is at least epsilonSN sime 0.1 × (107 yr/τ D ), assuming τ D sime 107 yr for the turbulence dissipation timescale. Beyond r 25, this efficiency would have to increase to unrealistic values, epsilon gsim 1, suggesting that mechanical energy input from young stellar populations does not supply most kinetic energy in outer disks. On the other hand, both thermal broadening and turbulence driven by MRI can plausibly produce the velocity dispersions and kinetic energies that we observe in this regime (gsimr 25).

  1. Observation of Neutral Sodium Above Mercury During the Transit of November 8, 2006

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Potter, A. E.; Killen, R. M.; Reardon, Kevin P.; Bida, T. A.

    2013-01-01

    We mapped the absorption of sunlight by sodium vapor in the exosphere of Mercury during the transit of Mercury on November 8, 2006, using the IBIS Interferometric BIdimensional Spectrometer at the Dunn Solar Telescope operated by the National Solar Observatory at Sunspot, New Mexico. The measurements were reduced to line-of-sight equivalent widths for absorption at the sodium D2 line around the shadow of Mercury. The sodium absorption fell off exponentially with altitude up to about 600 km. However there were regions around north and south polar-regions where relatively uniform sodium absorptions extended above 1000 km. We corrected the 0-600 km altitude profiles for seeing blur using the measured point spread function. Analysis of the corrected altitude distributions yielded surface densities, zenith column densities, temperatures and scale heights for sodium all around the planet. Sodium absorption on the dawn side equatorial terminator was less than on the dusk side, different from previous observations of the relative absorption levels. We also determined Earthward velocities for sodium atoms, and line widths for the absorptions. Earthward velocities resulting from radiation pressure on sodium averaged 0.8 km/s, smaller than a prediction of 1.5 km/s. Most line widths were in the range of 20 mA after correction for instrumental broadening, corresponding to temperatures in the range of 1000 K.

  2. Hα line measurements from ten diffuse galactic sources using the DEFPOS facility

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sahan, M.; Oflaz, F. M.; Yegingil, I.; Tel, E.

    2015-08-01

    The hydrogen Balmer-α emission line spectrum of ten diffuse ionization sources in the Milk Way - NGC 40 (WC8), NGC 2022, NGC 6210, NGC 6618 (M17, Sh2-45), NGC 6720 (M57), NGC 6781, NGC 6888 (Sh2-105), NGC 6992 (Sh2-103), NGC 7635 (Sh2-162,) and IC 1848 (Sh2-199) - has been investigated using a dual etalon Fabry-Pérot optical spectrometer (DEFPOS) aatached to the 150 cm RTT150 telescope at TUBITAK National Observatory (TUG, Antalya, Turkey: 36° 51' N; 30° 20' E; elevation: 2547 m). All of our galactic Hα observations discussed in this paper were carried out during the nights of 2013 June 21-24 with exposure time of 3600 s. As main results the intensity, the full width at half maximum, and the radial velocity with respect to the LSR have been determined for each data set. The intensities, the radial velocities, and the line widths of the Hα emission line vary from 59.15 to 8923.44 R, -46.72 to +54.07 km s-1, and 31.4 to 48.01 km s-1, respectively. The radial velocities and the half-widths of the H II regions and planetary nebulae determined from our measurements are found to be consistent with values given in literature, especially with those in Schneider et al. (1983) and Fich et al. (1990).

  3. Comparison of 5-year progression of retinitis pigmentosa involving the posterior pole among siblings by means of SD-OCT: a retrospective study.

    PubMed

    Colombo, Leonardo; Montesano, Giovanni; Sala, Barbara; Patelli, Fabio; Maltese, Paolo; Abeshi, Andi; Bertelli, Matteo; Rossetti, Luca

    2018-06-26

    The aim of this study is to analyze and compare the progression of photoreceptor atrophy among siblings affected by retinitis pigmentosa by means of spectral SD-OCT. Fifty three eyes of 27 patients belonging to 12 family clusters were analyzed. To assess the annual progression rate of photoreceptor atrophy, the ellipsoid zone (EZ) line was measured in OCT sections through the fovea. We used multivariate generalized mixed effects to model the rate of progression and its relation to the initial ellipsoid zone line width. During our 4.84 years (± 1.44) mean follow up time (range 3-7) 53 eyes were examined. The ellipsoid zone line width declined with a yearly average rate of 76.4 μm (4.16% / year) (p-value < 0.0001). Progression rates were poorly correlated within family clusters (p-value = 0.23) and showed statistical difference between affected siblings (p-value = 0.007). There was no correlation between inter-familiar progression rate and mode of inheritance (p-value = 0.98) as well as between age and ellipsoid zone line width among siblings (p-value = 0.91). RP could be extremely heterogeneous even among siblings: an accurate and sensitive method to follow the progression of the disease is fundamental for future development of clinical trials and therapy strategies.

  4. [Microsecond Pulsed Hollow Cathode Lamp as Enhanced Excitation Source of Hydride Generation Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry].

    PubMed

    Zhang, Shuo

    2015-09-01

    The spectral, electrical and atomic fluorescence characteristics of As, Se, Sb and Pb hollow cathode lamps (HCLs) powered by a laboratory-built high current microsecond pulse (HCMP) power supply were studied, and the feasibility of using HCMP-HCLs as the excitation source of hydride generation atomic fluorescence spectrometry (HG-AFS) was evaluated. Under the HCMP power supply mode, the As, Se, Sb, Pb HCLs can maintain stable glow discharge at frequency of 100~1000 Hz, pulse width of 4.0~20 μs and pulse current up to 4.0 A. Relationship between the intensity of characteristic emission lines and HCMP power supply parameters, such as pulse current, power supply voltage, pulse width and frequency, was studied in detail. Compared with the conventional pulsed (CP) HCLs used in commercial AFS instruments, HCMP-HCLs have a narrower pulse width and much stronger pulse current. Under the optimized HCMP power supply parameters, the intensity of atomic emission lines of As, Se, Sb HCLs had sharp enhancement and that indicated their capacity of being a novel HG-AFS excitation source. However, the attenuation of atomic lines and enhancement of ionic lines negated such feasibility of HCMP-Pb HCL. Then the HG-AFS analytical capability of using the HCMP-As/Se/Sb HCLs excitation source was established and results showed that the HCMP-HCL is a promising excitation source for HG-AFS.

  5. KINETIC ALFVEN WAVES EXCITED BY OBLIQUE MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMIC ALFVEN WAVES IN CORONAL HOLES

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhao, J. S.; Wu, D. J.; Lu, J. Y., E-mail: js_zhao@pmo.ac.cn, E-mail: djwu@pmo.ac.cn, E-mail: lujy@cma.gov.cn

    Kinetic Alfven waves (KAWs) are small-scale dispersive AWs that can play an important role in particle heating and acceleration of space and solar plasmas. An excitation mechanism for KAWs created by the coupling between large-scale oblique AWs and small-scale KAWs is presented in this paper. Taking into account both the collisional and Landau damping dissipations, the results show that the net growth rate of the excited KAWs increases with their perpendicular wavenumber k{sub perpendicular} and reaches maximum at {lambda}{sub e} k{sub perpendicular} {approx} 0.3, where {lambda}{sub e} is the electron inertial length. However, for KAWs with shorter perpendicular wavelengths, themore » net growth rate decreases rapidly due to dissipative effects. The evaluation of the threshold amplitude of the AW implies that for KAWs with {lambda}{sub e} k{sub perpendicular} < 0.3, the relative threshold amplitude is well below 10%, which is easy to satisfy. In particular, when applying this mechanism to the case of a solar coronal hole containing a dense plume structure, our results show that KAWs with {lambda}{sub e} k{sub perpendicular} < 0.3 can be not only efficiently excited in the interplume region but also strongly dissipated in the dense plume due to the Landau damping.« less

  6. Effect of chemoepitaxial guiding underlayer design on the pattern quality and shape of aligned lamellae for fabrication of line-space patterns

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nation, Benjamin D.; Peters, Andrew J.; Lawson, Richard A.; Ludovice, Peter J.; Henderson, Clifford L.

    2017-10-01

    Chemoepitaxial guidance of block copolymer directed self-assembly in thin films is explored using a coarse-grained molecular dynamics model. The underlayers studied are 2× density multiplying line-space patterns composed of repeating highly preferential pinning stripes of various widths separated by larger, more neutral, background regions of various compositions. Decreasing the pinning stripe width or making the background region more neutral is found to increase the line edge roughness (LER) of the lines, but these conditions are found to give the straightest sidewalls for the formed lines. Varying these underlayer properties is found to have minimal effect on linewidth roughness. A larger pinning stripe causes the pinned line (PL) to foot (expand near the substrate), and a preferential background region causes the unpinned line (UPL) to undercut (contract near the substrate). A simple model was developed to predict the optimal conditions to eliminate footing. Using this model, conditions are found that decrease footing of the PL, but these conditions increase undercutting in the UPL. Deformations in either the PL or UPL propagate to the other line. There exists a trade-off between LER and the footing/undercutting, that is, decreasing LER increases footing/undercutting and vice versa.

  7. --No Title--

    Science.gov Websites

    :#ccc;text-align:center;padding:5px}.upper_button{text-align:right;padding-bottom:5px}.side_button[type ;width:175px;text-align:left;font-weight:bold;overflow:hidden}.left_head_title_alt{float:left;width:175px ;text-align:left;font-weight:bold;line-height:16px;margin-top:3px;padding-top:0}.left_head_add

  8. DETECTION OF THE INTERMEDIATE-WIDTH EMISSION LINE REGION IN QUASAR OI 287 WITH THE BROAD EMISSION LINE REGION OBSCURED BY THE DUSTY TORUS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Li, Zhenzhen; Zhou, Hongyan; Wang, Huiyuan

    2015-10-20

    The existence of intermediate-width emission line regions (IELRs) in active galactic nuclei has been discussed for over two decades. A consensus, however, is yet to be arrived at due to the lack of convincing evidence for their detection. We present a detailed analysis of the broadband spectrophotometry of the partially obscured quasar OI 287. The ultraviolet intermediate-width emission lines (IELs) are very prominent, in high contrast to the corresponding broad emission lines (BELs) which are heavily suppressed by dust reddening. Assuming that the IELR is virialized, we estimated its distance to the central black hole to be ∼2.9 pc, similarmore » to the dust sublimation radius of ∼1.3 pc. Photo-ionization calculations suggest that the IELR has a hydrogen density of ∼10{sup 8.8}–10{sup 9.4} cm{sup −3}, within the range of values quoted for the dusty torus near the sublimation radius. Both its inferred location and physical conditions suggest that the IELR originates from the inner surface of the dusty torus. In the spectrum of this quasar, we identified only one narrow absorption-line system associated with the dusty material. With the aid of photo-ionization model calculations, we found that the obscuring material might originate from an outer region of the dusty torus. We speculate that the dusty torus, which is exposed to the central ionizing source, may produce IELs through photo-ionization processes, as well as obscure BELs as a natural “coronagraph.” Such a “coronagraph” could be found in a large number of partially obscured quasars and may be a useful tool to study IELRs.« less

  9. Three-dimensional stereoscopic analysis of a coronal mass ejection and comparison with UV spectroscopic data

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Susino, Roberto; Bemporad, Alessandro; Dolei, Sergio, E-mail: susino@oato.inaf.it, E-mail: sdo@oact.inaf.it

    2014-07-20

    A three-dimensional (3D) reconstruction of the 2007 May 20 partial-halo coronal mass ejection (CME) has been made using STEREO/EUVI and STEREO/COR1 coronagraphic images. The trajectory and kinematics of the erupting filament have been derived from Extreme Ultraviolet Imager (EUVI) image pairs with the 'tie-pointing' triangulation technique, while the polarization ratio technique has been applied to COR1 data to determine the average position and depth of the CME front along the line of sight. This 3D geometrical information has been combined for the first time with spectroscopic measurements of the O VI λλ1031.91, 1037.61 line profiles made with the Ultraviolet Coronagraphmore » Spectrometer (UVCS) on board the Solar and Heliospheric Observatory. Comparison between the prominence trajectory extrapolated at the altitude of UVCS observations and the core transit time measured from UVCS data made possible a firm identification of the CME core observed in white light and UV with the prominence plasma expelled during the CME. Results on the 3D structure of the CME front have been used to calculate synthetic spectral profiles of the O VI λ1031.91 line expected along the UVCS slit, in an attempt to reproduce the measured line widths. Observed line widths can be reproduced within the uncertainties only in the peripheral part of the CME front; at the front center, where the distance of the emitting plasma from the plane of the sky is greater, synthetic widths turn out to be ∼25% lower than the measured ones. This provides strong evidence of line broadening due to plasma heating mechanisms in addition to bulk expansion of the emitting volume.« less

  10. Strong optical and UV intermediate-width emission lines in the quasar SDSS J232444.80-094600.3: dust-free and intermediate-density gas at the skin of dusty torus?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Zhen-Zhen; Zhou, Hong-Yan; Hao, Lei; Wang, Shu-Fen; Ji, Tuo; Liu, Bo

    2016-09-01

    Emission lines from the broad emission line region (BELR) and the narrow emission line region (NELR) of active galactic nuclei (AGNs) have been extensively studied. However, emission lines are rarely detected between these two regions. We present a detailed analysis of quasar SDSS J232444.80-094600.3 (SDSS J2324-0946), which is remarkable for its strong intermediate-width emission lines (IELs) with FWHM ≈ 1800 km s-1. The IEL component is present in different emission lines, including the permitted lines Lyα λ1216, CIV λ1549, semiforbidden line [CIII] λ1909, and forbidden lines [OIII] λλ4959, 5007. With the aid of photo-ionization models, we found that the IELs are produced by gas with a hydrogen density of nH ˜ 106.2 ˜ 106.3 cm-3, a distance from the central ionizing source of R ˜ 35 - 50 pc, a covering factor of ˜ 6%, and a dust-to-gas ratio of ≤ 4% that of the SMC. We suggest that the strong IELs of this quasar are produced by nearly dust-free and intermediate-density gas located at the skin of the dusty torus. Such strong IELs, which serve as a useful diagnostic, can provide an avenue to study the properties of gas between the BELR and the NELR.

  11. A Study of Alfven Wave Propagation and Heating the Chromosphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tu, J.; Song, P.

    2013-12-01

    Alfven wave propagation, reflection and heating of the solar atmosphere are studied for a one-dimensional solar atmosphere by self-consistently solving plasma and neutral fluid equations and Maxwell's equations with incorporation of the Hall effect, strong electron-neutral, electron-ion, and ion-neutral collisions. The governing equations are very stiff because of the strong coupling between the charged and neutral fluids. We have developed a numerical model based on an implicit backward difference formula (BDF2) of second order accuracy both in time and space to overcome the stiffness. A non-reflecting boundary condition is applied to the top boundary of the simulation domain so that the wave reflection within the domain due to the density gradient can be unambiguously determined. It is shown that the Alfven waves are partially reflected throughout the chromosphere. The reflection is increasingly stronger at higher altitudes and the strongest reflection occurs at the transition region. The waves are damped in the lower chromosphere dominantly through Joule dissipation due to electron collisions with neutrals and ions. The heating resulting from the wave damping is strong enough to balance the radiation energy loss for the quiet chromosphere. The collisional dissipation of the Alfven waves in the weakly collisional corona is negligible. The heating rates are larger for weaker background magnetic fields. In addition, higher frequency waves are subject to heavier damping. There is an upper cutoff frequency, depending on the background magnetic field, above which the waves are completely damped. At the frequencies below which the waves are not strongly damped, the waves may be strongly reflected at the transition region. The reflected waves interacting with the upward propagating waves may produce power at their double frequencies, which leads to more damping. Due to the reflection and damping, the energy flux of the waves transmitted to the corona is one order of magnitude smaller than that of the driving source.

  12. Toroidal Alfven Waves in Advanced Tokamaks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berk, Herbert L.

    2003-10-01

    In burning plasma experiments, alpha particles have speeds that readily resonate with shear Alfven waves. It is essential to understand this Alfven wave spectrum for toroidal plasma confinement. Most interest has focused on the Toroidal Alfven Eigenmode (TAE), and a method of analysis has been developed to understand the structure of this mode at a flux surface with a given magnetic shear. However, this model fails when the shear is too low or reversed. In this case a new method of analysis is required, which must incorporate novel fluid-like effects from the energetic particles [1] and also include effects that are second order in the inverse toroidal aspect ratio. With this new method [2] we can obtain spectral features that agree with experimental results. In particular, this theory gives an explanation for the so-called Cascade modes that have been observed in JT-60 [3], JET [4], and TFTR [5]. For these Cascade modes, slow upward frequency sweeping is observed, beginning from frequencies below the TAE range but then often blending into the TAE range of frequencies. The theoretical understanding of the Cascades modes has evolved to the point where these modes can be used as a diagnostic "signature" [6] to experimentally optimize the formation of thermal barriers in reversed-shear operation when the minimum q value is an integer. [1] H. L. Berk et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 87, 185 (2002). [2] B. N. Breizman et al., submitted to Phys. Plasmas (2003). [3] H. Kimura et al., Nucl. Fusion 38, 1303 (1998). [4] S. Sharapov et al., Phys. Lett. A 289, 127 (2001); S. Sharapov, Phys. Plasmas 9, 2027 (2002). [5] R. Nazikian, H. L. Berk, et al., Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 47, 327 (2002). [6] E. Joffrin et al., Plasma Phys. Contr. Fusion 44, 1739 (2002); E. Joffrin et al., in Proc. 2002 IAEA Fusion Energy Conference, submitted to Nucl. Fusion.

  13. Evolution of auroral acceleration region field-aligned current systems, plasma, and potentials observed by Cluster during substorms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hull, A. J.; Chaston, C. C.; Fillingim, M. O.; Frey, H. U.; Goldstein, M. L.; Bonnell, J. W.; Mozer, F.

    2015-12-01

    The auroral acceleration region is an integral link in the chain of events that transpire during substorms, and the currents, plasma and electric fields undergo significant changes driven by complex dynamical processes deep in the magnetotail. The acceleration processes that occur therein accelerate and heat the plasma that ultimately leads to some of the most intense global substorm auroral displays. Though this region has garnered considerable attention, the temporal evolution of field-aligned current systems, associated acceleration processes, and resultant changes in the plasma constituents that occur during key stages of substorm development remain unclear. In this study we present a survey of Cluster traversals within and just above the auroral acceleration region (≤3 Re altitude) during substorms. Particular emphasis is on the spatial morphology and developmental sequence of auroral acceleration current systems, potentials and plasma constituents, with the aim of identifying controlling factors, and assessing auroral emmission consequences. Exploiting multi-point measurements from Cluster in combination with auroral imaging, we reveal the injection powered, Alfvenic nature of both the substorm onset and expansion of auroral particle acceleration. We show evidence that indicates substorm onsets are characterized by the gross-intensification and filamentation/striation of pre-existing large-scale current systems to smaller/dispersive scale Alfven waves. Such an evolutionary sequence has been suggested in theoretical models or single spacecraft data, but has not been demonstrated or characterized in multispacecraft observations until now. It is also shown how the Alfvenic variations over time may dissipate to form large-scale inverted-V structures characteristic of the quasi-static aurora. These findings suggest that, in addition to playing active roles in driving substorm aurora, inverted-V and Alfvenic acceleration processes are causally linked. Key elements of substorm current spatial structure and temporal development, relationship to electric fields/potentials, plasma moment and distribution features, causal linkages to auroral emission features, and other properties will be discussed.

  14. Double Magnetic Reconnection Driven by Kelvin-Helmholtz Vortices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Horton, W., Jr.; Faganello, M.; Califano, F.; Pegoraro, F.

    2017-12-01

    Simulations and theory for the solar wind driven magnetic reconnection in the flanks of the magnetopause is shown to be intrinsically 3D with the secular growth of couple pairs of reconnection regions off the equatorial plane. We call the process double mid-latitude reconnection and show supporting 3D simulations and theory descripting the secular growth of the magnetic reconnection with the resulting mixing of the solar wind plasma with the magnetosphere plasma. The initial phase develops Kelvin-Helmholtz vortices at low-latitude and, through the propagation of Alfven waves far from the region where the stresses are generated, creates a standard quasi-2D low latitude boundary layer magnetic reconnection but off the equatorial plane and with a weak guide field component. The reconnection exponential growth is followed by a secularly growing nonlinear phase that gradually closes the solar wind field lines on the Earth. The nonlinear field line structure provides a channel for penetration of the SW plasma into the MS as observed by spacecraft [THEMIS and Cluster]. The simulations show the amount of solar wind plasma brought into the magnetosphere by tracing the time evolution of the areas corresponding to double reconnected field lines with Poincare maps. The results for the solar wind plasma brought into the magnetosphere seems consistent with the observed plasma transport. Finally, we have shown how the intrinsic 3D nature of the doubly reconnected magnetic field lines leads to the generation of twisted magnetic spatial structures that differ from the quasi-2D magnetic islands structures.

  15. Self-absorption characteristics of measured laser-induced plasma line shapes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Parigger, C. G.; Surmick, D. M.; Gautam, G.

    2017-02-01

    The determination of electron density and temperature is reported from line-of-sight measurements of laser-induced plasma. Experiments are conducted in standard ambient temperature and pressure air and in a cell containing ultra-high-pure hydrogen slightly above atmospheric pressure. Spectra of the hydrogen Balmer series lines can be measured in laboratory air due to residual moisture following optical breakdown generated with 13 to 14 nanosecond, pulsed Nd:YAG laser radiation. Comparisons with spectra obtained in hydrogen gas yields Abel-inverted line shape appearances that indicate occurrence of self-absorption. The electron density and temperature distributions along the line of sight show near-spherical rings, expanding at or near the speed of sound in the hydrogen gas experiments. The temperatures in the hydrogen studies are obtained using Balmer series alpha, beta, gamma profiles. Over and above the application of empirical formulae to derive the electron density from hydrogen alpha width and shift, and from hydrogen beta width and peak-separation, so-called escape factors and the use of a doubling mirror are discussed.

  16. Theoretical study of fabrication of line-and-space patterns with 7 nm quarter-pitch using electron beam lithography with chemically amplified resist process: III. Post exposure baking on quartz substrates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kozawa, Takahiro

    2015-09-01

    Electron beam (EB) lithography is a key technology for the fabrication of photomasks for ArF immersion and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography and molds for nanoimprint lithography. In this study, the temporal change in the chemical gradient of line-and-space patterns with a 7 nm quarter-pitch (7 nm space width and 21 nm line width) was calculated until it became constant, independently of postexposure baking (PEB) time, to clarify the feasibility of single nano patterning on quartz substrates using EB lithography with chemically amplified resist processes. When the quencher diffusion constant is the same as the acid diffusion constant, the maximum chemical gradient of the line-and-space pattern with a 7 nm quarter-pitch did not differ much from that with a 14 nm half-pitch under the condition described above. Also, from the viewpoint of process control, a low quencher diffusion constant is considered to be preferable for the fabrication of line-and-space patterns with a 7 nm quarter-pitch on quartz substrates.

  17. Mass Ejection from Old and Young Stars and the Sun

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jatenco-Pereira, V.; Opher, R.

    1990-11-01

    RESUMEN. Para poder explicar: 1) la enorme cantidad de perdida de masa y la baja velocidad asint5tica de las estrellas gigantes de o, y 2) los flujos de masa observados en protoestrellas, se sugiere un modelo para Ia perdida de masa, en donde se usa un flujo de ondas de Alfvencomo un mecanismo de aceleraci6n para los vientos de estrellas de tipo y vientos en protoestrellas. Se estudian los mecanismos de disipaci5n de las ondas de Alfven: los amortiguamientos no lineal, de superficie reso- nante y turbulento. En nuestro modelo se usa una divergente A(r) = A(R0) (r/r0)5 (donde A(r) es el area a una distancia radial r, y (A(r)/r2)max/(A(ro)/r02 - 10). Tambien se sugiere un modelo para una de hoyo coronal en el Sol. Se muestra que para satisfacer los datos observacionales en el Sol, tomando en cuenta la deposici6n del momento de las ondas de Alfven sobre el viento, se necesita: (a) una divergencia lenta en un hoyo coronal hasta una altura de 0.01 - 0.1 R seguido de (b) una divergencia rap ida de hasta una altura aproximada de 1 R . ABSTRACT: In order to explain (1) a large mass-loss rate and a small asymptotic flow speed of late-type giant stars and (2) the observed protostellar mass outflows, we suggest a model for mass loss, where we use a flux of Alfven waves as a mechanism of acceleration for late-type giant star winds and protostellar winds. We study the Alfven wave dissipation mechanisms: nonlinear damping, resonant surface damping, and turbulent damping. In our model we use a diverging geometry A(r) = A(r0) (r I r )S (where A(r) is the cross sectional area of the geometry at a radial distance r, and(A(r) I r2)max/(A(r0)/r02) = 10). We also suggest a model for a coronal hole geometry in the sun. We show that in order to satisfy the observational data of the sun, taking into account Alfven wave momentum deposition in the wind, we need: (a) a slow divergence in a coronal hole up t6 a height of 0.01 - 0.1 followed by (b) a rapid divergence up to a height of approximately 1 Re Key : '? #TICS - STARS-LATE TYPE - STARS- LOSS

  18. --No Title--

    Science.gov Websites

    , sortable.css, spinner.css, tabs.css, tooltip.css, theme.css * To view and modify this theme, visit http */ #container .ui-datepicker.ui-datepicker-multi { width: auto; } /* line 328, ../sass/main.scss */ #container .ui-datepicker-multi .ui-datepicker-group { float: left; } /* line 331, ../sass/main.scss

  19. NOSD-1000, the high-temperature nitrous oxide spectroscopic databank

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tashkun, S. A.; Perevalov, V. I.; Lavrentieva, N. N.

    2016-07-01

    We present a high-temperature version, NOSD-1000, of the nitrous oxide spectroscopic databank. The databank contains the line parameters (positions, intensities, air- and self-broadened half-widths and coefficients of temperature dependence of air- and self-broadened half-widths) of the most abundant isotopologue 14N216O of the nitrous oxide molecule. The reference temperature is Tref=1000 K and the intensity cutoff is Icut=10-25 cm-1/(molecule cm-2). More than 1.4 million lines covering the 260-8310 cm-1 spectral range are included in NOSD-1000. The databank has been generated within the framework of the method of effective operators and based on the global fittings of spectroscopic parameters (parameters of the effective Hamiltonian and effective dipole moment operators) to observed data collected from the literature. Line-by-line simulation of a medium-resolution high-temperature (T=873 K) spectrum has been performed in order to validate the databank. NOSD-1000 is freely accessible via the Internet.

  20. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hirano, Teruyuki; Suto, Yasushi; Taruya, Atsushi

    We obtain analytical expressions for the velocity anomaly due to the Rossiter-McLaughlin (RM) effect, for the case when the anomalous radial velocity is obtained by cross-correlation with a stellar template spectrum. In the limit of vanishing width of the stellar absorption lines, our result reduces to the formula derived by Ohta et al., which is based on the first moment of distorted stellar lines. Our new formula contains a term dependent on the stellar line width, which becomes important when rotational line broadening is appreciable. We generate mock transit spectra for four existing exoplanetary systems (HD 17156, TrES-2, TrES-4, andmore » HD 209458) following the procedure of Winn et al., and find that the new formula is in better agreement with the velocity anomaly extracted from the mock data. Thus, our result provides a more reliable analytical description of the velocity anomaly due to the RM effect, and explains the previously observed dependence of the velocity anomaly on the stellar rotation velocity.« less

  1. Elemental abundance analyses with DAO spectrograms. VII - The late normal B stars Pi Ceti, 134 Tauri, 21 Aquilae, and Nu Capricorni and the use of RETICON spectra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adelman, Saul J.

    1991-09-01

    This paper presents elemental abundance analyses of sharp-lined normal late B stars. These stars exhibit mostly near-solar abundances, but each star also shows a few abundances which are a factor of 2 less than solar. The coadded photographic spectrograms are supplemented with Reticon data. A comparison of 261 equivalent widths on 2.4 A/mm spectra of sharp-lined B and A stars shows that the Reticon equivalent widths are about 95 percent of the coadded equivalent mean. The H-gamma profiles of the coadded and Reticon spectra for eight sharp-lined stars show generally good agreement. The generally high quality of the coadded data produced from 10 or more spectrograms is confirmed using the REDUCE graphics-oriented computed reduction code. For five stars, metal lines which fall in the gap between the U and V plates are analyzed using Reticon data.

  2. A screen for constituents of motor control and decision making in Drosophila reveals visual distance-estimation neurons

    PubMed Central

    Triphan, Tilman; Nern, Aljoscha; Roberts, Sonia F.; Korff, Wyatt; Naiman, Daniel Q.; Strauss, Roland

    2016-01-01

    Climbing over chasms larger than step size is vital to fruit flies, since foraging and mating are achieved while walking. Flies avoid futile climbing attempts by processing parallax-motion vision to estimate gap width. To identify neuronal substrates of climbing control, we screened a large collection of fly lines with temporarily inactivated neuronal populations in a novel high-throughput assay described here. The observed climbing phenotypes were classified; lines in each group are reported. Selected lines were further analysed by high-resolution video cinematography. One striking class of flies attempts to climb chasms of unsurmountable width; expression analysis guided us to C2 optic-lobe interneurons. Inactivation of C2 or the closely related C3 neurons with highly specific intersectional driver lines consistently reproduced hyperactive climbing whereas strong or weak artificial depolarization of C2/C3 neurons strongly or mildly decreased climbing frequency. Contrast-manipulation experiments support our conclusion that C2/C3 neurons are part of the distance-evaluation system. PMID:27255169

  3. Elemental abundance analyses with DAO spectrograms. VII - The late normal B stars Pi Ceti, 134 Tauri, 21 Aquilae, and Nu Capricorni and the use of Reticon spectra

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Adelman, Saul J.

    1991-01-01

    This paper presents elemental abundance analyses of sharp-lined normal late B stars. These stars exhibit mostly near-solar abundances, but each star also shows a few abundances which are a factor of 2 less than solar. The coadded photographic spectrograms are supplemented with Reticon data. A comparison of 261 equivalent widths on 2.4 A/mm spectra of sharp-lined B and A stars shows that the Reticon equivalent widths are about 95 percent of the coadded equivalent mean. The H-gamma profiles of the coadded and Reticon spectra for eight sharp-lined stars show generally good agreement. The generally high quality of the coadded data produced from 10 or more spectrograms is confirmed using the REDUCE graphics-oriented computed reduction code. For five stars, metal lines which fall in the gap between the U and V plates are analyzed using Reticon data.

  4. Hydraulic concentration of magnetic fields in the solar photosphere. III - Fields of one or two kilogauss

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Parker, E. N.

    1976-01-01

    Detailed analysis of weak and strong lines suggests that the magnetic fields in isolated intense flux tubes in supergranule boundaries in the solar photosphere may be as large as 2000 gauss. This paper is a concise systematic review of hydrodynamic effects that might compress a magnetic field to great intensity. The properties of force-free fields are reviewed to show that they do not contribute to concentration of magnetic fields, in spite of the popular notion to the contrary. Of the seven effects considered, it is concluded that only cooling of the gas within the field can produce the high field densities inferred from observation. It is shown that inhibition of convection appears not to possess the necessary qualitative cooling features and that overstability, generating transverse hydromagnetic waves - essentially Alfven waves - is the only way to account for the cooling and field intensification.

  5. Coronal evolution due to shear motion

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Steinolfson, R. S.

    1991-01-01

    Numerical solutions of the compressible MHD equations are used here to simulate the evolution of an initially force-free magnetic field in a static corona as a result of slow photospheric motion of the magnetic field footpoints. Simulations have been completed for values of plasma beta from 0.1 to 0.5, maximum shear velocities from 0.5 to 10.3 km/s, and with various amounts of resistive and viscous dissipation. In all cases the evolution proceeds in two qualitatively different stages. In the earlier stage, the field evolves gradually with the field lines, expanding outward at a velocity not unlike the shear velocity. Then, the field begins to expand much more rapidly until it reaches velocities exceeding a characteristic Alfven velocity. Inclusion of the thermodynamics, gravity, and compressibility is shown to have only a quantitative effect on the onset of the eruptive phase, illustrating that the primary interactions are between the dynamics and the magnetic field evolution.

  6. URSI and Nachrichtentechnische Gesellschaft, General Session, Kleinheubach, West Germany, Oct. 6-10, 1986, Reports

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Factors affecting the atmospheric propagation of EM waves, research on the ionosphere, and advances in radar and communications technology are examined in reviews and reports. Topics discussed include refraction corrections for radio astronomy and geodesy, speckle masking, radar studies of atmospheric motion, EISCAT measurements in the polar electrojet, active experiments in the polar ionosphere, and dispersion relations for drift-Alfven and drift-acoustic waves. Consideration is given to a microcomputer prediction system for HF communications over Europe, frequency determination of a hyperfine line of CH4 at 88 THz, multipath propagation in digital mobile communication, a robust digital voice transmission technique for land mobile radio, CMOS LSI for digital signal processing in mobile radio equipment, the representation of EM fields by dyadic Green functions, scalarization of Maxwell's equations for anisotropic media, and satellite antennas for land vehicles and aircraft.

  7. Nonsimilar Solution for Shock Waves in a Rotational Axisymmetric Perfect Gas with a Magnetic Field and Exponentially Varying Density

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nath, G.; Sinha, A. K.

    2017-01-01

    The propagation of a cylindrical shock wave in an ideal gas in the presence of a constant azimuthal magnetic field with consideration for the axisymmetric rotational effects is investigated. The ambient medium is assumed to have the radial, axial, and azimuthal velocity components. The fluid velocities and density of the ambient medium are assumed to vary according to an exponential law. Nonsimilar solutions are obtained by taking into account the vorticity vector and its components. The dependences of the characteristics of the problem on the Alfven-Mach number and time are obtained. It is shown that the presence of a magnetic field has a decaying effect on the shock wave. The pressure and density are shown to vanish at the inner surface (piston), and hence a vacuum forms at the line of symmetry.

  8. Line shape parameters for the H2O-H2 collision system for application to exoplanet and planetary atmospheres

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Renaud, Candice L.; Cleghorn, Kara; Hartmann, Léna; Vispoel, Bastien; Gamache, Robert R.

    2018-05-01

    Water can be detected throughout the universe: in comets, asteroids, dwarf planets, the inner and outer planets in our solar system, cool stars, brown dwarfs, and on many exoplanets. Here the focus is on locations rich in hydrogen gas. To properly study these environments, there is a need for the line shape parameters for H2O transitions in collision with hydrogen. This work presents calculations of the half-width and line shift, made using the Modified Complex Robert-Bonamy (MCRB) formalism, at a number of temperatures. It is shown that this collision system is strongly off-resonance. For such conditions, the atom-atom part of the intermolecular potential dominates the interaction of the radiating and perturbing molecules. The atom-atom parameters were adjusted by fitting the H2O-H2 measurements of Brown and Plymate (1996). Several techniques were used to extract lines for which there is more confidence in the quality of the data. The final potential yields results that agree with the measurements with ∼0.3% difference and a 5.9% standard deviation. Using this potential, MCRB calculations were made for all transitions in the pure rotation, ν2, ν1, and ν3 bands. The structure of the line shape parameters and the temperature dependence of the half-width, as a function of the rotational and vibrational quantum numbers, are discussed. It is shown that the power law model of the T-dependence of the half-width is inadequate over large temperature ranges.

  9. Variation of the H-Beta Emission Lines of Yy-Geminorum - Part Two - Change of Sectorial Structures of Active Regions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kodaira, K.; Ichimura, K.

    Sixty-three image-tube spectrograms of YY Gem (4 Å mm-1, λλ4820-4900 Å) are analyzed to yield the radial-velocity curves and the variations in the intensities and the widths of Hβ emission lines during the quiescent phase at epochs 1980 February 11-16, 1981 January 14-15, and 1981 March 11. The emission-line intensity of component A varied in a single-wave mode over an orbital period, with an apparent phase drift, -0.006019 fraction of the period per day from one epoch to another. The pattern of the intensity variation of component B changed within a few years. The ratio of the amplitudes of radial-velocity curves (KA/KB) of Hβ emission was found to be 0.91 in February 1980 but 1.01 in January 1981. This modulation in the ratio is interpreted as the results of the varying inhomogeneous distributions of emission intensities over the stellar surfaces which are inferred from the observed intensity variations under the assumption of synchronous rotation. A ratio KA/KB = 1.00±001 is proposed as the actual value which would be observed if the effects of inhomogeneities were negligible. The double-wave mode of the line-width variation over a period, which was found by Kodaira and Ichimura (1980), persisted for component A but changed into a single-wave mode for component B. No appreciable changes were detected in the average levels of both the intensity and width of Hβ emission lines within the last few years.

  10. Nitrogen-broadened lines of ethane at 150 K

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chudamani, S.; Varanasi, P.; Giver, L. P.; Valero, F. P. J.

    1985-01-01

    Spectral transmittance has been measured in the nu9 fundamental band of C2H6 at 150 K using a Fourier transform spectrometer with apodized spectral resolution of 0.06/cm. Comparison of observed spectral transmittance with a line-by-line computation using the spectral catalog of Atakan et al. (1983) has yielded N2-broadened half-widths at 150 K.

  11. A physical classification scheme for blazars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Landt, Hermine; Padovani, Paolo; Perlman, Eric S.; Giommi, Paolo

    2004-06-01

    Blazars are currently separated into BL Lacertae objects (BL Lacs) and flat spectrum radio quasars based on the strength of their emission lines. This is performed rather arbitrarily by defining a diagonal line in the Ca H&K break value-equivalent width plane, following Marchã et al. We readdress this problem and put the classification scheme for blazars on firm physical grounds. We study ~100 blazars and radio galaxies from the Deep X-ray Radio Blazar Survey (DXRBS) and 2-Jy radio survey and find a significant bimodality for the narrow emission line [OIII]λ5007. This suggests the presence of two physically distinct classes of radio-loud active galactic nuclei (AGN). We show that all radio-loud AGN, blazars and radio galaxies, can be effectively separated into weak- and strong-lined sources using the [OIII]λ5007-[OII]λ3727 equivalent width plane. This plane allows one to disentangle orientation effects from intrinsic variations in radio-loud AGN. Based on DXRBS, the strongly beamed sources of the new class of weak-lined radio-loud AGN are made up of BL Lacs at the ~75 per cent level, whereas those of the strong-lined radio-loud AGN include mostly (~97 per cent) quasars.

  12. Extending the Calibration of C IV-based Single-epoch Black Hole Mass Estimators for Active Galactic Nuclei

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Park, Daeseong; Barth, Aaron J.; Woo, Jong-Hak; Malkan, Matthew A.; Treu, Tommaso; Bennert, Vardha N.; Assef, Roberto J.; Pancoast, Anna

    2017-04-01

    We provide an updated calibration of C IV λ 1549 broad emission line–based single-epoch (SE) black hole (BH) mass estimators for active galactic nuclei (AGNs) using new data for six reverberation-mapped AGNs at redshift z=0.005{--}0.028 with BH masses (bolometric luminosities) in the range {10}6.5{--}{10}7.5 {M}ȯ ({10}41.7{--}{10}43.8 erg s‑1). New rest-frame UV-to-optical spectra covering 1150–5700 Å for the six AGNs were obtained with the Hubble Space Telescope (HST). Multicomponent spectral decompositions of the HST spectra were used to measure SE emission-line widths for the C IV, Mg II, and Hβ lines, as well as continuum luminosities in the spectral region around each line. We combine the new data with similar measurements for a previous archival sample of 25 AGNs to derive the most consistent and accurate calibrations of the C IV-based SE BH mass estimators against the Hβ reverberation-based masses, using three different measures of broad-line width: full width at half maximum (FWHM), line dispersion ({σ }line}), and mean absolute deviation (MAD). The newly expanded sample at redshift z=0.005{--}0.234 covers a dynamic range in BH mass (bolometric luminosity) of {log}{M}BH}/{M}ȯ =6.5{--}9.1 ({log}{L}bol}/ erg s‑1 = 41.7{--}46.9), and we derive the new C IV-based mass estimators using a Bayesian linear regression analysis over this range. We generally recommend the use of {σ }line} or MAD rather than FWHM to obtain a less biased velocity measurement of the C IV emission line, because its narrow-line component contribution is difficult to decompose from the broad-line profile. Based on observations made with the NASA/ESA Hubble Space Telescope, obtained at the Space Telescope Science Institute, which is operated by the Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy, Inc., under NASA contract NAS 5-26555. These observations are associated with program GO-12922.

  13. American Marten Respond to Seismic Lines in Northern Canada at Two Spatial Scales

    PubMed Central

    Tigner, Jesse; Bayne, Erin M.; Boutin, Stan

    2015-01-01

    Development of hydrocarbon resources across northwest Canada has spurred economic prosperity and generated concerns over impacts to biodiversity. To balance these interests, numerous jurisdictions have adopted management thresholds that allow for limited energy development but minimize undesirable impacts to wildlife. Used for exploration, seismic lines are the most abundant linear feature in the boreal forest and exist at a variety of widths and recovery states. We used American marten (Martes americana) as a model species to measure how line attributes influence species’ response to seismic lines, and asked whether responses to individual lines trigger population impacts. Marten response to seismic lines was strongly influenced by line width and recovery state. Compared to forest interiors, marten used open seismic lines ≥ 3 m wide less often, but used open lines ≤ 2 m wide and partially recovered lines ≥ 6 m wide similarly. Marten response to individual line types appeared to trigger population impacts. The probability of occurrence at the home range scale declined with increasing seismic line density, and the inclusion of behavioral response to line density calculations improved model fit. In our top performing model, we excluded seismic lines ≤ 2 m from our calculation of line density, and the probability of occurrence declined > 80% between home ranges with the lowest and highest line densities. Models that excluded seismic lines did not strongly explain occurrence. We show how wildlife-derived metrics can inform regulatory guidelines to increase the likelihood those guidelines meet intended management objectives. With respect to marten, not all seismic lines constitute disturbances, but avoidance of certain line types scales to population impacts. This approach provides the ecological context required to understand cause and effect relationships among socio-economic and ecological conservation goals. PMID:25768848

  14. Spatial variation of dosimetric leaf gap and its impact on dose delivery

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kumaraswamy, Lalith K., E-mail: Lalith.Kumaraswamy@roswellpark.org; Schmitt, Jonathan D.; Bailey, Daniel W.

    Purpose: During dose calculation, the Eclipse treatment planning system (TPS) retracts the multileaf collimator (MLC) leaf positions by half of the dosimetric leaf gap (DLG) value (measured at central axis) for all leaf positions in a dynamic MLC plan to accurately model the rounded leaf ends. The aim of this study is to map the variation of DLG along the travel path of each MLC leaf pair and quantify how this variation impacts delivered dose. Methods: 6 MV DLG values were measured for all MLC leaf pairs in increments of 1.0 cm (from the line intersecting the CAX and perpendicularmore » to MLC motion) to 13.0 cm off axis distance at dmax. The measurements were performed on two Varian linear accelerators, both employing the Millennium 120-leaf MLCs. The measurements were performed at several locations in the beam with both a Sun Nuclear MapCHECK device and a PTW pinpoint ion chamber. Results: The measured DLGs for the middle 40 MLC leaf pairs (each 0.5 cm width) at positions along a line through the CAX and perpendicular to MLC leaf travel direction were very similar, varying maximally by only 0.2 mm. The outer 20 MLC leaf pairs (each 1.0 cm width) have much lower DLG values, about 0.3–0.5 mm lower than the central MLC leaf pair, at their respective central line position. Overall, the mean and the maximum variation between the 0.5 cm width leaves and the 1.0 cm width leaf pairs are 0.32 and 0.65 mm, respectively. Conclusions: The spatial variation in DLG is caused by the variation of intraleaf transmission through MLC leaves. Fluences centered on the CAX would not be affected since DLG does not vary; but any fluences residing significantly off axis with narrow sweeping leaves may exhibit significant dose differences. This is due to the fact that there are differences in DLG between the true DLG exhibited by the 1.0 cm width outer leaves and the constant DLG value utilized by the TPS for dose calculation. Since there are large differences in DLG between the 0.5 cm width leaf pairs and 1.0 cm width leaf pairs, there is a need to correct the TPS plans, especially those with high modulation (narrow dynamic MLC gap), with 2D variation of DLG.« less

  15. Multiwavelength generation in a random distributed feedback fiber laser using an all fiber Lyot filter.

    PubMed

    Sugavanam, S; Yan, Z; Kamynin, V; Kurkov, A S; Zhang, L; Churkin, D V

    2014-02-10

    Multiwavelength lasing in the random distributed feedback fiber laser is demonstrated by employing an all fiber Lyot filter. Stable multiwavelength generation is obtained, with each line exhibiting sub-nanometer line-widths. A flat power distribution over multiple lines is obtained, which indicates that the power between lines is redistributed in nonlinear mixing processes. The multiwavelength generation is observed both in first and second Stokes waves.

  16. Modeling Pc4 Pulsations in Two and a Half Dimensions with Comparisons to Van Allen Probes Observations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    McEachern, Charles A.

    Field line resonances---that is, Alfven waves bouncing between the northern and southern foot points of a geomagnetic field line---serve to energize magnetospheric particles through drift-resonant interactions, carry energy from high to low altitude, induce currents in the magnetosphere, and accelerate particles into the atmosphere. Wave structure and polarization significantly impact the execution these roles. The present work showcases a new two and a half dimensional code, Tuna, ideally suited to model FLRs, with the ability to consider large-but-finite azimuthal modenumbers, coupling between the poloidal, toroidal, and compressional modes, and arbitrary harmonic structure. Using Tuna, the interplay between Joule dissipation and poloidal-to-toroidal rotation is considered for both dayside and nightside conditions. An attempt is also made to demystify giant pulsations, a class of FLR knows for its distinctive ground signatures. Numerical results are supplemented by a survey of ˜700 FLRs using data from the Van Allen Probes, the first such survey to characterize each event by both polarization and harmonic. The combination of numerical and observational results suggests an explanation for the disparate distributions observed in poloidal and toroidal FLR events.

  17. Shock Acceleration of Solar Energetic Protons: The First 10 Minutes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ng, Chee K.; Reames, Donald V.

    2008-01-01

    Proton acceleration at a parallel coronal shock is modeled with self-consistent Alfven wave excitation and shock transmission. 18 - 50 keV seed protons at 0.1% of plasma proton density are accelerated in 10 minutes to a power-law intensity spectrum rolling over at 300 MeV by a 2500km s-1 shock traveling outward from 3.5 solar radius, for typical coronal conditions and low ambient wave intensities. Interaction of high-energy protons of large pitch-angles with Alfven waves amplified by low-energy protons of small pitch angles is key to rapid acceleration. Shock acceleration is not significantly retarded by sunward streaming protons interacting with downstream waves. There is no significant second-order Fermi acceleration.

  18. Astrophysical ZeV acceleration in the relativistic jet from an accreting supermassive blackhole

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ebisuzaki, Toshikazu; Tajima, Toshiki

    2014-04-01

    An accreting supermassive blackhole, the central engine of active galactic nucleus (AGN), is capable of exciting extreme amplitude Alfven waves whose wavelength (wave packet) size is characterized by its clumpiness. The pondermotive force and wakefield are driven by these Alfven waves propagating in the AGN (blazar) jet, and accelerate protons/nuclei to extreme energies beyond Zetta-electron volt (ZeV=1021 eV). Such acceleration is prompt, localized, and does not suffer from the multiple scattering/bending enveloped in the Fermi acceleration that causes excessive synchrotron radiation loss beyond 1019 eV. The production rate of ZeV cosmic rays is found to be consistent with the observed gamma-ray luminosity function of blazars and their time variabilities.

  19. Numerical simulation of inertial alfven waves to study localized structures and spectral index in auroral region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jatav, Bheem Singh

    2018-06-01

    In the present paper, the numerical simulation of Inertial Alfven wave (IAW) in low-β plasma applicable to the auroral region at 1700 km was studied. It leads to the formation of localized structures when the nonlinearity arises due to ponderomotive effect and Joule heating. The effect of perturbation and magnitude of pump IAW, formed the localized structures of magnetic field, has been studied. The formed localized structures at different times and average spectral index scaling of power spectrum have been observed. Results obtained from simulation reveal that spectrum steepens with power law index ˜ -3.5 for shorter wavelength. These localized structures could be a source of particle acceleration and heating by pump IAW in low- β plasma.

  20. Modeling of Nonlinear Beat Signals of TAE's

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Bo; Berk, Herbert; Breizman, Boris; Zheng, Linjin

    2012-03-01

    Experiments on Alcator C-Mod reveal Toroidal Alfven Eigenmodes (TAE) together with signals at various beat frequencies, including those at twice the mode frequency. The beat frequencies are sidebands driven by quadratic nonlinear terms in the MHD equations. These nonlinear sidebands have not yet been quantified by any existing codes. We extend the AEGIS code to capture nonlinear effects by treating the nonlinear terms as a driving source in the linear MHD solver. Our goal is to compute the spatial structure of the sidebands for realistic geometry and q-profile, which can be directly compared with experiment in order to interpret the phase contrast imaging diagnostic measurements and to enable the quantitative determination of the Alfven wave amplitude in the plasma core

  1. Wave particle interactions in Jupiter's magnetosphere: Implications for auroral and magnetospheric particle distributions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saur, Joachim; Schreiner, Anne; Barry, Mauk; Clark, George; Kollman, Peter

    2017-04-01

    We investigate the occurrence and the role of wave particle interaction processes, i.e., Landau and cyclotron damping, in Jupiter's magnetosphere. Therefore we calculate kinetic length and temporal scales, which we cross-compare at various regions within Jupiter's magnetosphere. Based on these scales, we investigate the roles of possible wave particle mechanisms in each region, e.g., Jupiter's plasma sheet, the auroral acceleration region and the polar ionosphere. We thereby consider that the magnetospheric regions are coupled through convective transport, Alfven and other wave modes. We particularly focus on the role of kinetic Alfven waves in contributing to Jupiter's aurora. Our results will aid the interpretation of particle distribution functions measured by the JEDI instrument onboard the JUNO spacecraft.

  2. Relationship Between Alfvenic Fluctuations and Heavy Ion Heating in the Cusp at 1 Re

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Coffey, Victoria; Chandler, Michael; Singh, Nagendra

    2008-01-01

    We look at the effect of heavy ion heating from their coupling with observed broadband (BB-ELF) emissions. These wave fluctuations are common to many regions of the ionosphere and magnetosphere and have been described as spatial turbulence of dispersive Alfven waves (DAW) with short perpendicular wavelengths. With Polar passing through the cusp at 1 Re in the Spring of 1996, we show the correlation of their wave power with mass-resolved O+ derived heating rates. This relationship lead to the study of the coupling of the thermal O+ ions and these bursty electric fields. We demonstrate the role of these measurements in the suggestion of DAW and stochastic ion heating and the observed density cavity characteristics.

  3. Interaction of Energetic Particles with Discontinuities Upstream of Strong Shocks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malkov, Mikhail; Diamond, Patrick

    2008-11-01

    Acceleration of particles in strong astrophysical shocks is known to be accompanied and promoted by a number of instabilities which are driven by the particles themselves. One of them is an acoustic (also known as Drury's) instability driven by the pressure gradient of accelerated particles upstream. The generated sound waves naturally steepen into shocks thus forming a shocktrain. Similar magnetoacoustic or Alfven type structures may be driven by pick-up ions, for example. We consider the solutions of kinetic equation for accelerated particles within the shocktrain. The accelerated particles are assumed to be coupled to the flow by an intensive pitch-angle scattering on the self-generated Alfven waves. The implications for acceleration and confinement of cosmic rays in this shock environment will be discussed.

  4. Mechanical energy transport. [during stellar turbulences

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stein, R. F.; Leibacher, J. W.

    1980-01-01

    The properties, generation, and dissipation mechanisms of acoustic, gravity and Alfven waves are described, whose restoring forces are pressure, buoyancy, and magnetic tension, respectively. For acoustic waves, generation by turbulent convective motions and by the Eddington Valve thermal overstability is discussed, considering the 'five-minute' oscillation; dissipation is possible either by radiation or shocks. Generation of gravity waves by penetrative convective motions and by shear arising from supergranule motions is reviewed, and dissipation due to wave breaking, interaction with the mean horizontal fluid flow, and very severe radiative damping is considered. Attention is given to Alfven wave generation by convective motions and thermal overstability, and to dissipation by mode coupling, wave decay, current dissipation, and particle collisions producing Joule or viscous heating.

  5. Spectroscopic survey of southern hemisphere white dwarfs. II. Spectroscopic data for forty-one southern white dwarfs

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wegner, G.

    New spectroscopic data on 41 southern white dwarfs are presented. Most of these stars have not teen previously observed spectroscopically. Spectral types, as well as equivalent widths and line profiles for a few selected lines, are given. (auth)

  6. Laboratory Measurements of SO2 and N2 Absorption Spectra for Planetary Atmospheres

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stark, Glenn

    2003-01-01

    This laboratory project focuses on the following topics: 1) Measurement of SO2 ultraviolet absorption cross sections; and 2) N2 band and Line Oscillator Strengths and Line Widths in the 80 to 100 nm region. Accomplishments for these projects are summarized.

  7. Suppression of the Nonlinear Zeeman Effect and Heading Error in Earth-Field-Range Alkali-Vapor Magnetometers.

    PubMed

    Bao, Guzhi; Wickenbrock, Arne; Rochester, Simon; Zhang, Weiping; Budker, Dmitry

    2018-01-19

    The nonlinear Zeeman effect can induce splitting and asymmetries of magnetic-resonance lines in the geophysical magnetic-field range. This is a major source of "heading error" for scalar atomic magnetometers. We demonstrate a method to suppress the nonlinear Zeeman effect and heading error based on spin locking. In an all-optical synchronously pumped magnetometer with separate pump and probe beams, we apply a radio-frequency field which is in phase with the precessing magnetization. This results in the collapse of the multicomponent asymmetric magnetic-resonance line with ∼100  Hz width in the Earth-field range into a single peak with a width of 22 Hz, whose position is largely independent of the orientation of the sensor within a range of orientation angles. The technique is expected to be broadly applicable in practical magnetometry, potentially boosting the sensitivity and accuracy of Earth-surveying magnetometers by increasing the magnetic-resonance amplitude, decreasing its width, and removing the important and limiting heading-error systematic.

  8. VizieR Online Data Catalog: Chemical abundances of 8 metal-poor stars (Ishigaki+, 2014)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ishigaki, M. N.; Aoki, W.; Arimoto, N.; Okamoto, S.

    2014-01-01

    Equivalent widths and chemical abundances of the six giant stars in Bootes I dwarf spheroidal galaxy (Boo-009, Boo-094, Boo-117, Boo-121, Boo-127, Boo-911) and the two Milky Way halo stars (HD216143, HD85773) are presented. For each spectral line, excitation potential, loggf values, measured equivalent widths and abundances are given. (2 data files).

  9. Resolution modeling of dispersive imaging spectrometers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Silny, John F.

    2017-08-01

    This paper presents best practices for modeling the resolution of dispersive imaging spectrometers. The differences between sampling, width, and resolution are discussed. It is proposed that the spectral imaging community adopt a standard definition for resolution as the full-width at half maximum of the total line spread function. Resolution should be computed for each of the spectral, cross-scan spatial, and along-scan spatial/temporal dimensions separately. A physical optics resolution model is presented that incorporates the effects of slit diffraction and partial coherence, the result of which is a narrower slit image width and reduced radiometric throughput.

  10. PCF based high power narrow line width pulsed fiber laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, H.; Yan, P.; Xiao, Q.; Wang, Y.; Gong, M.

    2012-09-01

    Based on semiconductor diode seeded multi-stage cascaded fiber amplifiers, we have obtained 88-W average power of a 1063-nm laser with high repetition rate of up to 1.5 MHz and a constant 2-ns pulse duration. No stimulated Brillouin scattering pulse or optical damage occurred although the maximum pulse peak power has exceeded 112 kW. The output laser exhibits excellent beam quality (M2x = 1.24 and M2y = 1.18), associated with a spectral line width as narrow as 0.065 nm (FWHM). Additionally, we demonstrate high polarization extinction ratio of 18.4 dB and good pulse stabilities superior to 1.6 % (RMS).

  11. The broad-band X-ray spectral variability of Mrk 841

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    George, I. M.; Nandra, K.; Fabian, A. C.; Turner, T. J.; Done, C.; Day, C. S. R.

    1993-01-01

    A detailed spectral analysis of five X-ray observations of Mrk 841 with the EXOSAT, Ginga, and ROSAT satellites is reported. Variability is apparent in both the soft (0.1-1.0 keV) and medium (1-20 keV) energy bands. Above, 1 keV, the spectra are adequately modeled by a power law with a strong emission line of equivalent width 450 eV. The large equivalent width of the emission line indicates a strongly enhanced reflection component of the source compared with other Seyferts observed with Ginga. The implications of the results of the analysis for physical models of the emission regions in this and other X-ray bright Seyferts are briefly examined.

  12. Raman Scattering Signature of a Localized-to-Delocalized Transition at the Inception of a Dilute Abnormal GaAs1-xNx Alloy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mialitsin, Aleksej V.; Mascarenhas, Angelo

    2013-05-01

    We identify the signature of a localized-to-delocalized transition in the resonant Raman scattering spectra from GaAs1-xNx. Our measurements in the ultradilute nitrogen doping concentrations demonstrate an energy shift in the line width resonance of the LO phonon. With decreasing nitrogen concentration, the EW line width resonance energy reduces abruptly by ca. 47 meV at x≈0.35%. This value corresponds to the concentration at which GaAs1-xNx has been recently shown to transition from an impurity regime to an alloy regime. Our study elucidates the evolution of dilute abnormal alloys and their Raman response.

  13. Optical waveguide device with an adiabatically-varying width

    DOEpatents

    Watts,; Michael R. , Nielson; Gregory, N [Albuquerque, NM

    2011-05-10

    Optical waveguide devices are disclosed which utilize an optical waveguide having a waveguide bend therein with a width that varies adiabatically between a minimum value and a maximum value of the width. One or more connecting members can be attached to the waveguide bend near the maximum value of the width thereof to support the waveguide bend or to supply electrical power to an impurity-doped region located within the waveguide bend near the maximum value of the width. The impurity-doped region can form an electrical heater or a semiconductor junction which can be activated with a voltage to provide a variable optical path length in the optical waveguide. The optical waveguide devices can be used to form a tunable interferometer (e.g. a Mach-Zehnder interferometer) which can be used for optical modulation or switching. The optical waveguide devices can also be used to form an optical delay line.

  14. Galactic Outflows and Their Correlation with Galaxy Properties at 0.8 < z < 1.6

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Whiting, Lindsey M.

    Out. ows have been shown to be ubiquitous in galaxies between z = 1 and z=2, and many models and observations have attempted to correlate the absorption line. properties of these out. ows with morphological characteristics of their host galaxies. In this study, we examined the spectra of 71 galaxies with redshifts 1< z<2, paying. particular attention to the FeII and MgII absorption lines. We plotted the equivalent. width, velocity, and maximum velocity of the absorption features against various. physical properties of the galaxies, obtained from catalogues created by Skelton et. al., (2014) and van der Wel et al., (2012). We conrmed the presence of out. ows in. our galaxy sample, and found a signicant trend between the equivalent width and. star formation rate - out. owing gas has stronger absorption lines in galaxies with. higher star formation rates.

  15. Rapid variations of balmer line strengths in the spectra of Be stars. Ph.D. Thesis; [photoelectric spectrophotometric measurements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcbeath, K. B.

    1974-01-01

    Low resolution photoelectric spectrophotometric measurements of the first four members of the Balmer series in the spectra of one Be and five Be (shell) stars were obtained with the 92-cm telescope and image dissecting scanner. Equivalent widths were computed for each observation, and their standard deviations from the mean values were examined. Results indicate that in three of the program stars, at least one of the Balmer lines shows significant fluctuations in equivalent width. These fluctuations amount to a few per cent of total line strength and the time scales appear to be on the order of three to thirty minutes. The fluctuations are not always present in a given star, indicating that the mechanism producing them may not be continuous. The noncontinuous and nonperiodic nature of the variations, along with their short time scale suggest some form of flare-like or shock origin for the phenomenon.

  16. Detailed non-LTE calculations of the iron emission from NGC 1068

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Band, David L.; Klein, Richard I.; Castor, John I.; Nash, J. K.

    1989-01-01

    The X-ray iron line emission from NGC 1068 observed by the Ginga satellite is modeled using the new multiline, multilevel, non-LTE radiative transport code ALTAIR and a detailed atomic model for Ne-like through stripped iron. The parameter space of the obscured type 1 Seyfert nucleus model for this object is studied. The equivalent width is greater than previously predicted. It is found that detailed radiative transfer can have a significant effect on the observed line flux both for the K alpha line and for the L-shell emission. The ionization of the iron increases with temperature. Therefore the K alpha equivalent width and energy is a function not only of the ionization parameter, but also of the column depth and temperature. For a likely model of NGC 1068 it is found that the iron abundance is about twice solar, but that modifications of this model may permit a smaller abundance.

  17. Theoretical study on effects of photodecomposable quenchers in line-and-space pattern fabrication with 7 nm quarter-pitch using chemically amplified electron beam resist process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kozawa, Takahiro

    2017-04-01

    The line width roughness (LWR) is a significant issue in the development of chemically amplified resists. The increase in sensitizer concentration is inevitable for the suppression of LWR in the sub-10 nm fabrication. In this study, we investigated the effects of photodecomposable quenchers from the viewpoint of the excluded volume effect, assuming line-and-space patterns with 7 nm quarter-pitch (7 nm space width and 28 nm pitch). The pattern formation of chemically amplified electron beam resists with photodecomposable quenchers was calculated and compared with those with conventional quenchers. It was found that the sum of the concentrations of acid generators and quenchers (photodecomposable or conventional quenchers) can be reduced without decreasing the chemical gradient (an indicator of LWR) by using the photodecomposable quenchers. The photodecomposable quenchers are considered essential in the high-resolution fabrication.

  18. Effect of nearest-neighbor ions on excited ionic states, emission spectra, and line profiles in hot and dense plasmas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Salzmann, D.; Stein, J.; Goldberg, I. B.; Pratt, R. H.

    1991-01-01

    The effect of the cylindrical symmetry imposed by the nearest-neighbor ions on the ionic levels and the emission spectra of a Li-like Kr ion immersed in hot and dense plasmas is investigated using the Stein et al. (1989) two-centered model extended to include computations of the line profiles, shifts, and widths, as well as the energy-level mixing and the forbidden transition probabilities. It is shown that the cylindrical symmetry mixes states with different orbital quantum numbers l, particularly for highly excited states, and, thereby, gives rise to forbidden transitions in the emission spectrum. Results are obtained for the variation of the ionic level shifts and mixing coefficients with the distance to the nearest neighbor. Also obtained are representative computed spectra that show the density effects on the spectral line profiles, shifts, and widths, and the forbidden components in the spectrum.

  19. Glimpse of the highly obscured HMXB IGR J16318-4848 with Hitomi

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hitomi Collaboration; Aharonian, Felix; Akamatsu, Hiroki; Akimoto, Fumie; Allen, Steven W.; Angelini, Lorella; Audard, Marc; Awaki, Hisamitsu; Axelsson, Magnus; Bamba, Aya; Bautz, Marshall W.; Blandford, Roger; Brenneman, Laura W.; Brown, Gregory V.; Bulbul, Esra; Cackett, Edward M.; Chernyakova, Maria; Chiao, Meng P.; Coppi, Paolo S.; Costantini, Elisa; de Plaa, Jelle; de Vries, Cor P.; den Herder, Jan-Willem; Done, Chris; Dotani, Tadayasu; Ebisawa, Ken; Eckart, Megan E.; Enoto, Teruaki; Ezoe, Yuichiro; Fabian, Andrew C.; Ferrigno, Carlo; Foster, Adam R.; Fujimoto, Ryuichi; Fukazawa, Yasushi; Furuzawa, Akihiro; Galeazzi, Massimiliano; Gallo, Luigi C.; Gandhi, Poshak; Giustini, Margherita; Goldwurm, Andrea; Gu, Liyi; Guainazzi, Matteo; Haba, Yoshito; Hagino, Kouichi; Hamaguchi, Kenji; Harrus, Ilana M.; Hatsukade, Isamu; Hayashi, Katsuhiro; Hayashi, Takayuki; Hayashida, Kiyoshi; Hiraga, Junko S.; Hornschemeier, Ann; Hoshino, Akio; Hughes, John P.; Ichinohe, Yuto; Iizuka, Ryo; Inoue, Hajime; Inoue, Yoshiyuki; Ishida, Manabu; Ishikawa, Kumi; Ishisaki, Yoshitaka; Iwai, Masachika; Kaastra, Jelle; Kallman, Tim; Kamae, Tsuneyoshi; Kataoka, Jun; Katsuda, Satoru; Kawai, Nobuyuki; Kelley, Richard L.; Kilbourne, Caroline A.; Kitaguchi, Takao; Kitamoto, Shunji; Kitayama, Tetsu; Kohmura, Takayoshi; Kokubun, Motohide; Koyama, Katsuji; Koyama, Shu; Kretschmar, Peter; Krimm, Hans A.; Kubota, Aya; Kunieda, Hideyo; Laurent, Philippe; Lee, Shiu-Hang; Leutenegger, Maurice A.; Limousin, Olivier O.; Loewenstein, Michael; Long, Knox S.; Lumb, David; Madejski, Greg; Maeda, Yoshitomo; Maier, Daniel; Makishima, Kazuo; Markevitch, Maxim; Matsumoto, Hironori; Matsushita, Kyoko; McCammon, Dan; McNamara, Brian R.; Mehdipour, Missagh; Miller, Eric D.; Miller, Jon M.; Mineshige, Shin; Mitsuda, Kazuhisa; Mitsuishi, Ikuyuki; Miyazawa, Takuya; Mizuno, Tsunefumi; Mori, Hideyuki; Mori, Koji; Mukai, Koji; Murakami, Hiroshi; Mushotzky, Richard F.; Nakagawa, Takao; Nakajima, Hiroshi; Nakamori, Takeshi; Nakashima, Shinya; Nakazawa, Kazuhiro; Nobukawa, Kumiko K.; Nobukawa, Masayoshi; Noda, Hirofumi; Odaka, Hirokazu; Ohashi, Takaya; Ohno, Masanori; Okajima, Takashi; Ota, Naomi; Ozaki, Masanobu; Paerels, Frits; Paltani, Stéphane; Petre, Robert; Pinto, Ciro; Porter, Frederick S.; Pottschmidt, Katja; Reynolds, Christopher S.; Safi-Harb, Samar; Saito, Shinya; Sakai, Kazuhiro; Sasaki, Toru; Sato, Goro; Sato, Kosuke; Sato, Rie; Sawada, Makoto; Schartel, Norbert; Serlemtsos, Peter J.; Seta, Hiromi; Shidatsu, Megumi; Simionescu, Aurora; Smith, Randall K.; Soong, Yang; Stawarz, Łukasz; Sugawara, Yasuharu; Sugita, Satoshi; Szymkowiak, Andrew; Tajima, Hiroyasu; Takahashi, Hiromitsu; Takahashi, Tadayuki; Takeda, Shiníchiro; Takei, Yoh; Tamagawa, Toru; Tamura, Takayuki; Tanaka, Takaaki; Tanaka, Yasuo; Tanaka, Yasuyuki T.; Tashiro, Makoto S.; Tawara, Yuzuru; Terada, Yukikatsu; Terashima, Yuichi; Tombesi, Francesco; Tomida, Hiroshi; Tsuboi, Yohko; Tsujimoto, Masahiro; Tsunemi, Hiroshi; Tsuru, Takeshi Go; Uchida, Hiroyuki; Uchiyama, Hideki; Uchiyama, Yasunobu; Ueda, Shutaro; Ueda, Yoshihiro; Uno, Shiníchiro; Urry, C. Megan; Ursino, Eugenio; Watanabe, Shin; Werner, Norbert; Wilkins, Dan R.; Williams, Brian J.; Yamada, Shinya; Yamaguchi, Hiroya; Yamaoka, Kazutaka; Yamasaki, Noriko Y.; Yamauchi, Makoto; Yamauchi, Shigeo; Yaqoob, Tahir; Yatsu, Yoichi; Yonetoku, Daisuke; Zhuravleva, Irina; Zoghbi, Abderahmen; Nakaniwa, Nozomi

    2018-03-01

    We report on a Hitomi observation of IGR J16318-4848, a high-mass X-ray binary system with an extremely strong absorption of NH ˜ 1024 cm-2. Previous X-ray studies revealed that its spectrum is dominated by strong fluorescence lines of Fe as well as continuum emission lines. For physical and geometrical insight into the nature of the reprocessing material, we utilized the high spectroscopic resolving power of the X-ray microcalorimeter (the soft X-ray spectrometer: SXS) and the wide-band sensitivity by the soft and hard X-ray imagers (SXI and HXI) aboard Hitomi. Even though the photon counts are limited due to unintended off-axis pointing, the SXS spectrum resolves Fe Kα1 and Kα2 lines and puts strong constraints on the line centroid and line width. The line width corresponds to a velocity of 160^{+300}_{-70} km s-1. This represents the most accurate, and smallest, width measurement of this line made so far from the any X-ray binary, much less than the Doppler broadening and Doppler shift expected from speeds that are characteristic of similar systems. Combined with the K-shell edge energy measured by the SXI and HXI spectra, the ionization state of Fe is estimated to be in the range of Fe I-IV. Considering the estimated ionization parameter and the distance between the X-ray source and the absorber, the density and thickness of the materials are estimated. The extraordinarily strong absorption and the absence of a Compton shoulder component have been confirmed. These characteristics suggest reprocessing materials that are distributed in a narrow solid angle or scattering, primarily by warm free electrons or neutral hydrogen. This measurement was achieved using the SXS detection of 19 photons. It provides strong motivation for follow-up observations of this and other X-ray binaries using the X-ray Astrophysics Recovery Mission and other comparable future instruments.

  20. MOLECULAR GAS VELOCITY DISPERSIONS IN THE ANDROMEDA GALAXY

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Caldú-Primo, Anahi; Schruba, Andreas, E-mail: caldu@mpia.de, E-mail: schruba@mpe.mpg.de

    In order to characterize the distribution of molecular gas in spiral galaxies, we study the line profiles of CO (1 – 0) emission in Andromeda, our nearest massive spiral galaxy. We compare observations performed with the IRAM 30 m single-dish telescope and with the CARMA interferometer at a common resolution of 23 arcsec ≈ 85 pc × 350 pc and 2.5 km s{sup −1}. When fitting a single Gaussian component to individual spectra, the line profile of the single dish data is a factor of 1.5 ± 0.4 larger than the interferometric data one. This ratio in line widths ismore » surprisingly similar to the ratios previously observed in two other nearby spirals, NGC 4736 and NGC 5055, but measured at ∼0.5–1 kpc spatial scale. In order to study the origin of the different line widths, we stack the individual spectra in five bins of increasing peak intensity and fit two Gaussian components to the stacked spectra. We find a unique narrow component of FWHM = 7.5 ± 0.4 km s{sup −1} visible in both the single dish and the interferometric data. In addition, a broad component with FWHM = 14.4 ± 1.5 km s{sup −1} is present in the single-dish data, but cannot be identified in the interferometric data. We interpret this additional broad line width component detected by the single dish as a low brightness molecular gas component that is extended on spatial scales >0.5 kpc, and thus filtered out by the interferometer. We search for evidence of line broadening by stellar feedback across a range of star formation rates but find no such evidence on ∼100 pc spatial scale when characterizing the line profile by a single Gaussian component.« less

Top